diff options
| author | André Fabian Silva Delgado <emulatorman@parabola.nu> | 2015-08-05 17:04:01 -0300 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | André Fabian Silva Delgado <emulatorman@parabola.nu> | 2015-08-05 17:04:01 -0300 |
| commit | 57f0f512b273f60d52568b8c6b77e17f5636edc0 (patch) | |
| tree | 5e910f0e82173f4ef4f51111366a3f1299037a7b /Documentation/video4linux | |
Initial import
Diffstat (limited to 'Documentation/video4linux')
74 files changed, 13858 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/4CCs.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/4CCs.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..41241af1e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/4CCs.txt @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +Guidelines for Linux4Linux pixel format 4CCs +============================================ + +Guidelines for Video4Linux 4CC codes defined using v4l2_fourcc() are +specified in this document. First of the characters defines the nature of +the pixel format, compression and colour space. The interpretation of the +other three characters depends on the first one. + +Existing 4CCs may not obey these guidelines. + +Formats +======= + +Raw bayer +--------- + +The following first characters are used by raw bayer formats: + + B: raw bayer, uncompressed + b: raw bayer, DPCM compressed + a: A-law compressed + u: u-law compressed + +2nd character: pixel order + B: BGGR + G: GBRG + g: GRBG + R: RGGB + +3rd character: uncompressed bits-per-pixel 0--9, A-- + +4th character: compressed bits-per-pixel 0--9, A-- diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/API.html b/Documentation/video4linux/API.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..256f8efa9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/API.html @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" lang="en" xml:lang="en"> + <head> + <meta content="text/html;charset=ISO-8859-2" http-equiv="Content-Type" /> + <title>V4L API</title> + </head> + <body> + <h1>Video For Linux APIs</h1> + <table border="0"> + <tr> + <td> + <a href="http://linuxtv.org/downloads/legacy/video4linux/API/V4L1_API.html">V4L original API</a> + </td> + <td> + Obsoleted by V4L2 API + </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td> + <a href="http://v4l2spec.bytesex.org/spec-single/v4l2.html">V4L2 API</a> + </td> + <td>Should be used for new projects + </td> + </tr> + </table> + </body> +</html> diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.au0828 b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.au0828 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..55a21deab --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.au0828 @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ + 0 -> Unknown board (au0828) + 1 -> Hauppauge HVR950Q (au0828) [2040:7200,2040:7210,2040:7217,2040:721b,2040:721e,2040:721f,2040:7280,0fd9:0008,2040:7260,2040:7213,2040:7270] + 2 -> Hauppauge HVR850 (au0828) [2040:7240] + 3 -> DViCO FusionHDTV USB (au0828) [0fe9:d620] + 4 -> Hauppauge HVR950Q rev xxF8 (au0828) [2040:7201,2040:7211,2040:7281] + 5 -> Hauppauge Woodbury (au0828) [05e1:0480,2040:8200] diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.bttv b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.bttv new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b092c0a14 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.bttv @@ -0,0 +1,167 @@ + 0 -> *** UNKNOWN/GENERIC *** + 1 -> MIRO PCTV + 2 -> Hauppauge (bt848) + 3 -> STB, Gateway P/N 6000699 (bt848) + 4 -> Intel Create and Share PCI/ Smart Video Recorder III + 5 -> Diamond DTV2000 + 6 -> AVerMedia TVPhone + 7 -> MATRIX-Vision MV-Delta + 8 -> Lifeview FlyVideo II (Bt848) LR26 / MAXI TV Video PCI2 LR26 + 9 -> IMS/IXmicro TurboTV + 10 -> Hauppauge (bt878) [0070:13eb,0070:3900,2636:10b4] + 11 -> MIRO PCTV pro + 12 -> ADS Technologies Channel Surfer TV (bt848) + 13 -> AVerMedia TVCapture 98 [1461:0002,1461:0004,1461:0300] + 14 -> Aimslab Video Highway Xtreme (VHX) + 15 -> Zoltrix TV-Max [a1a0:a0fc] + 16 -> Prolink Pixelview PlayTV (bt878) + 17 -> Leadtek WinView 601 + 18 -> AVEC Intercapture + 19 -> Lifeview FlyVideo II EZ /FlyKit LR38 Bt848 (capture only) + 20 -> CEI Raffles Card + 21 -> Lifeview FlyVideo 98/ Lucky Star Image World ConferenceTV LR50 + 22 -> Askey CPH050/ Phoebe Tv Master + FM [14ff:3002] + 23 -> Modular Technology MM201/MM202/MM205/MM210/MM215 PCTV, bt878 [14c7:0101] + 24 -> Askey CPH05X/06X (bt878) [many vendors] [144f:3002,144f:3005,144f:5000,14ff:3000] + 25 -> Terratec TerraTV+ Version 1.0 (Bt848)/ Terra TValue Version 1.0/ Vobis TV-Boostar + 26 -> Hauppauge WinCam newer (bt878) + 27 -> Lifeview FlyVideo 98/ MAXI TV Video PCI2 LR50 + 28 -> Terratec TerraTV+ Version 1.1 (bt878) [153b:1127,1852:1852] + 29 -> Imagenation PXC200 [1295:200a] + 30 -> Lifeview FlyVideo 98 LR50 [1f7f:1850] + 31 -> Formac iProTV, Formac ProTV I (bt848) + 32 -> Intel Create and Share PCI/ Smart Video Recorder III + 33 -> Terratec TerraTValue Version Bt878 [153b:1117,153b:1118,153b:1119,153b:111a,153b:1134,153b:5018] + 34 -> Leadtek WinFast 2000/ WinFast 2000 XP [107d:6606,107d:6609,6606:217d,f6ff:fff6] + 35 -> Lifeview FlyVideo 98 LR50 / Chronos Video Shuttle II [1851:1850,1851:a050] + 36 -> Lifeview FlyVideo 98FM LR50 / Typhoon TView TV/FM Tuner [1852:1852] + 37 -> Prolink PixelView PlayTV pro + 38 -> Askey CPH06X TView99 [144f:3000,144f:a005,a04f:a0fc] + 39 -> Pinnacle PCTV Studio/Rave [11bd:0012,bd11:1200,bd11:ff00,11bd:ff12] + 40 -> STB TV PCI FM, Gateway P/N 6000704 (bt878), 3Dfx VoodooTV 100 [10b4:2636,10b4:2645,121a:3060] + 41 -> AVerMedia TVPhone 98 [1461:0001,1461:0003] + 42 -> ProVideo PV951 [aa0c:146c] + 43 -> Little OnAir TV + 44 -> Sigma TVII-FM + 45 -> MATRIX-Vision MV-Delta 2 + 46 -> Zoltrix Genie TV/FM [15b0:4000,15b0:400a,15b0:400d,15b0:4010,15b0:4016] + 47 -> Terratec TV/Radio+ [153b:1123] + 48 -> Askey CPH03x/ Dynalink Magic TView + 49 -> IODATA GV-BCTV3/PCI [10fc:4020] + 50 -> Prolink PV-BT878P+4E / PixelView PlayTV PAK / Lenco MXTV-9578 CP + 51 -> Eagle Wireless Capricorn2 (bt878A) + 52 -> Pinnacle PCTV Studio Pro + 53 -> Typhoon TView RDS + FM Stereo / KNC1 TV Station RDS + 54 -> Lifeview FlyVideo 2000 /FlyVideo A2/ Lifetec LT 9415 TV [LR90] + 55 -> Askey CPH031/ BESTBUY Easy TV + 56 -> Lifeview FlyVideo 98FM LR50 [a051:41a0] + 57 -> GrandTec 'Grand Video Capture' (Bt848) [4344:4142] + 58 -> Askey CPH060/ Phoebe TV Master Only (No FM) + 59 -> Askey CPH03x TV Capturer + 60 -> Modular Technology MM100PCTV + 61 -> AG Electronics GMV1 [15cb:0101] + 62 -> Askey CPH061/ BESTBUY Easy TV (bt878) + 63 -> ATI TV-Wonder [1002:0001] + 64 -> ATI TV-Wonder VE [1002:0003] + 65 -> Lifeview FlyVideo 2000S LR90 + 66 -> Terratec TValueRadio [153b:1135,153b:ff3b] + 67 -> IODATA GV-BCTV4/PCI [10fc:4050] + 68 -> 3Dfx VoodooTV FM (Euro) [10b4:2637] + 69 -> Active Imaging AIMMS + 70 -> Prolink Pixelview PV-BT878P+ (Rev.4C,8E) + 71 -> Lifeview FlyVideo 98EZ (capture only) LR51 [1851:1851] + 72 -> Prolink Pixelview PV-BT878P+9B (PlayTV Pro rev.9B FM+NICAM) [1554:4011] + 73 -> Sensoray 311/611 [6000:0311,6000:0611] + 74 -> RemoteVision MX (RV605) + 75 -> Powercolor MTV878/ MTV878R/ MTV878F + 76 -> Canopus WinDVR PCI (COMPAQ Presario 3524JP, 5112JP) [0e11:0079] + 77 -> GrandTec Multi Capture Card (Bt878) + 78 -> Jetway TV/Capture JW-TV878-FBK, Kworld KW-TV878RF [0a01:17de] + 79 -> DSP Design TCVIDEO + 80 -> Hauppauge WinTV PVR [0070:4500] + 81 -> IODATA GV-BCTV5/PCI [10fc:4070,10fc:d018] + 82 -> Osprey 100/150 (878) [0070:ff00] + 83 -> Osprey 100/150 (848) + 84 -> Osprey 101 (848) + 85 -> Osprey 101/151 + 86 -> Osprey 101/151 w/ svid + 87 -> Osprey 200/201/250/251 + 88 -> Osprey 200/250 [0070:ff01] + 89 -> Osprey 210/220/230 + 90 -> Osprey 500 [0070:ff02] + 91 -> Osprey 540 [0070:ff04] + 92 -> Osprey 2000 [0070:ff03] + 93 -> IDS Eagle + 94 -> Pinnacle PCTV Sat [11bd:001c] + 95 -> Formac ProTV II (bt878) + 96 -> MachTV + 97 -> Euresys Picolo + 98 -> ProVideo PV150 [aa00:1460,aa01:1461,aa02:1462,aa03:1463,aa04:1464,aa05:1465,aa06:1466,aa07:1467] + 99 -> AD-TVK503 +100 -> Hercules Smart TV Stereo +101 -> Pace TV & Radio Card +102 -> IVC-200 [0000:a155,0001:a155,0002:a155,0003:a155,0100:a155,0101:a155,0102:a155,0103:a155,0800:a155,0801:a155,0802:a155,0803:a155] +103 -> Grand X-Guard / Trust 814PCI [0304:0102] +104 -> Nebula Electronics DigiTV [0071:0101] +105 -> ProVideo PV143 [aa00:1430,aa00:1431,aa00:1432,aa00:1433,aa03:1433] +106 -> PHYTEC VD-009-X1 VD-011 MiniDIN (bt878) +107 -> PHYTEC VD-009-X1 VD-011 Combi (bt878) +108 -> PHYTEC VD-009 MiniDIN (bt878) +109 -> PHYTEC VD-009 Combi (bt878) +110 -> IVC-100 [ff00:a132] +111 -> IVC-120G [ff00:a182,ff01:a182,ff02:a182,ff03:a182,ff04:a182,ff05:a182,ff06:a182,ff07:a182,ff08:a182,ff09:a182,ff0a:a182,ff0b:a182,ff0c:a182,ff0d:a182,ff0e:a182,ff0f:a182] +112 -> pcHDTV HD-2000 TV [7063:2000] +113 -> Twinhan DST + clones [11bd:0026,1822:0001,270f:fc00,1822:0026] +114 -> Winfast VC100 [107d:6607] +115 -> Teppro TEV-560/InterVision IV-560 +116 -> SIMUS GVC1100 [aa6a:82b2] +117 -> NGS NGSTV+ +118 -> LMLBT4 +119 -> Tekram M205 PRO +120 -> Conceptronic CONTVFMi +121 -> Euresys Picolo Tetra [1805:0105,1805:0106,1805:0107,1805:0108] +122 -> Spirit TV Tuner +123 -> AVerMedia AVerTV DVB-T 771 [1461:0771] +124 -> AverMedia AverTV DVB-T 761 [1461:0761] +125 -> MATRIX Vision Sigma-SQ +126 -> MATRIX Vision Sigma-SLC +127 -> APAC Viewcomp 878(AMAX) +128 -> DViCO FusionHDTV DVB-T Lite [18ac:db10,18ac:db11] +129 -> V-Gear MyVCD +130 -> Super TV Tuner +131 -> Tibet Systems 'Progress DVR' CS16 +132 -> Kodicom 4400R (master) +133 -> Kodicom 4400R (slave) +134 -> Adlink RTV24 +135 -> DViCO FusionHDTV 5 Lite [18ac:d500] +136 -> Acorp Y878F [9511:1540] +137 -> Conceptronic CTVFMi v2 [036e:109e] +138 -> Prolink Pixelview PV-BT878P+ (Rev.2E) +139 -> Prolink PixelView PlayTV MPEG2 PV-M4900 +140 -> Osprey 440 [0070:ff07] +141 -> Asound Skyeye PCTV +142 -> Sabrent TV-FM (bttv version) +143 -> Hauppauge ImpactVCB (bt878) [0070:13eb] +144 -> MagicTV +145 -> SSAI Security Video Interface [4149:5353] +146 -> SSAI Ultrasound Video Interface [414a:5353] +147 -> VoodooTV 200 (USA) [121a:3000] +148 -> DViCO FusionHDTV 2 [dbc0:d200] +149 -> Typhoon TV-Tuner PCI (50684) +150 -> Geovision GV-600 [008a:763c] +151 -> Kozumi KTV-01C +152 -> Encore ENL TV-FM-2 [1000:1801] +153 -> PHYTEC VD-012 (bt878) +154 -> PHYTEC VD-012-X1 (bt878) +155 -> PHYTEC VD-012-X2 (bt878) +156 -> IVCE-8784 [0000:f050,0001:f050,0002:f050,0003:f050] +157 -> Geovision GV-800(S) (master) [800a:763d] +158 -> Geovision GV-800(S) (slave) [800b:763d,800c:763d,800d:763d] +159 -> ProVideo PV183 [1830:1540,1831:1540,1832:1540,1833:1540,1834:1540,1835:1540,1836:1540,1837:1540] +160 -> Tongwei Video Technology TD-3116 [f200:3116] +161 -> Aposonic W-DVR [0279:0228] +162 -> Adlink MPG24 +163 -> Bt848 Capture 14MHz +164 -> CyberVision CV06 (SV) +165 -> Kworld V-Stream Xpert TV PVR878 +166 -> PCI-8604PW diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.cx23885 b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.cx23885 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4c84ec853 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.cx23885 @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ + 0 -> UNKNOWN/GENERIC [0070:3400] + 1 -> Hauppauge WinTV-HVR1800lp [0070:7600] + 2 -> Hauppauge WinTV-HVR1800 [0070:7800,0070:7801,0070:7809] + 3 -> Hauppauge WinTV-HVR1250 [0070:7911] + 4 -> DViCO FusionHDTV5 Express [18ac:d500] + 5 -> Hauppauge WinTV-HVR1500Q [0070:7790,0070:7797] + 6 -> Hauppauge WinTV-HVR1500 [0070:7710,0070:7717] + 7 -> Hauppauge WinTV-HVR1200 [0070:71d1,0070:71d3] + 8 -> Hauppauge WinTV-HVR1700 [0070:8101] + 9 -> Hauppauge WinTV-HVR1400 [0070:8010] + 10 -> DViCO FusionHDTV7 Dual Express [18ac:d618] + 11 -> DViCO FusionHDTV DVB-T Dual Express [18ac:db78] + 12 -> Leadtek Winfast PxDVR3200 H [107d:6681] + 13 -> Compro VideoMate E650F [185b:e800] + 14 -> TurboSight TBS 6920 [6920:8888] + 15 -> TeVii S470 [d470:9022] + 16 -> DVBWorld DVB-S2 2005 [0001:2005] + 17 -> NetUP Dual DVB-S2 CI [1b55:2a2c] + 18 -> Hauppauge WinTV-HVR1270 [0070:2211] + 19 -> Hauppauge WinTV-HVR1275 [0070:2215,0070:221d,0070:22f2] + 20 -> Hauppauge WinTV-HVR1255 [0070:2251,0070:22f1] + 21 -> Hauppauge WinTV-HVR1210 [0070:2291,0070:2295,0070:2299,0070:229d,0070:22f0,0070:22f3,0070:22f4,0070:22f5] + 22 -> Mygica X8506 DMB-TH [14f1:8651] + 23 -> Magic-Pro ProHDTV Extreme 2 [14f1:8657] + 24 -> Hauppauge WinTV-HVR1850 [0070:8541] + 25 -> Compro VideoMate E800 [1858:e800] + 26 -> Hauppauge WinTV-HVR1290 [0070:8551] + 27 -> Mygica X8558 PRO DMB-TH [14f1:8578] + 28 -> LEADTEK WinFast PxTV1200 [107d:6f22] + 29 -> GoTView X5 3D Hybrid [5654:2390] + 30 -> NetUP Dual DVB-T/C-CI RF [1b55:e2e4] + 31 -> Leadtek Winfast PxDVR3200 H XC4000 [107d:6f39] + 32 -> MPX-885 + 33 -> Mygica X8502/X8507 ISDB-T [14f1:8502] + 34 -> TerraTec Cinergy T PCIe Dual [153b:117e] + 35 -> TeVii S471 [d471:9022] + 36 -> Hauppauge WinTV-HVR1255 [0070:2259] + 37 -> Prof Revolution DVB-S2 8000 [8000:3034] + 38 -> Hauppauge WinTV-HVR4400 [0070:c108,0070:c138,0070:c12a,0070:c1f8] + 39 -> AVerTV Hybrid Express Slim HC81R [1461:d939] + 40 -> TurboSight TBS 6981 [6981:8888] + 41 -> TurboSight TBS 6980 [6980:8888] + 42 -> Leadtek Winfast PxPVR2200 [107d:6f21] + 43 -> Hauppauge ImpactVCB-e [0070:7133] + 44 -> DViCO FusionHDTV DVB-T Dual Express2 [18ac:db98] + 45 -> DVBSky T9580 [4254:9580] + 46 -> DVBSky T980C [4254:980c] diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.cx88 b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.cx88 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fa4b3f947 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.cx88 @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ + 0 -> UNKNOWN/GENERIC + 1 -> Hauppauge WinTV 34xxx models [0070:3400,0070:3401] + 2 -> GDI Black Gold [14c7:0106,14c7:0107] + 3 -> PixelView [1554:4811] + 4 -> ATI TV Wonder Pro [1002:00f8,1002:00f9] + 5 -> Leadtek Winfast 2000XP Expert [107d:6611,107d:6613] + 6 -> AverTV Studio 303 (M126) [1461:000b] + 7 -> MSI TV-@nywhere Master [1462:8606] + 8 -> Leadtek Winfast DV2000 [107d:6620,107d:6621] + 9 -> Leadtek PVR 2000 [107d:663b,107d:663c,107d:6632,107d:6630,107d:6638,107d:6631,107d:6637,107d:663d] + 10 -> IODATA GV-VCP3/PCI [10fc:d003] + 11 -> Prolink PlayTV PVR + 12 -> ASUS PVR-416 [1043:4823,1461:c111] + 13 -> MSI TV-@nywhere + 14 -> KWorld/VStream XPert DVB-T [17de:08a6] + 15 -> DViCO FusionHDTV DVB-T1 [18ac:db00] + 16 -> KWorld LTV883RF + 17 -> DViCO FusionHDTV 3 Gold-Q [18ac:d810,18ac:d800] + 18 -> Hauppauge Nova-T DVB-T [0070:9002,0070:9001,0070:9000] + 19 -> Conexant DVB-T reference design [14f1:0187] + 20 -> Provideo PV259 [1540:2580] + 21 -> DViCO FusionHDTV DVB-T Plus [18ac:db10,18ac:db11] + 22 -> pcHDTV HD3000 HDTV [7063:3000] + 23 -> digitalnow DNTV Live! DVB-T [17de:a8a6] + 24 -> Hauppauge WinTV 28xxx (Roslyn) models [0070:2801] + 25 -> Digital-Logic MICROSPACE Entertainment Center (MEC) [14f1:0342] + 26 -> IODATA GV/BCTV7E [10fc:d035] + 27 -> PixelView PlayTV Ultra Pro (Stereo) + 28 -> DViCO FusionHDTV 3 Gold-T [18ac:d820] + 29 -> ADS Tech Instant TV DVB-T PCI [1421:0334] + 30 -> TerraTec Cinergy 1400 DVB-T [153b:1166] + 31 -> DViCO FusionHDTV 5 Gold [18ac:d500] + 32 -> AverMedia UltraTV Media Center PCI 550 [1461:8011] + 33 -> Kworld V-Stream Xpert DVD + 34 -> ATI HDTV Wonder [1002:a101] + 35 -> WinFast DTV1000-T [107d:665f] + 36 -> AVerTV 303 (M126) [1461:000a] + 37 -> Hauppauge Nova-S-Plus DVB-S [0070:9201,0070:9202] + 38 -> Hauppauge Nova-SE2 DVB-S [0070:9200] + 39 -> KWorld DVB-S 100 [17de:08b2,1421:0341] + 40 -> Hauppauge WinTV-HVR1100 DVB-T/Hybrid [0070:9400,0070:9402] + 41 -> Hauppauge WinTV-HVR1100 DVB-T/Hybrid (Low Profile) [0070:9800,0070:9802] + 42 -> digitalnow DNTV Live! DVB-T Pro [1822:0025,1822:0019] + 43 -> KWorld/VStream XPert DVB-T with cx22702 [17de:08a1,12ab:2300] + 44 -> DViCO FusionHDTV DVB-T Dual Digital [18ac:db50,18ac:db54] + 45 -> KWorld HardwareMpegTV XPert [17de:0840,1421:0305] + 46 -> DViCO FusionHDTV DVB-T Hybrid [18ac:db40,18ac:db44] + 47 -> pcHDTV HD5500 HDTV [7063:5500] + 48 -> Kworld MCE 200 Deluxe [17de:0841] + 49 -> PixelView PlayTV P7000 [1554:4813] + 50 -> NPG Tech Real TV FM Top 10 [14f1:0842] + 51 -> WinFast DTV2000 H [107d:665e] + 52 -> Geniatech DVB-S [14f1:0084] + 53 -> Hauppauge WinTV-HVR3000 TriMode Analog/DVB-S/DVB-T [0070:1404,0070:1400,0070:1401,0070:1402] + 54 -> Norwood Micro TV Tuner + 55 -> Shenzhen Tungsten Ages Tech TE-DTV-250 / Swann OEM [c180:c980] + 56 -> Hauppauge WinTV-HVR1300 DVB-T/Hybrid MPEG Encoder [0070:9600,0070:9601,0070:9602] + 57 -> ADS Tech Instant Video PCI [1421:0390] + 58 -> Pinnacle PCTV HD 800i [11bd:0051] + 59 -> DViCO FusionHDTV 5 PCI nano [18ac:d530] + 60 -> Pinnacle Hybrid PCTV [12ab:1788] + 61 -> Leadtek TV2000 XP Global [107d:6f18,107d:6618,107d:6619] + 62 -> PowerColor RA330 [14f1:ea3d] + 63 -> Geniatech X8000-MT DVBT [14f1:8852] + 64 -> DViCO FusionHDTV DVB-T PRO [18ac:db30] + 65 -> DViCO FusionHDTV 7 Gold [18ac:d610] + 66 -> Prolink Pixelview MPEG 8000GT [1554:4935] + 67 -> Kworld PlusTV HD PCI 120 (ATSC 120) [17de:08c1] + 68 -> Hauppauge WinTV-HVR4000 DVB-S/S2/T/Hybrid [0070:6900,0070:6904,0070:6902] + 69 -> Hauppauge WinTV-HVR4000(Lite) DVB-S/S2 [0070:6905,0070:6906] + 70 -> TeVii S460 DVB-S/S2 [d460:9022] + 71 -> Omicom SS4 DVB-S/S2 PCI [A044:2011] + 72 -> TBS 8920 DVB-S/S2 [8920:8888] + 73 -> TeVii S420 DVB-S [d420:9022] + 74 -> Prolink Pixelview Global Extreme [1554:4976] + 75 -> PROF 7300 DVB-S/S2 [B033:3033] + 76 -> SATTRADE ST4200 DVB-S/S2 [b200:4200] + 77 -> TBS 8910 DVB-S [8910:8888] + 78 -> Prof 6200 DVB-S [b022:3022] + 79 -> Terratec Cinergy HT PCI MKII [153b:1177] + 80 -> Hauppauge WinTV-IR Only [0070:9290] + 81 -> Leadtek WinFast DTV1800 Hybrid [107d:6654] + 82 -> WinFast DTV2000 H rev. J [107d:6f2b] + 83 -> Prof 7301 DVB-S/S2 [b034:3034] + 84 -> Samsung SMT 7020 DVB-S [18ac:dc00,18ac:dccd] + 85 -> Twinhan VP-1027 DVB-S [1822:0023] + 86 -> TeVii S464 DVB-S/S2 [d464:9022] + 87 -> Leadtek WinFast DTV2000 H PLUS [107d:6f42] + 88 -> Leadtek WinFast DTV1800 H (XC4000) [107d:6f38] + 89 -> Leadtek TV2000 XP Global (SC4100) [107d:6f36] + 90 -> Leadtek TV2000 XP Global (XC4100) [107d:6f43] diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.em28xx b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.em28xx new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3700edb81 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.em28xx @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ + 0 -> Unknown EM2800 video grabber (em2800) [eb1a:2800] + 1 -> Unknown EM2750/28xx video grabber (em2820/em2840) [eb1a:2710,eb1a:2820,eb1a:2821,eb1a:2860,eb1a:2861,eb1a:2862,eb1a:2863,eb1a:2870,eb1a:2881,eb1a:2883,eb1a:2868,eb1a:2875] + 2 -> Terratec Cinergy 250 USB (em2820/em2840) [0ccd:0036] + 3 -> Pinnacle PCTV USB 2 (em2820/em2840) [2304:0208] + 4 -> Hauppauge WinTV USB 2 (em2820/em2840) [2040:4200,2040:4201] + 5 -> MSI VOX USB 2.0 (em2820/em2840) + 6 -> Terratec Cinergy 200 USB (em2800) + 7 -> Leadtek Winfast USB II (em2800) [0413:6023] + 8 -> Kworld USB2800 (em2800) + 9 -> Pinnacle Dazzle DVC 90/100/101/107 / Kaiser Baas Video to DVD maker (em2820/em2840) [1b80:e302,1b80:e304,2304:0207,2304:021a,093b:a003] + 10 -> Hauppauge WinTV HVR 900 (em2880) [2040:6500] + 11 -> Terratec Hybrid XS (em2880) + 12 -> Kworld PVR TV 2800 RF (em2820/em2840) + 13 -> Terratec Prodigy XS (em2880) + 14 -> SIIG AVTuner-PVR / Pixelview Prolink PlayTV USB 2.0 (em2820/em2840) + 15 -> V-Gear PocketTV (em2800) + 16 -> Hauppauge WinTV HVR 950 (em2883) [2040:6513,2040:6517,2040:651b] + 17 -> Pinnacle PCTV HD Pro Stick (em2880) [2304:0227] + 18 -> Hauppauge WinTV HVR 900 (R2) (em2880) [2040:6502] + 19 -> EM2860/SAA711X Reference Design (em2860) + 20 -> AMD ATI TV Wonder HD 600 (em2880) [0438:b002] + 21 -> eMPIA Technology, Inc. GrabBeeX+ Video Encoder (em2800) [eb1a:2801] + 22 -> EM2710/EM2750/EM2751 webcam grabber (em2750) [eb1a:2750,eb1a:2751] + 23 -> Huaqi DLCW-130 (em2750) + 24 -> D-Link DUB-T210 TV Tuner (em2820/em2840) [2001:f112] + 25 -> Gadmei UTV310 (em2820/em2840) + 26 -> Hercules Smart TV USB 2.0 (em2820/em2840) + 27 -> Pinnacle PCTV USB 2 (Philips FM1216ME) (em2820/em2840) + 28 -> Leadtek Winfast USB II Deluxe (em2820/em2840) + 29 -> EM2860/TVP5150 Reference Design (em2860) + 30 -> Videology 20K14XUSB USB2.0 (em2820/em2840) + 31 -> Usbgear VD204v9 (em2821) + 32 -> Supercomp USB 2.0 TV (em2821) + 33 -> Elgato Video Capture (em2860) [0fd9:0033] + 34 -> Terratec Cinergy A Hybrid XS (em2860) [0ccd:004f] + 35 -> Typhoon DVD Maker (em2860) + 36 -> NetGMBH Cam (em2860) + 37 -> Gadmei UTV330 (em2860) [eb1a:50a6] + 38 -> Yakumo MovieMixer (em2861) + 39 -> KWorld PVRTV 300U (em2861) [eb1a:e300] + 40 -> Plextor ConvertX PX-TV100U (em2861) [093b:a005] + 41 -> Kworld 350 U DVB-T (em2870) [eb1a:e350] + 42 -> Kworld 355 U DVB-T (em2870) [eb1a:e355,eb1a:e357,eb1a:e359] + 43 -> Terratec Cinergy T XS (em2870) [0ccd:0043] + 44 -> Terratec Cinergy T XS (MT2060) (em2870) + 45 -> Pinnacle PCTV DVB-T (em2870) + 46 -> Compro, VideoMate U3 (em2870) [185b:2870] + 47 -> KWorld DVB-T 305U (em2880) [eb1a:e305] + 48 -> KWorld DVB-T 310U (em2880) + 49 -> MSI DigiVox A/D (em2880) [eb1a:e310] + 50 -> MSI DigiVox A/D II (em2880) [eb1a:e320] + 51 -> Terratec Hybrid XS Secam (em2880) [0ccd:004c] + 52 -> DNT DA2 Hybrid (em2881) + 53 -> Pinnacle Hybrid Pro (em2881) + 54 -> Kworld VS-DVB-T 323UR (em2882) [eb1a:e323] + 55 -> Terratec Cinnergy Hybrid T USB XS (em2882) (em2882) [0ccd:005e,0ccd:0042] + 56 -> Pinnacle Hybrid Pro (330e) (em2882) [2304:0226] + 57 -> Kworld PlusTV HD Hybrid 330 (em2883) [eb1a:a316] + 58 -> Compro VideoMate ForYou/Stereo (em2820/em2840) [185b:2041] + 59 -> Pinnacle PCTV HD Mini (em2874) [2304:023f] + 60 -> Hauppauge WinTV HVR 850 (em2883) [2040:651f] + 61 -> Pixelview PlayTV Box 4 USB 2.0 (em2820/em2840) + 62 -> Gadmei TVR200 (em2820/em2840) + 63 -> Kaiomy TVnPC U2 (em2860) [eb1a:e303] + 64 -> Easy Cap Capture DC-60 (em2860) [1b80:e309] + 65 -> IO-DATA GV-MVP/SZ (em2820/em2840) [04bb:0515] + 66 -> Empire dual TV (em2880) + 67 -> Terratec Grabby (em2860) [0ccd:0096,0ccd:10AF] + 68 -> Terratec AV350 (em2860) [0ccd:0084] + 69 -> KWorld ATSC 315U HDTV TV Box (em2882) [eb1a:a313] + 70 -> Evga inDtube (em2882) + 71 -> Silvercrest Webcam 1.3mpix (em2820/em2840) + 72 -> Gadmei UTV330+ (em2861) + 73 -> Reddo DVB-C USB TV Box (em2870) + 74 -> Actionmaster/LinXcel/Digitus VC211A (em2800) + 75 -> Dikom DK300 (em2882) + 76 -> KWorld PlusTV 340U or UB435-Q (ATSC) (em2870) [1b80:a340] + 77 -> EM2874 Leadership ISDBT (em2874) + 78 -> PCTV nanoStick T2 290e (em28174) + 79 -> Terratec Cinergy H5 (em2884) [eb1a:2885,0ccd:10a2,0ccd:10ad,0ccd:10b6] + 80 -> PCTV DVB-S2 Stick (460e) (em28174) + 81 -> Hauppauge WinTV HVR 930C (em2884) [2040:1605] + 82 -> Terratec Cinergy HTC Stick (em2884) [0ccd:00b2] + 83 -> Honestech Vidbox NW03 (em2860) [eb1a:5006] + 84 -> MaxMedia UB425-TC (em2874) [1b80:e425] + 85 -> PCTV QuatroStick (510e) (em2884) [2304:0242] + 86 -> PCTV QuatroStick nano (520e) (em2884) [2013:0251] + 87 -> Terratec Cinergy HTC USB XS (em2884) [0ccd:008e,0ccd:00ac] + 88 -> C3 Tech Digital Duo HDTV/SDTV USB (em2884) [1b80:e755] + 89 -> Delock 61959 (em2874) [1b80:e1cc] + 90 -> KWorld USB ATSC TV Stick UB435-Q V2 (em2874) [1b80:e346] + 91 -> SpeedLink Vicious And Devine Laplace webcam (em2765) [1ae7:9003,1ae7:9004] + 92 -> PCTV DVB-S2 Stick (461e) (em28178) + 93 -> KWorld USB ATSC TV Stick UB435-Q V3 (em2874) [1b80:e34c] + 94 -> PCTV tripleStick (292e) (em28178) + 95 -> Leadtek VC100 (em2861) [0413:6f07] diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.ivtv b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.ivtv new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a019e27e4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.ivtv @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ + 1 -> Hauppauge WinTV PVR-250 + 2 -> Hauppauge WinTV PVR-350 + 3 -> Hauppauge WinTV PVR-150 or PVR-500 + 4 -> AVerMedia M179 [1461:a3ce,1461:a3cf] + 5 -> Yuan MPG600/Kuroutoshikou iTVC16-STVLP [12ab:fff3,12ab:ffff] + 6 -> Yuan MPG160/Kuroutoshikou iTVC15-STVLP [12ab:0000,10fc:40a0] + 7 -> Yuan PG600/DiamondMM PVR-550 [ff92:0070,ffab:0600] + 8 -> Adaptec AVC-2410 [9005:0093] + 9 -> Adaptec AVC-2010 [9005:0092] +10 -> NAGASE TRANSGEAR 5000TV [1461:bfff] +11 -> AOpen VA2000MAX-STN6 [0000:ff5f] +12 -> YUAN MPG600GR/Kuroutoshikou CX23416GYC-STVLP [12ab:0600,fbab:0600,1154:0523] +13 -> I/O Data GV-MVP/RX [10fc:d01e,10fc:d038,10fc:d039] +14 -> I/O Data GV-MVP/RX2E [10fc:d025] +15 -> GOTVIEW PCI DVD (partial support only) [12ab:0600] +16 -> GOTVIEW PCI DVD2 Deluxe [ffac:0600] +17 -> Yuan MPC622 [ff01:d998] +18 -> Digital Cowboy DCT-MTVP1 [1461:bfff] +19 -> Yuan PG600V2/GotView PCI DVD Lite [ffab:0600,ffad:0600] +20 -> Club3D ZAP-TV1x01 [ffab:0600] +21 -> AverTV MCE 116 Plus [1461:c439] +22 -> ASUS Falcon2 [1043:4b66,1043:462e,1043:4b2e] +23 -> AverMedia PVR-150 Plus [1461:c035] +24 -> AverMedia EZMaker PCI Deluxe [1461:c03f] diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.saa7134 b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.saa7134 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a93d86455 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.saa7134 @@ -0,0 +1,194 @@ + 0 -> UNKNOWN/GENERIC + 1 -> Proteus Pro [philips reference design] [1131:2001,1131:2001] + 2 -> LifeView FlyVIDEO3000 [5168:0138,4e42:0138] + 3 -> LifeView/Typhoon FlyVIDEO2000 [5168:0138,4e42:0138] + 4 -> EMPRESS [1131:6752] + 5 -> SKNet Monster TV [1131:4e85] + 6 -> Tevion MD 9717 + 7 -> KNC One TV-Station RDS / Typhoon TV Tuner RDS [1131:fe01,1894:fe01] + 8 -> Terratec Cinergy 400 TV [153b:1142] + 9 -> Medion 5044 + 10 -> Kworld/KuroutoShikou SAA7130-TVPCI + 11 -> Terratec Cinergy 600 TV [153b:1143] + 12 -> Medion 7134 [16be:0003,16be:5000] + 13 -> Typhoon TV+Radio 90031 + 14 -> ELSA EX-VISION 300TV [1048:226b] + 15 -> ELSA EX-VISION 500TV [1048:226a] + 16 -> ASUS TV-FM 7134 [1043:4842,1043:4830,1043:4840] + 17 -> AOPEN VA1000 POWER [1131:7133] + 18 -> BMK MPEX No Tuner + 19 -> Compro VideoMate TV [185b:c100] + 20 -> Matrox CronosPlus [102B:48d0] + 21 -> 10MOONS PCI TV CAPTURE CARD [1131:2001] + 22 -> AverMedia M156 / Medion 2819 [1461:a70b] + 23 -> BMK MPEX Tuner + 24 -> KNC One TV-Station DVR [1894:a006] + 25 -> ASUS TV-FM 7133 [1043:4843] + 26 -> Pinnacle PCTV Stereo (saa7134) [11bd:002b] + 27 -> Manli MuchTV M-TV002 + 28 -> Manli MuchTV M-TV001 + 29 -> Nagase Sangyo TransGear 3000TV [1461:050c] + 30 -> Elitegroup ECS TVP3XP FM1216 Tuner Card(PAL-BG,FM) [1019:4cb4] + 31 -> Elitegroup ECS TVP3XP FM1236 Tuner Card (NTSC,FM) [1019:4cb5] + 32 -> AVACS SmartTV + 33 -> AVerMedia DVD EZMaker [1461:10ff] + 34 -> Noval Prime TV 7133 + 35 -> AverMedia AverTV Studio 305 [1461:2115] + 36 -> UPMOST PURPLE TV [12ab:0800] + 37 -> Items MuchTV Plus / IT-005 + 38 -> Terratec Cinergy 200 TV [153b:1152] + 39 -> LifeView FlyTV Platinum Mini [5168:0212,4e42:0212,5169:1502] + 40 -> Compro VideoMate TV PVR/FM [185b:c100] + 41 -> Compro VideoMate TV Gold+ [185b:c100] + 42 -> Sabrent SBT-TVFM (saa7130) + 43 -> :Zolid Xpert TV7134 + 44 -> Empire PCI TV-Radio LE + 45 -> Avermedia AVerTV Studio 307 [1461:9715] + 46 -> AVerMedia Cardbus TV/Radio (E500) [1461:d6ee] + 47 -> Terratec Cinergy 400 mobile [153b:1162] + 48 -> Terratec Cinergy 600 TV MK3 [153b:1158] + 49 -> Compro VideoMate Gold+ Pal [185b:c200] + 50 -> Pinnacle PCTV 300i DVB-T + PAL [11bd:002d] + 51 -> ProVideo PV952 [1540:9524] + 52 -> AverMedia AverTV/305 [1461:2108] + 53 -> ASUS TV-FM 7135 [1043:4845] + 54 -> LifeView FlyTV Platinum FM / Gold [5168:0214,5168:5214,1489:0214,5168:0304] + 55 -> LifeView FlyDVB-T DUO / MSI TV@nywhere Duo [5168:0306,4E42:0306] + 56 -> Avermedia AVerTV 307 [1461:a70a] + 57 -> Avermedia AVerTV GO 007 FM [1461:f31f] + 58 -> ADS Tech Instant TV (saa7135) [1421:0350,1421:0351,1421:0370,1421:1370] + 59 -> Kworld/Tevion V-Stream Xpert TV PVR7134 + 60 -> LifeView/Typhoon/Genius FlyDVB-T Duo Cardbus [5168:0502,4e42:0502,1489:0502] + 61 -> Philips TOUGH DVB-T reference design [1131:2004] + 62 -> Compro VideoMate TV Gold+II + 63 -> Kworld Xpert TV PVR7134 + 64 -> FlyTV mini Asus Digimatrix [1043:0210] + 65 -> V-Stream Studio TV Terminator + 66 -> Yuan TUN-900 (saa7135) + 67 -> Beholder BeholdTV 409 FM [0000:4091] + 68 -> GoTView 7135 PCI [5456:7135] + 69 -> Philips EUROPA V3 reference design [1131:2004] + 70 -> Compro Videomate DVB-T300 [185b:c900] + 71 -> Compro Videomate DVB-T200 [185b:c901] + 72 -> RTD Embedded Technologies VFG7350 [1435:7350] + 73 -> RTD Embedded Technologies VFG7330 [1435:7330] + 74 -> LifeView FlyTV Platinum Mini2 [14c0:1212] + 75 -> AVerMedia AVerTVHD MCE A180 [1461:1044] + 76 -> SKNet MonsterTV Mobile [1131:4ee9] + 77 -> Pinnacle PCTV 40i/50i/110i (saa7133) [11bd:002e] + 78 -> ASUSTeK P7131 Dual [1043:4862] + 79 -> Sedna/MuchTV PC TV Cardbus TV/Radio (ITO25 Rev:2B) + 80 -> ASUS Digimatrix TV [1043:0210] + 81 -> Philips Tiger reference design [1131:2018] + 82 -> MSI TV@Anywhere plus [1462:6231,1462:8624] + 83 -> Terratec Cinergy 250 PCI TV [153b:1160] + 84 -> LifeView FlyDVB Trio [5168:0319] + 85 -> AverTV DVB-T 777 [1461:2c05,1461:2c05] + 86 -> LifeView FlyDVB-T / Genius VideoWonder DVB-T [5168:0301,1489:0301] + 87 -> ADS Instant TV Duo Cardbus PTV331 [0331:1421] + 88 -> Tevion/KWorld DVB-T 220RF [17de:7201] + 89 -> ELSA EX-VISION 700TV [1048:226c] + 90 -> Kworld ATSC110/115 [17de:7350,17de:7352] + 91 -> AVerMedia A169 B [1461:7360] + 92 -> AVerMedia A169 B1 [1461:6360] + 93 -> Medion 7134 Bridge #2 [16be:0005] + 94 -> LifeView FlyDVB-T Hybrid Cardbus/MSI TV @nywhere A/D NB [5168:3306,5168:3502,5168:3307,4e42:3502] + 95 -> LifeView FlyVIDEO3000 (NTSC) [5169:0138] + 96 -> Medion Md8800 Quadro [16be:0007,16be:0008,16be:000d] + 97 -> LifeView FlyDVB-S /Acorp TV134DS [5168:0300,4e42:0300] + 98 -> Proteus Pro 2309 [0919:2003] + 99 -> AVerMedia TV Hybrid A16AR [1461:2c00] +100 -> Asus Europa2 OEM [1043:4860] +101 -> Pinnacle PCTV 310i [11bd:002f] +102 -> Avermedia AVerTV Studio 507 [1461:9715] +103 -> Compro Videomate DVB-T200A +104 -> Hauppauge WinTV-HVR1110 DVB-T/Hybrid [0070:6700,0070:6701,0070:6702,0070:6703,0070:6704,0070:6705] +105 -> Terratec Cinergy HT PCMCIA [153b:1172] +106 -> Encore ENLTV [1131:2342,1131:2341,3016:2344] +107 -> Encore ENLTV-FM [1131:230f] +108 -> Terratec Cinergy HT PCI [153b:1175] +109 -> Philips Tiger - S Reference design +110 -> Avermedia M102 [1461:f31e] +111 -> ASUS P7131 4871 [1043:4871] +112 -> ASUSTeK P7131 Hybrid [1043:4876] +113 -> Elitegroup ECS TVP3XP FM1246 Tuner Card (PAL,FM) [1019:4cb6] +114 -> KWorld DVB-T 210 [17de:7250] +115 -> Sabrent PCMCIA TV-PCB05 [0919:2003] +116 -> 10MOONS TM300 TV Card [1131:2304] +117 -> Avermedia Super 007 [1461:f01d] +118 -> Beholder BeholdTV 401 [0000:4016] +119 -> Beholder BeholdTV 403 [0000:4036] +120 -> Beholder BeholdTV 403 FM [0000:4037] +121 -> Beholder BeholdTV 405 [0000:4050] +122 -> Beholder BeholdTV 405 FM [0000:4051] +123 -> Beholder BeholdTV 407 [0000:4070] +124 -> Beholder BeholdTV 407 FM [0000:4071] +125 -> Beholder BeholdTV 409 [0000:4090] +126 -> Beholder BeholdTV 505 FM [5ace:5050] +127 -> Beholder BeholdTV 507 FM / BeholdTV 509 FM [5ace:5070,5ace:5090] +128 -> Beholder BeholdTV Columbus TV/FM [0000:5201] +129 -> Beholder BeholdTV 607 FM [5ace:6070] +130 -> Beholder BeholdTV M6 [5ace:6190] +131 -> Twinhan Hybrid DTV-DVB 3056 PCI [1822:0022] +132 -> Genius TVGO AM11MCE +133 -> NXP Snake DVB-S reference design +134 -> Medion/Creatix CTX953 Hybrid [16be:0010] +135 -> MSI TV@nywhere A/D v1.1 [1462:8625] +136 -> AVerMedia Cardbus TV/Radio (E506R) [1461:f436] +137 -> AVerMedia Hybrid TV/Radio (A16D) [1461:f936] +138 -> Avermedia M115 [1461:a836] +139 -> Compro VideoMate T750 [185b:c900] +140 -> Avermedia DVB-S Pro A700 [1461:a7a1] +141 -> Avermedia DVB-S Hybrid+FM A700 [1461:a7a2] +142 -> Beholder BeholdTV H6 [5ace:6290] +143 -> Beholder BeholdTV M63 [5ace:6191] +144 -> Beholder BeholdTV M6 Extra [5ace:6193] +145 -> AVerMedia MiniPCI DVB-T Hybrid M103 [1461:f636,1461:f736] +146 -> ASUSTeK P7131 Analog +147 -> Asus Tiger 3in1 [1043:4878] +148 -> Encore ENLTV-FM v5.3 [1a7f:2008] +149 -> Avermedia PCI pure analog (M135A) [1461:f11d] +150 -> Zogis Real Angel 220 +151 -> ADS Tech Instant HDTV [1421:0380] +152 -> Asus Tiger Rev:1.00 [1043:4857] +153 -> Kworld Plus TV Analog Lite PCI [17de:7128] +154 -> Avermedia AVerTV GO 007 FM Plus [1461:f31d] +155 -> Hauppauge WinTV-HVR1150 ATSC/QAM-Hybrid [0070:6706,0070:6708] +156 -> Hauppauge WinTV-HVR1120 DVB-T/Hybrid [0070:6707,0070:6709,0070:670a] +157 -> Avermedia AVerTV Studio 507UA [1461:a11b] +158 -> AVerMedia Cardbus TV/Radio (E501R) [1461:b7e9] +159 -> Beholder BeholdTV 505 RDS [0000:505B] +160 -> Beholder BeholdTV 507 RDS [0000:5071] +161 -> Beholder BeholdTV 507 RDS [0000:507B] +162 -> Beholder BeholdTV 607 FM [5ace:6071] +163 -> Beholder BeholdTV 609 FM [5ace:6090] +164 -> Beholder BeholdTV 609 FM [5ace:6091] +165 -> Beholder BeholdTV 607 RDS [5ace:6072] +166 -> Beholder BeholdTV 607 RDS [5ace:6073] +167 -> Beholder BeholdTV 609 RDS [5ace:6092] +168 -> Beholder BeholdTV 609 RDS [5ace:6093] +169 -> Compro VideoMate S350/S300 [185b:c900] +170 -> AverMedia AverTV Studio 505 [1461:a115] +171 -> Beholder BeholdTV X7 [5ace:7595] +172 -> RoverMedia TV Link Pro FM [19d1:0138] +173 -> Zolid Hybrid TV Tuner PCI [1131:2004] +174 -> Asus Europa Hybrid OEM [1043:4847] +175 -> Leadtek Winfast DTV1000S [107d:6655] +176 -> Beholder BeholdTV 505 RDS [0000:5051] +177 -> Hawell HW-404M7 +178 -> Beholder BeholdTV H7 [5ace:7190] +179 -> Beholder BeholdTV A7 [5ace:7090] +180 -> Avermedia PCI M733A [1461:4155,1461:4255] +181 -> TechoTrend TT-budget T-3000 [13c2:2804] +182 -> Kworld PCI SBTVD/ISDB-T Full-Seg Hybrid [17de:b136] +183 -> Compro VideoMate Vista M1F [185b:c900] +184 -> Encore ENLTV-FM 3 [1a7f:2108] +185 -> MagicPro ProHDTV Pro2 DMB-TH/Hybrid [17de:d136] +186 -> Beholder BeholdTV 501 [5ace:5010] +187 -> Beholder BeholdTV 503 FM [5ace:5030] +188 -> Sensoray 811/911 [6000:0811,6000:0911] +189 -> Kworld PC150-U [17de:a134] +190 -> Asus My Cinema PS3-100 [1043:48cd] +191 -> Hawell HW-9004V1 +192 -> AverMedia AverTV Satellite Hybrid+FM A706 [1461:2055] +193 -> WIS Voyager or compatible [1905:7007] diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.saa7164 b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.saa7164 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2205e8d55 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.saa7164 @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ + 0 -> Unknown + 1 -> Generic Rev2 + 2 -> Generic Rev3 + 3 -> Hauppauge WinTV-HVR2250 [0070:8880,0070:8810] + 4 -> Hauppauge WinTV-HVR2200 [0070:8980] + 5 -> Hauppauge WinTV-HVR2200 [0070:8900] + 6 -> Hauppauge WinTV-HVR2200 [0070:8901] + 7 -> Hauppauge WinTV-HVR2250 [0070:8891,0070:8851] + 8 -> Hauppauge WinTV-HVR2250 [0070:88A1] + 9 -> Hauppauge WinTV-HVR2200 [0070:8940] + 10 -> Hauppauge WinTV-HVR2200 [0070:8953] diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.tm6000 b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.tm6000 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b5edce487 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.tm6000 @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ + 1 -> Generic tm5600 board (tm5600) [6000:0001] + 2 -> Generic tm6000 board (tm6000) [6000:0001] + 3 -> Generic tm6010 board (tm6010) [6000:0002] + 4 -> 10Moons UT821 (tm5600) [6000:0001] + 5 -> 10Moons UT330 (tm5600) + 6 -> ADSTech Dual TV (tm6000) [06e1:f332] + 7 -> FreeCom and similar (tm6000) [14aa:0620] + 8 -> ADSTech Mini Dual TV (tm6000) [06e1:b339] + 9 -> Hauppauge WinTV HVR-900H/USB2 Stick (tm6010) [2040:6600,2040:6601,2040:6610,2040:6611] + 10 -> Beholder Wander (tm6010) [6000:dec0] + 11 -> Beholder Voyager (tm6010) [6000:dec1] + 12 -> TerraTec Cinergy Hybrid XE/Cinergy Hybrid Stick (tm6010) [0ccd:0086,0ccd:00a5] + 13 -> TwinHan TU501 (tm6010) [13d3:3240,13d3:3241,13d3:3243,13d3:3264] + 14 -> Beholder Wander Lite (tm6010) [6000:dec2] + 15 -> Beholder Voyager Lite (tm6010) [6000:dec3] + diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.tuner b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.tuner new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ac8862184 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.tuner @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ +tuner=0 - Temic PAL (4002 FH5) +tuner=1 - Philips PAL_I (FI1246 and compatibles) +tuner=2 - Philips NTSC (FI1236,FM1236 and compatibles) +tuner=3 - Philips (SECAM+PAL_BG) (FI1216MF, FM1216MF, FR1216MF) +tuner=4 - NoTuner +tuner=5 - Philips PAL_BG (FI1216 and compatibles) +tuner=6 - Temic NTSC (4032 FY5) +tuner=7 - Temic PAL_I (4062 FY5) +tuner=8 - Temic NTSC (4036 FY5) +tuner=9 - Alps HSBH1 +tuner=10 - Alps TSBE1 +tuner=11 - Alps TSBB5 +tuner=12 - Alps TSBE5 +tuner=13 - Alps TSBC5 +tuner=14 - Temic PAL_BG (4006FH5) +tuner=15 - Alps TSCH6 +tuner=16 - Temic PAL_DK (4016 FY5) +tuner=17 - Philips NTSC_M (MK2) +tuner=18 - Temic PAL_I (4066 FY5) +tuner=19 - Temic PAL* auto (4006 FN5) +tuner=20 - Temic PAL_BG (4009 FR5) or PAL_I (4069 FR5) +tuner=21 - Temic NTSC (4039 FR5) +tuner=22 - Temic PAL/SECAM multi (4046 FM5) +tuner=23 - Philips PAL_DK (FI1256 and compatibles) +tuner=24 - Philips PAL/SECAM multi (FQ1216ME) +tuner=25 - LG PAL_I+FM (TAPC-I001D) +tuner=26 - LG PAL_I (TAPC-I701D) +tuner=27 - LG NTSC+FM (TPI8NSR01F) +tuner=28 - LG PAL_BG+FM (TPI8PSB01D) +tuner=29 - LG PAL_BG (TPI8PSB11D) +tuner=30 - Temic PAL* auto + FM (4009 FN5) +tuner=31 - SHARP NTSC_JP (2U5JF5540) +tuner=32 - Samsung PAL TCPM9091PD27 +tuner=33 - MT20xx universal +tuner=34 - Temic PAL_BG (4106 FH5) +tuner=35 - Temic PAL_DK/SECAM_L (4012 FY5) +tuner=36 - Temic NTSC (4136 FY5) +tuner=37 - LG PAL (newer TAPC series) +tuner=38 - Philips PAL/SECAM multi (FM1216ME MK3) +tuner=39 - LG NTSC (newer TAPC series) +tuner=40 - HITACHI V7-J180AT +tuner=41 - Philips PAL_MK (FI1216 MK) +tuner=42 - Philips FCV1236D ATSC/NTSC dual in +tuner=43 - Philips NTSC MK3 (FM1236MK3 or FM1236/F) +tuner=44 - Philips 4 in 1 (ATI TV Wonder Pro/Conexant) +tuner=45 - Microtune 4049 FM5 +tuner=46 - Panasonic VP27s/ENGE4324D +tuner=47 - LG NTSC (TAPE series) +tuner=48 - Tenna TNF 8831 BGFF) +tuner=49 - Microtune 4042 FI5 ATSC/NTSC dual in +tuner=50 - TCL 2002N +tuner=51 - Philips PAL/SECAM_D (FM 1256 I-H3) +tuner=52 - Thomson DTT 7610 (ATSC/NTSC) +tuner=53 - Philips FQ1286 +tuner=54 - Philips/NXP TDA 8290/8295 + 8275/8275A/18271 +tuner=55 - TCL 2002MB +tuner=56 - Philips PAL/SECAM multi (FQ1216AME MK4) +tuner=57 - Philips FQ1236A MK4 +tuner=58 - Ymec TVision TVF-8531MF/8831MF/8731MF +tuner=59 - Ymec TVision TVF-5533MF +tuner=60 - Thomson DTT 761X (ATSC/NTSC) +tuner=61 - Tena TNF9533-D/IF/TNF9533-B/DF +tuner=62 - Philips TEA5767HN FM Radio +tuner=63 - Philips FMD1216ME MK3 Hybrid Tuner +tuner=64 - LG TDVS-H06xF +tuner=65 - Ymec TVF66T5-B/DFF +tuner=66 - LG TALN series +tuner=67 - Philips TD1316 Hybrid Tuner +tuner=68 - Philips TUV1236D ATSC/NTSC dual in +tuner=69 - Tena TNF 5335 and similar models +tuner=70 - Samsung TCPN 2121P30A +tuner=71 - Xceive xc2028/xc3028 tuner +tuner=72 - Thomson FE6600 +tuner=73 - Samsung TCPG 6121P30A +tuner=75 - Philips TEA5761 FM Radio +tuner=76 - Xceive 5000 tuner +tuner=77 - TCL tuner MF02GIP-5N-E +tuner=78 - Philips FMD1216MEX MK3 Hybrid Tuner +tuner=79 - Philips PAL/SECAM multi (FM1216 MK5) +tuner=80 - Philips FQ1216LME MK3 PAL/SECAM w/active loopthrough +tuner=81 - Partsnic (Daewoo) PTI-5NF05 +tuner=82 - Philips CU1216L +tuner=83 - NXP TDA18271 +tuner=84 - Sony BTF-Pxn01Z +tuner=85 - Philips FQ1236 MK5 +tuner=86 - Tena TNF5337 MFD +tuner=87 - Xceive 4000 tuner +tuner=88 - Xceive 5000C tuner +tuner=89 - Sony BTF-PG472Z PAL/SECAM +tuner=90 - Sony BTF-PK467Z NTSC-M-JP +tuner=91 - Sony BTF-PB463Z NTSC-M diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.usbvision b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.usbvision new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6fd1af365 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.usbvision @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ + 0 -> Xanboo [0a6f:0400] + 1 -> Belkin USB VideoBus II Adapter [050d:0106] + 2 -> Belkin Components USB VideoBus [050d:0207] + 3 -> Belkin USB VideoBus II [050d:0208] + 4 -> echoFX InterView Lite [0571:0002] + 5 -> USBGear USBG-V1 resp. HAMA USB [0573:0003] + 6 -> D-Link V100 [0573:0400] + 7 -> X10 USB Camera [0573:2000] + 8 -> Hauppauge WinTV USB Live (PAL B/G) [0573:2d00] + 9 -> Hauppauge WinTV USB Live Pro (NTSC M/N) [0573:2d01] + 10 -> Zoran Co. PMD (Nogatech) AV-grabber Manhattan [0573:2101] + 11 -> Nogatech USB-TV (NTSC) FM [0573:4100] + 12 -> PNY USB-TV (NTSC) FM [0573:4110] + 13 -> PixelView PlayTv-USB PRO (PAL) FM [0573:4450] + 14 -> ZTV ZT-721 2.4GHz USB A/V Receiver [0573:4550] + 15 -> Hauppauge WinTV USB (NTSC M/N) [0573:4d00] + 16 -> Hauppauge WinTV USB (PAL B/G) [0573:4d01] + 17 -> Hauppauge WinTV USB (PAL I) [0573:4d02] + 18 -> Hauppauge WinTV USB (PAL/SECAM L) [0573:4d03] + 19 -> Hauppauge WinTV USB (PAL D/K) [0573:4d04] + 20 -> Hauppauge WinTV USB (NTSC FM) [0573:4d10] + 21 -> Hauppauge WinTV USB (PAL B/G FM) [0573:4d11] + 22 -> Hauppauge WinTV USB (PAL I FM) [0573:4d12] + 23 -> Hauppauge WinTV USB (PAL D/K FM) [0573:4d14] + 24 -> Hauppauge WinTV USB Pro (NTSC M/N) [0573:4d2a] + 25 -> Hauppauge WinTV USB Pro (NTSC M/N) V2 [0573:4d2b] + 26 -> Hauppauge WinTV USB Pro (PAL/SECAM B/G/I/D/K/L) [0573:4d2c] + 27 -> Hauppauge WinTV USB Pro (NTSC M/N) V3 [0573:4d20] + 28 -> Hauppauge WinTV USB Pro (PAL B/G) [0573:4d21] + 29 -> Hauppauge WinTV USB Pro (PAL I) [0573:4d22] + 30 -> Hauppauge WinTV USB Pro (PAL/SECAM L) [0573:4d23] + 31 -> Hauppauge WinTV USB Pro (PAL D/K) [0573:4d24] + 32 -> Hauppauge WinTV USB Pro (PAL/SECAM BGDK/I/L) [0573:4d25] + 33 -> Hauppauge WinTV USB Pro (PAL/SECAM BGDK/I/L) V2 [0573:4d26] + 34 -> Hauppauge WinTV USB Pro (PAL B/G) V2 [0573:4d27] + 35 -> Hauppauge WinTV USB Pro (PAL B/G,D/K) [0573:4d28] + 36 -> Hauppauge WinTV USB Pro (PAL I,D/K) [0573:4d29] + 37 -> Hauppauge WinTV USB Pro (NTSC M/N FM) [0573:4d30] + 38 -> Hauppauge WinTV USB Pro (PAL B/G FM) [0573:4d31] + 39 -> Hauppauge WinTV USB Pro (PAL I FM) [0573:4d32] + 40 -> Hauppauge WinTV USB Pro (PAL D/K FM) [0573:4d34] + 41 -> Hauppauge WinTV USB Pro (Temic PAL/SECAM B/G/I/D/K/L FM) [0573:4d35] + 42 -> Hauppauge WinTV USB Pro (Temic PAL B/G FM) [0573:4d36] + 43 -> Hauppauge WinTV USB Pro (PAL/SECAM B/G/I/D/K/L FM) [0573:4d37] + 44 -> Hauppauge WinTV USB Pro (NTSC M/N FM) V2 [0573:4d38] + 45 -> Camtel Technology USB TV Genie Pro FM Model TVB330 [0768:0006] + 46 -> Digital Video Creator I [07d0:0001] + 47 -> Global Village GV-007 (NTSC) [07d0:0002] + 48 -> Dazzle Fusion Model DVC-50 Rev 1 (NTSC) [07d0:0003] + 49 -> Dazzle Fusion Model DVC-80 Rev 1 (PAL) [07d0:0004] + 50 -> Dazzle Fusion Model DVC-90 Rev 1 (SECAM) [07d0:0005] + 51 -> Eskape Labs MyTV2Go [07f8:9104] + 52 -> Pinnacle Studio PCTV USB (PAL) [2304:010d] + 53 -> Pinnacle Studio PCTV USB (SECAM) [2304:0109] + 54 -> Pinnacle Studio PCTV USB (PAL) FM [2304:0110] + 55 -> Miro PCTV USB [2304:0111] + 56 -> Pinnacle Studio PCTV USB (NTSC) FM [2304:0112] + 57 -> Pinnacle Studio PCTV USB (PAL) FM V2 [2304:0210] + 58 -> Pinnacle Studio PCTV USB (NTSC) FM V2 [2304:0212] + 59 -> Pinnacle Studio PCTV USB (PAL) FM V3 [2304:0214] + 60 -> Pinnacle Studio Linx Video input cable (NTSC) [2304:0300] + 61 -> Pinnacle Studio Linx Video input cable (PAL) [2304:0301] + 62 -> Pinnacle PCTV Bungee USB (PAL) FM [2304:0419] + 63 -> Hauppauge WinTv-USB [2400:4200] + 64 -> Pinnacle Studio PCTV USB (NTSC) FM V3 [2304:0113] + 65 -> Nogatech USB MicroCam NTSC (NV3000N) [0573:3000] + 66 -> Nogatech USB MicroCam PAL (NV3001P) [0573:3001] diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/Makefile b/Documentation/video4linux/Makefile new file mode 100644 index 000000000..65a351d75 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/Makefile @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +obj-$(CONFIG_VIDEO_PCI_SKELETON) := v4l2-pci-skeleton.o diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/README.cpia2 b/Documentation/video4linux/README.cpia2 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..38e742fd0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/README.cpia2 @@ -0,0 +1,130 @@ +$Id: README,v 1.7 2005/08/29 23:39:57 sbertin Exp $ + +1. Introduction + + This is a driver for STMicroelectronics's CPiA2 (second generation +Colour Processor Interface ASIC) based cameras. This camera outputs an MJPEG +stream at up to vga size. It implements the Video4Linux interface as much as +possible. Since the V4L interface does not support compressed formats, only +an mjpeg enabled application can be used with the camera. We have modified the +gqcam application to view this stream. + + The driver is implemented as two kernel modules. The cpia2 module +contains the camera functions and the V4L interface. The cpia2_usb module +contains usb specific functions. The main reason for this was the size of the +module was getting out of hand, so I separated them. It is not likely that +there will be a parallel port version. + +FEATURES: + - Supports cameras with the Vision stv6410 (CIF) and stv6500 (VGA) cmos + sensors. I only have the vga sensor, so can't test the other. + - Image formats: VGA, QVGA, CIF, QCIF, and a number of sizes in between. + VGA and QVGA are the native image sizes for the VGA camera. CIF is done + in the coprocessor by scaling QVGA. All other sizes are done by clipping. + - Palette: YCrCb, compressed with MJPEG. + - Some compression parameters are settable. + - Sensor framerate is adjustable (up to 30 fps CIF, 15 fps VGA). + - Adjust brightness, color, contrast while streaming. + - Flicker control settable for 50 or 60 Hz mains frequency. + +2. Making and installing the stv672 driver modules: + + Requirements: + ------------- + This should work with 2.4 (2.4.23 and later) and 2.6 kernels, but has +only been tested on 2.6. Video4Linux must be either compiled into the kernel or +available as a module. Video4Linux2 is automatically detected and made +available at compile time. + + Compiling: + ---------- + As root, do a make install. This will compile and install the modules +into the media/video directory in the module tree. For 2.4 kernels, use +Makefile_2.4 (aka do make -f Makefile_2.4 install). + + Setup: + ------ + Use 'modprobe cpia2' to load and 'modprobe -r cpia2' to unload. This +may be done automatically by your distribution. + +3. Driver options + + Option Description + ------ ----------- + video_nr video device to register (0=/dev/video0, etc) + range -1 to 64. default is -1 (first available) + If you have more than 1 camera, this MUST be -1. + buffer_size Size for each frame buffer in bytes (default 68k) + num_buffers Number of frame buffers (1-32, default 3) + alternate USB Alternate (2-7, default 7) + flicker_freq Frequency for flicker reduction(50 or 60, default 60) + flicker_mode 0 to disable, or 1 to enable flicker reduction. + (default 0). This is only effective if the camera + uses a stv0672 coprocessor. + + Setting the options: + -------------------- + If you are using modules, edit /etc/modules.conf and add an options +line like this: + options cpia2 num_buffers=3 buffer_size=65535 + + If the driver is compiled into the kernel, at boot time specify them +like this: + cpia2.num_buffers=3 cpia2.buffer_size=65535 + + What buffer size should I use? + ------------------------------ + The maximum image size depends on the alternate you choose, and the +frame rate achieved by the camera. If the compression engine is able to +keep up with the frame rate, the maximum image size is given by the table +below. + The compression engine starts out at maximum compression, and will +increase image quality until it is close to the size in the table. As long +as the compression engine can keep up with the frame rate, after a short time +the images will all be about the size in the table, regardless of resolution. + At low alternate settings, the compression engine may not be able to +compress the image enough and will reduce the frame rate by producing larger +images. + The default of 68k should be good for most users. This will handle +any alternate at frame rates down to 15fps. For lower frame rates, it may +be necessary to increase the buffer size to avoid having frames dropped due +to insufficient space. + + Image size(bytes) + Alternate bytes/ms 15fps 30fps + 2 128 8533 4267 + 3 384 25600 12800 + 4 640 42667 21333 + 5 768 51200 25600 + 6 896 59733 29867 + 7 1023 68200 34100 + + How many buffers should I use? + ------------------------------ + For normal streaming, 3 should give the best results. With only 2, +it is possible for the camera to finish sending one image just after a +program has started reading the other. If this happens, the driver must drop +a frame. The exception to this is if you have a heavily loaded machine. In +this case use 2 buffers. You are probably not reading at the full frame rate. +If the camera can send multiple images before a read finishes, it could +overwrite the third buffer before the read finishes, leading to a corrupt +image. Single and double buffering have extra checks to avoid overwriting. + +4. Using the camera + + We are providing a modified gqcam application to view the output. In +order to avoid confusion, here it is called mview. There is also the qx5view +program which can also control the lights on the qx5 microscope. MJPEG Tools +(http://mjpeg.sourceforge.net) can also be used to record from the camera. + +5. Notes to developers: + + - This is a driver version stripped of the 2.4 back compatibility + and old MJPEG ioctl API. See cpia2.sf.net for 2.4 support. + +6. Thanks: + + - Peter Pregler <Peter_Pregler@email.com>, + Scott J. Bertin <scottbertin@yahoo.com>, and + Jarl Totland <Jarl.Totland@bdc.no> for the original cpia driver, which + this one was modelled from. diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/README.cx88 b/Documentation/video4linux/README.cx88 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..35fae23f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/README.cx88 @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +cx8800 release notes +==================== + +This is a v4l2 device driver for the cx2388x chip. + + +current status +============== + +video + - Basically works. + - For now, only capture and read(). Overlay isn't supported. + +audio + - The chip specs for the on-chip TV sound decoder are next + to useless :-/ + - Neverless the builtin TV sound decoder starts working now, + at least for some standards. + FOR ANY REPORTS ON THIS PLEASE MENTION THE TV NORM YOU ARE + USING. + - Most tuner chips do provide mono sound, which may or may not + be useable depending on the board design. With the Hauppauge + cards it works, so there is mono sound available as fallback. + - audio data dma (i.e. recording without loopback cable to the + sound card) is supported via cx88-alsa. + +vbi + - Code present. Works for NTSC closed caption. PAL and other + TV norms may or may not work. + + +how to add support for new cards +================================ + +The driver needs some config info for the TV cards. This stuff is in +cx88-cards.c. If the driver doesn't work well you likely need a new +entry for your card in that file. Check the kernel log (using dmesg) +to see whenever the driver knows your card or not. There is a line +like this one: + + cx8800[0]: subsystem: 0070:3400, board: Hauppauge WinTV \ + 34xxx models [card=1,autodetected] + +If your card is listed as "board: UNKNOWN/GENERIC" it is unknown to +the driver. What to do then? + + (1) Try upgrading to the latest snapshot, maybe it has been added + meanwhile. + (2) You can try to create a new entry yourself, have a look at + cx88-cards.c. If that worked, mail me your changes as unified + diff ("diff -u"). + (3) Or you can mail me the config information. I need at least the + following informations to add the card: + + * the PCI Subsystem ID ("0070:3400" from the line above, + "lspci -v" output is fine too). + * the tuner type used by the card. You can try to find one by + trial-and-error using the tuner=<n> insmod option. If you + know which one the card has you can also have a look at the + list in CARDLIST.tuner + +Have fun, + + Gerd + +-- +Gerd Knorr <kraxel@bytesex.org> [SuSE Labs] diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/README.davinci-vpbe b/Documentation/video4linux/README.davinci-vpbe new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dc9a297f4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/README.davinci-vpbe @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ + + VPBE V4L2 driver design + ====================================================================== + + File partitioning + ----------------- + V4L2 display device driver + drivers/media/platform/davinci/vpbe_display.c + drivers/media/platform/davinci/vpbe_display.h + + VPBE display controller + drivers/media/platform/davinci/vpbe.c + drivers/media/platform/davinci/vpbe.h + + VPBE venc sub device driver + drivers/media/platform/davinci/vpbe_venc.c + drivers/media/platform/davinci/vpbe_venc.h + drivers/media/platform/davinci/vpbe_venc_regs.h + + VPBE osd driver + drivers/media/platform/davinci/vpbe_osd.c + drivers/media/platform/davinci/vpbe_osd.h + drivers/media/platform/davinci/vpbe_osd_regs.h + + Functional partitioning + ----------------------- + + Consists of the following (in the same order as the list under file + partitioning):- + + 1. V4L2 display driver + Implements creation of video2 and video3 device nodes and + provides v4l2 device interface to manage VID0 and VID1 layers. + + 2. Display controller + Loads up VENC, OSD and external encoders such as ths8200. It provides + a set of API calls to V4L2 drivers to set the output/standards + in the VENC or external sub devices. It also provides + a device object to access the services from OSD subdevice + using sub device ops. The connection of external encoders to VENC LCD + controller port is done at init time based on default output and standard + selection or at run time when application change the output through + V4L2 IOCTLs. + + When connected to an external encoder, vpbe controller is also responsible + for setting up the interface between VENC and external encoders based on + board specific settings (specified in board-xxx-evm.c). This allows + interfacing external encoders such as ths8200. The setup_if_config() + is implemented for this as well as configure_venc() (part of the next patch) + API to set timings in VENC for a specific display resolution. As of this + patch series, the interconnection and enabling and setting of the external + encoders is not present, and would be a part of the next patch series. + + 3. VENC subdevice module + Responsible for setting outputs provided through internal DACs and also + setting timings at LCD controller port when external encoders are connected + at the port or LCD panel timings required. When external encoder/LCD panel + is connected, the timings for a specific standard/preset is retrieved from + the board specific table and the values are used to set the timings in + venc using non-standard timing mode. + + Support LCD Panel displays using the VENC. For example to support a Logic + PD display, it requires setting up the LCD controller port with a set of + timings for the resolution supported and setting the dot clock. So we could + add the available outputs as a board specific entry (i.e add the "LogicPD" + output name to board-xxx-evm.c). A table of timings for various LCDs + supported can be maintained in the board specific setup file to support + various LCD displays.As of this patch a basic driver is present, and this + support for external encoders and displays forms a part of the next + patch series. + + 4. OSD module + OSD module implements all OSD layer management and hardware specific + features. The VPBE module interacts with the OSD for enabling and + disabling appropriate features of the OSD. + + Current status:- + + A fully functional working version of the V4L2 driver is available. This + driver has been tested with NTSC and PAL standards and buffer streaming. + + Following are TBDs. + + vpbe display controller + - Add support for external encoders. + - add support for selecting external encoder as default at probe time. + + vpbe venc sub device + - add timings for supporting ths8200 + - add support for LogicPD LCD. + + FB drivers + - Add support for fbdev drivers.- Ready and part of subsequent patches. diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/README.ir b/Documentation/video4linux/README.ir new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0da47a847 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/README.ir @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ + +infrared remote control support in video4linux drivers +====================================================== + + +basics +------ + +Current versions use the linux input layer to support infrared +remote controls. I suggest to download my input layer tools +from http://bytesex.org/snapshot/input-<date>.tar.gz + +Modules you have to load: + + saa7134 statically built in, i.e. just the driver :) + bttv ir-kbd-gpio or ir-kbd-i2c depending on your + card. + +ir-kbd-gpio and ir-kbd-i2c don't support all cards lirc supports +(yet), mainly for the reason that the code of lirc_i2c and lirc_gpio +was very confusing and I decided to basically start over from scratch. +Feel free to contact me in case of trouble. Note that the ir-kbd-* +modules work on 2.6.x kernels only through ... + + +how it works +------------ + +The modules register the remote as keyboard within the linux input +layer, i.e. you'll see the keys of the remote as normal key strokes +(if CONFIG_INPUT_KEYBOARD is enabled). + +Using the event devices (CONFIG_INPUT_EVDEV) it is possible for +applications to access the remote via /dev/input/event<n> devices. +You might have to create the special files using "/sbin/MAKEDEV +input". The input layer tools mentioned above use the event device. + +The input layer tools are nice for trouble shooting, i.e. to check +whenever the input device is really present, which of the devices it +is, check whenever pressing keys on the remote actually generates +events and the like. You can also use the kbd utility to change the +keymaps (2.6.x kernels only through). + + +using with lircd +================ + +The cvs version of the lircd daemon supports reading events from the +linux input layer (via event device). The input layer tools tarball +comes with a lircd config file. + + +using without lircd +=================== + +XFree86 likely can be configured to recognise the remote keys. Once I +simply tried to configure one of the multimedia keyboards as input +device, which had the effect that XFree86 recognised some of the keys +of my remote control and passed volume up/down key presses as +XF86AudioRaiseVolume and XF86AudioLowerVolume key events to the X11 +clients. + +It likely is possible to make that fly with a nice xkb config file, +I know next to nothing about that through. + + +Have fun, + + Gerd + +-- +Gerd Knorr <kraxel@bytesex.org> diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/README.ivtv b/Documentation/video4linux/README.ivtv new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2579b5b70 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/README.ivtv @@ -0,0 +1,186 @@ + +ivtv release notes +================== + +This is a v4l2 device driver for the Conexant cx23415/6 MPEG encoder/decoder. +The cx23415 can do both encoding and decoding, the cx23416 can only do MPEG +encoding. Currently the only card featuring full decoding support is the +Hauppauge PVR-350. + +NOTE: this driver requires the latest encoder firmware (version 2.06.039, size +376836 bytes). Get the firmware from here: + +http://dl.ivtvdriver.org/ivtv/firmware/ + +NOTE: 'normal' TV applications do not work with this driver, you need +an application that can handle MPEG input such as mplayer, xine, MythTV, +etc. + +The primary goal of the IVTV project is to provide a "clean room" Linux +Open Source driver implementation for video capture cards based on the +iCompression iTVC15 or Conexant CX23415/CX23416 MPEG Codec. + +Features: + * Hardware mpeg2 capture of broadcast video (and sound) via the tuner or + S-Video/Composite and audio line-in. + * Hardware mpeg2 capture of FM radio where hardware support exists + * Supports NTSC, PAL, SECAM with stereo sound + * Supports SAP and bilingual transmissions. + * Supports raw VBI (closed captions and teletext). + * Supports sliced VBI (closed captions and teletext) and is able to insert + this into the captured MPEG stream. + * Supports raw YUV and PCM input. + +Additional features for the PVR-350 (CX23415 based): + * Provides hardware mpeg2 playback + * Provides comprehensive OSD (On Screen Display: ie. graphics overlaying the + video signal) + * Provides a framebuffer (allowing X applications to appear on the video + device) + * Supports raw YUV output. + +IMPORTANT: In case of problems first read this page: + http://www.ivtvdriver.org/index.php/Troubleshooting + +See also: + +Homepage + Wiki +http://www.ivtvdriver.org + +IRC +irc://irc.freenode.net/ivtv-dev + +---------------------------------------------------------- + +Devices +======= + +A maximum of 12 ivtv boards are allowed at the moment. + +Cards that don't have a video output capability (i.e. non PVR350 cards) +lack the vbi8, vbi16, video16 and video48 devices. They also do not +support the framebuffer device /dev/fbx for OSD. + +The radio0 device may or may not be present, depending on whether the +card has a radio tuner or not. + +Here is a list of the base v4l devices: +crw-rw---- 1 root video 81, 0 Jun 19 22:22 /dev/video0 +crw-rw---- 1 root video 81, 16 Jun 19 22:22 /dev/video16 +crw-rw---- 1 root video 81, 24 Jun 19 22:22 /dev/video24 +crw-rw---- 1 root video 81, 32 Jun 19 22:22 /dev/video32 +crw-rw---- 1 root video 81, 48 Jun 19 22:22 /dev/video48 +crw-rw---- 1 root video 81, 64 Jun 19 22:22 /dev/radio0 +crw-rw---- 1 root video 81, 224 Jun 19 22:22 /dev/vbi0 +crw-rw---- 1 root video 81, 228 Jun 19 22:22 /dev/vbi8 +crw-rw---- 1 root video 81, 232 Jun 19 22:22 /dev/vbi16 + +Base devices +============ + +For every extra card you have the numbers increased by one. For example, +/dev/video0 is listed as the 'base' encoding capture device so we have: + + /dev/video0 is the encoding capture device for the first card (card 0) + /dev/video1 is the encoding capture device for the second card (card 1) + /dev/video2 is the encoding capture device for the third card (card 2) + +Note that if the first card doesn't have a feature (eg no decoder, so no +video16, the second card will still use video17. The simple rule is 'add +the card number to the base device number'. If you have other capture +cards (e.g. WinTV PCI) that are detected first, then you have to tell +the ivtv module about it so that it will start counting at 1 (or 2, or +whatever). Otherwise the device numbers can get confusing. The ivtv +'ivtv_first_minor' module option can be used for that. + + +/dev/video0 +The encoding capture device(s). +Read-only. + +Reading from this device gets you the MPEG1/2 program stream. +Example: + +cat /dev/video0 > my.mpg (you need to hit ctrl-c to exit) + + +/dev/video16 +The decoder output device(s) +Write-only. Only present if the MPEG decoder (i.e. CX23415) exists. + +An mpeg2 stream sent to this device will appear on the selected video +display, audio will appear on the line-out/audio out. It is only +available for cards that support video out. Example: + +cat my.mpg >/dev/video16 + + +/dev/video24 +The raw audio capture device(s). +Read-only + +The raw audio PCM stereo stream from the currently selected +tuner or audio line-in. Reading from this device results in a raw +(signed 16 bit Little Endian, 48000 Hz, stereo pcm) capture. +This device only captures audio. This should be replaced by an ALSA +device in the future. +Note that there is no corresponding raw audio output device, this is +not supported in the decoder firmware. + + +/dev/video32 +The raw video capture device(s) +Read-only + +The raw YUV video output from the current video input. The YUV format +is non-standard (V4L2_PIX_FMT_HM12). + +Note that the YUV and PCM streams are not synchronized, so they are of +limited use. + + +/dev/video48 +The raw video display device(s) +Write-only. Only present if the MPEG decoder (i.e. CX23415) exists. + +Writes a YUV stream to the decoder of the card. + + +/dev/radio0 +The radio tuner device(s) +Cannot be read or written. + +Used to enable the radio tuner and tune to a frequency. You cannot +read or write audio streams with this device. Once you use this +device to tune the radio, use /dev/video24 to read the raw pcm stream +or /dev/video0 to get an mpeg2 stream with black video. + + +/dev/vbi0 +The 'vertical blank interval' (Teletext, CC, WSS etc) capture device(s) +Read-only + +Captures the raw (or sliced) video data sent during the Vertical Blank +Interval. This data is used to encode teletext, closed captions, VPS, +widescreen signalling, electronic program guide information, and other +services. + + +/dev/vbi8 +Processed vbi feedback device(s) +Read-only. Only present if the MPEG decoder (i.e. CX23415) exists. + +The sliced VBI data embedded in an MPEG stream is reproduced on this +device. So while playing back a recording on /dev/video16, you can +read the embedded VBI data from /dev/vbi8. + + +/dev/vbi16 +The vbi 'display' device(s) +Write-only. Only present if the MPEG decoder (i.e. CX23415) exists. + +Can be used to send sliced VBI data to the video-out connector. + +--------------------------------- + +Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/README.pvrusb2 b/Documentation/video4linux/README.pvrusb2 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2137b5892 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/README.pvrusb2 @@ -0,0 +1,212 @@ + +$Id$ +Mike Isely <isely@pobox.com> + + pvrusb2 driver + +Background: + + This driver is intended for the "Hauppauge WinTV PVR USB 2.0", which + is a USB 2.0 hosted TV Tuner. This driver is a work in progress. + Its history started with the reverse-engineering effort by Björn + Danielsson <pvrusb2@dax.nu> whose web page can be found here: + + http://pvrusb2.dax.nu/ + + From there Aurelien Alleaume <slts@free.fr> began an effort to + create a video4linux compatible driver. I began with Aurelien's + last known snapshot and evolved the driver to the state it is in + here. + + More information on this driver can be found at: + + http://www.isely.net/pvrusb2.html + + + This driver has a strong separation of layers. They are very + roughly: + + 1a. Low level wire-protocol implementation with the device. + + 1b. I2C adaptor implementation and corresponding I2C client drivers + implemented elsewhere in V4L. + + 1c. High level hardware driver implementation which coordinates all + activities that ensure correct operation of the device. + + 2. A "context" layer which manages instancing of driver, setup, + tear-down, arbitration, and interaction with high level + interfaces appropriately as devices are hotplugged in the + system. + + 3. High level interfaces which glue the driver to various published + Linux APIs (V4L, sysfs, maybe DVB in the future). + + The most important shearing layer is between the top 2 layers. A + lot of work went into the driver to ensure that any kind of + conceivable API can be laid on top of the core driver. (Yes, the + driver internally leverages V4L to do its work but that really has + nothing to do with the API published by the driver to the outside + world.) The architecture allows for different APIs to + simultaneously access the driver. I have a strong sense of fairness + about APIs and also feel that it is a good design principle to keep + implementation and interface isolated from each other. Thus while + right now the V4L high level interface is the most complete, the + sysfs high level interface will work equally well for similar + functions, and there's no reason I see right now why it shouldn't be + possible to produce a DVB high level interface that can sit right + alongside V4L. + + NOTE: Complete documentation on the pvrusb2 driver is contained in + the html files within the doc directory; these are exactly the same + as what is on the web site at the time. Browse those files + (especially the FAQ) before asking questions. + + +Building + + To build these modules essentially amounts to just running "Make", + but you need the kernel source tree nearby and you will likely also + want to set a few controlling environment variables first in order + to link things up with that source tree. Please see the Makefile + here for comments that explain how to do that. + + +Source file list / functional overview: + + (Note: The term "module" used below generally refers to loosely + defined functional units within the pvrusb2 driver and bears no + relation to the Linux kernel's concept of a loadable module.) + + pvrusb2-audio.[ch] - This is glue logic that resides between this + driver and the msp3400.ko I2C client driver (which is found + elsewhere in V4L). + + pvrusb2-context.[ch] - This module implements the context for an + instance of the driver. Everything else eventually ties back to + or is otherwise instanced within the data structures implemented + here. Hotplugging is ultimately coordinated here. All high level + interfaces tie into the driver through this module. This module + helps arbitrate each interface's access to the actual driver core, + and is designed to allow concurrent access through multiple + instances of multiple interfaces (thus you can for example change + the tuner's frequency through sysfs while simultaneously streaming + video through V4L out to an instance of mplayer). + + pvrusb2-debug.h - This header defines a printk() wrapper and a mask + of debugging bit definitions for the various kinds of debug + messages that can be enabled within the driver. + + pvrusb2-debugifc.[ch] - This module implements a crude command line + oriented debug interface into the driver. Aside from being part + of the process for implementing manual firmware extraction (see + the pvrusb2 web site mentioned earlier), probably I'm the only one + who has ever used this. It is mainly a debugging aid. + + pvrusb2-eeprom.[ch] - This is glue logic that resides between this + driver the tveeprom.ko module, which is itself implemented + elsewhere in V4L. + + pvrusb2-encoder.[ch] - This module implements all protocol needed to + interact with the Conexant mpeg2 encoder chip within the pvrusb2 + device. It is a crude echo of corresponding logic in ivtv, + however the design goals (strict isolation) and physical layer + (proxy through USB instead of PCI) are enough different that this + implementation had to be completely different. + + pvrusb2-hdw-internal.h - This header defines the core data structure + in the driver used to track ALL internal state related to control + of the hardware. Nobody outside of the core hardware-handling + modules should have any business using this header. All external + access to the driver should be through one of the high level + interfaces (e.g. V4L, sysfs, etc), and in fact even those high + level interfaces are restricted to the API defined in + pvrusb2-hdw.h and NOT this header. + + pvrusb2-hdw.h - This header defines the full internal API for + controlling the hardware. High level interfaces (e.g. V4L, sysfs) + will work through here. + + pvrusb2-hdw.c - This module implements all the various bits of logic + that handle overall control of a specific pvrusb2 device. + (Policy, instantiation, and arbitration of pvrusb2 devices fall + within the jurisdiction of pvrusb-context not here). + + pvrusb2-i2c-chips-*.c - These modules implement the glue logic to + tie together and configure various I2C modules as they attach to + the I2C bus. There are two versions of this file. The "v4l2" + version is intended to be used in-tree alongside V4L, where we + implement just the logic that makes sense for a pure V4L + environment. The "all" version is intended for use outside of + V4L, where we might encounter other possibly "challenging" modules + from ivtv or older kernel snapshots (or even the support modules + in the standalone snapshot). + + pvrusb2-i2c-cmd-v4l1.[ch] - This module implements generic V4L1 + compatible commands to the I2C modules. It is here where state + changes inside the pvrusb2 driver are translated into V4L1 + commands that are in turn send to the various I2C modules. + + pvrusb2-i2c-cmd-v4l2.[ch] - This module implements generic V4L2 + compatible commands to the I2C modules. It is here where state + changes inside the pvrusb2 driver are translated into V4L2 + commands that are in turn send to the various I2C modules. + + pvrusb2-i2c-core.[ch] - This module provides an implementation of a + kernel-friendly I2C adaptor driver, through which other external + I2C client drivers (e.g. msp3400, tuner, lirc) may connect and + operate corresponding chips within the pvrusb2 device. It is + through here that other V4L modules can reach into this driver to + operate specific pieces (and those modules are in turn driven by + glue logic which is coordinated by pvrusb2-hdw, doled out by + pvrusb2-context, and then ultimately made available to users + through one of the high level interfaces). + + pvrusb2-io.[ch] - This module implements a very low level ring of + transfer buffers, required in order to stream data from the + device. This module is *very* low level. It only operates the + buffers and makes no attempt to define any policy or mechanism for + how such buffers might be used. + + pvrusb2-ioread.[ch] - This module layers on top of pvrusb2-io.[ch] + to provide a streaming API usable by a read() system call style of + I/O. Right now this is the only layer on top of pvrusb2-io.[ch], + however the underlying architecture here was intended to allow for + other styles of I/O to be implemented with additional modules, like + mmap()'ed buffers or something even more exotic. + + pvrusb2-main.c - This is the top level of the driver. Module level + and USB core entry points are here. This is our "main". + + pvrusb2-sysfs.[ch] - This is the high level interface which ties the + pvrusb2 driver into sysfs. Through this interface you can do + everything with the driver except actually stream data. + + pvrusb2-tuner.[ch] - This is glue logic that resides between this + driver and the tuner.ko I2C client driver (which is found + elsewhere in V4L). + + pvrusb2-util.h - This header defines some common macros used + throughout the driver. These macros are not really specific to + the driver, but they had to go somewhere. + + pvrusb2-v4l2.[ch] - This is the high level interface which ties the + pvrusb2 driver into video4linux. It is through here that V4L + applications can open and operate the driver in the usual V4L + ways. Note that **ALL** V4L functionality is published only + through here and nowhere else. + + pvrusb2-video-*.[ch] - This is glue logic that resides between this + driver and the saa711x.ko I2C client driver (which is found + elsewhere in V4L). Note that saa711x.ko used to be known as + saa7115.ko in ivtv. There are two versions of this; one is + selected depending on the particular saa711[5x].ko that is found. + + pvrusb2.h - This header contains compile time tunable parameters + (and at the moment the driver has very little that needs to be + tuned). + + + -Mike Isely + isely@pobox.com + diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/README.saa7134 b/Documentation/video4linux/README.saa7134 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b911f0871 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/README.saa7134 @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ + + +What is it? +=========== + +This is a v4l2/oss device driver for saa7130/33/34/35 based capture / TV +boards. See http://www.semiconductors.philips.com/pip/saa7134hl for a +description. + + +Status +====== + +Almost everything is working. video, sound, tuner, radio, mpeg ts, ... + +As with bttv, card-specific tweaks are needed. Check CARDLIST for a +list of known TV cards and saa7134-cards.c for the drivers card +configuration info. + + +Build +===== + +Pick up videodev + v4l2 patches from http://bytesex.org/patches/. +Configure, build, install + boot the new kernel. You'll need at least +these config options: + + CONFIG_I2C=m + CONFIG_VIDEO_DEV=m + +Type "make" to build the driver now. "make install" installs the +driver. "modprobe saa7134" should load it. Depending on the card you +might have to pass card=<nr> as insmod option, check CARDLIST for +valid choices. + + +Changes / Fixes +=============== + +Please mail me unified diffs ("diff -u") with your changes, and don't +forget to tell me what it changes / which problem it fixes / whatever +it is good for ... + + +Known Problems +============== + +* The tuner for the flyvideos isn't detected automatically and the + default might not work for you depending on which version you have. + There is a tuner= insmod option to override the driver's default. + +Card Variations: +================ + +Cards can use either of these two crystals (xtal): + - 32.11 MHz -> .audio_clock=0x187de7 + - 24.576MHz -> .audio_clock=0x200000 +(xtal * .audio_clock = 51539600) + +Some details about 30/34/35: + + - saa7130 - low-price chip, doesn't have mute, that is why all those + cards should have .mute field defined in their tuner structure. + + - saa7134 - usual chip + + - saa7133/35 - saa7135 is probably a marketing decision, since all those + chips identifies itself as 33 on pci. + +Credits +======= + +andrew.stevens@philips.com + werner.leeb@philips.com for providing +saa7134 hardware specs and sample board. + + +Have fun, + + Gerd + +-- +Gerd Knorr <kraxel@bytesex.org> [SuSE Labs] diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/Zoran b/Documentation/video4linux/Zoran new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b5a911fd0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/Zoran @@ -0,0 +1,510 @@ +Frequently Asked Questions: +=========================== +subject: unified zoran driver (zr360x7, zoran, buz, dc10(+), dc30(+), lml33) +website: http://mjpeg.sourceforge.net/driver-zoran/ + +1. What cards are supported +1.1 What the TV decoder can do an what not +1.2 What the TV encoder can do an what not +2. How do I get this damn thing to work +3. What mainboard should I use (or why doesn't my card work) +4. Programming interface +5. Applications +6. Concerning buffer sizes, quality, output size etc. +7. It hangs/crashes/fails/whatevers! Help! +8. Maintainers/Contacting +9. License + +=========================== + +1. What cards are supported + +Iomega Buz, Linux Media Labs LML33/LML33R10, Pinnacle/Miro +DC10/DC10+/DC30/DC30+ and related boards (available under various names). + +Iomega Buz: +* Zoran zr36067 PCI controller +* Zoran zr36060 MJPEG codec +* Philips saa7111 TV decoder +* Philips saa7185 TV encoder +Drivers to use: videodev, i2c-core, i2c-algo-bit, + videocodec, saa7111, saa7185, zr36060, zr36067 +Inputs/outputs: Composite and S-video +Norms: PAL, SECAM (720x576 @ 25 fps), NTSC (720x480 @ 29.97 fps) +Card number: 7 + +AverMedia 6 Eyes AVS6EYES: +* Zoran zr36067 PCI controller +* Zoran zr36060 MJPEG codec +* Samsung ks0127 TV decoder +* Conexant bt866 TV encoder +Drivers to use: videodev, i2c-core, i2c-algo-bit, + videocodec, ks0127, bt866, zr36060, zr36067 +Inputs/outputs: Six physical inputs. 1-6 are composite, + 1-2, 3-4, 5-6 doubles as S-video, + 1-3 triples as component. + One composite output. +Norms: PAL, SECAM (720x576 @ 25 fps), NTSC (720x480 @ 29.97 fps) +Card number: 8 +Not autodetected, card=8 is necessary. + +Linux Media Labs LML33: +* Zoran zr36067 PCI controller +* Zoran zr36060 MJPEG codec +* Brooktree bt819 TV decoder +* Brooktree bt856 TV encoder +Drivers to use: videodev, i2c-core, i2c-algo-bit, + videocodec, bt819, bt856, zr36060, zr36067 +Inputs/outputs: Composite and S-video +Norms: PAL (720x576 @ 25 fps), NTSC (720x480 @ 29.97 fps) +Card number: 5 + +Linux Media Labs LML33R10: +* Zoran zr36067 PCI controller +* Zoran zr36060 MJPEG codec +* Philips saa7114 TV decoder +* Analog Devices adv7170 TV encoder +Drivers to use: videodev, i2c-core, i2c-algo-bit, + videocodec, saa7114, adv7170, zr36060, zr36067 +Inputs/outputs: Composite and S-video +Norms: PAL (720x576 @ 25 fps), NTSC (720x480 @ 29.97 fps) +Card number: 6 + +Pinnacle/Miro DC10(new): +* Zoran zr36057 PCI controller +* Zoran zr36060 MJPEG codec +* Philips saa7110a TV decoder +* Analog Devices adv7176 TV encoder +Drivers to use: videodev, i2c-core, i2c-algo-bit, + videocodec, saa7110, adv7175, zr36060, zr36067 +Inputs/outputs: Composite, S-video and Internal +Norms: PAL, SECAM (768x576 @ 25 fps), NTSC (640x480 @ 29.97 fps) +Card number: 1 + +Pinnacle/Miro DC10+: +* Zoran zr36067 PCI controller +* Zoran zr36060 MJPEG codec +* Philips saa7110a TV decoder +* Analog Devices adv7176 TV encoder +Drivers to use: videodev, i2c-core, i2c-algo-bit, + videocodec, sa7110, adv7175, zr36060, zr36067 +Inputs/outputs: Composite, S-video and Internal +Norms: PAL, SECAM (768x576 @ 25 fps), NTSC (640x480 @ 29.97 fps) +Card number: 2 + +Pinnacle/Miro DC10(old): * +* Zoran zr36057 PCI controller +* Zoran zr36050 MJPEG codec +* Zoran zr36016 Video Front End or Fuji md0211 Video Front End (clone?) +* Micronas vpx3220a TV decoder +* mse3000 TV encoder or Analog Devices adv7176 TV encoder * +Drivers to use: videodev, i2c-core, i2c-algo-bit, + videocodec, vpx3220, mse3000/adv7175, zr36050, zr36016, zr36067 +Inputs/outputs: Composite, S-video and Internal +Norms: PAL, SECAM (768x576 @ 25 fps), NTSC (640x480 @ 29.97 fps) +Card number: 0 + +Pinnacle/Miro DC30: * +* Zoran zr36057 PCI controller +* Zoran zr36050 MJPEG codec +* Zoran zr36016 Video Front End +* Micronas vpx3225d/vpx3220a/vpx3216b TV decoder +* Analog Devices adv7176 TV encoder +Drivers to use: videodev, i2c-core, i2c-algo-bit, + videocodec, vpx3220/vpx3224, adv7175, zr36050, zr36016, zr36067 +Inputs/outputs: Composite, S-video and Internal +Norms: PAL, SECAM (768x576 @ 25 fps), NTSC (640x480 @ 29.97 fps) +Card number: 3 + +Pinnacle/Miro DC30+: * +* Zoran zr36067 PCI controller +* Zoran zr36050 MJPEG codec +* Zoran zr36016 Video Front End +* Micronas vpx3225d/vpx3220a/vpx3216b TV decoder +* Analog Devices adv7176 TV encoder +Drivers to use: videodev, i2c-core, i2c-algo-bit, + videocodec, vpx3220/vpx3224, adv7175, zr36050, zr36015, zr36067 +Inputs/outputs: Composite, S-video and Internal +Norms: PAL, SECAM (768x576 @ 25 fps), NTSC (640x480 @ 29.97 fps) +Card number: 4 + +Note: No module for the mse3000 is available yet +Note: No module for the vpx3224 is available yet + +=========================== + +1.1 What the TV decoder can do an what not + +The best know TV standards are NTSC/PAL/SECAM. but for decoding a frame that +information is not enough. There are several formats of the TV standards. +And not every TV decoder is able to handle every format. Also the every +combination is supported by the driver. There are currently 11 different +tv broadcast formats all aver the world. + +The CCIR defines parameters needed for broadcasting the signal. +The CCIR has defined different standards: A,B,D,E,F,G,D,H,I,K,K1,L,M,N,... +The CCIR says not much about the colorsystem used !!! +And talking about a colorsystem says not to much about how it is broadcast. + +The CCIR standards A,E,F are not used any more. + +When you speak about NTSC, you usually mean the standard: CCIR - M using +the NTSC colorsystem which is used in the USA, Japan, Mexico, Canada +and a few others. + +When you talk about PAL, you usually mean: CCIR - B/G using the PAL +colorsystem which is used in many Countries. + +When you talk about SECAM, you mean: CCIR - L using the SECAM Colorsystem +which is used in France, and a few others. + +There the other version of SECAM, CCIR - D/K is used in Bulgaria, China, +Slovakai, Hungary, Korea (Rep.), Poland, Rumania and a others. + +The CCIR - H uses the PAL colorsystem (sometimes SECAM) and is used in +Egypt, Libya, Sri Lanka, Syrain Arab. Rep. + +The CCIR - I uses the PAL colorsystem, and is used in Great Britain, Hong Kong, +Ireland, Nigeria, South Africa. + +The CCIR - N uses the PAL colorsystem and PAL frame size but the NTSC framerate, +and is used in Argentinia, Uruguay, an a few others + +We do not talk about how the audio is broadcast ! + +A rather good sites about the TV standards are: +http://www.sony.jp/support/ +http://info.electronicwerkstatt.de/bereiche/fernsehtechnik/frequenzen_und_normen/Fernsehnormen/ +and http://www.cabl.com/restaurant/channel.html + +Other weird things around: NTSC 4.43 is a modificated NTSC, which is mainly +used in PAL VCR's that are able to play back NTSC. PAL 60 seems to be the same +as NTSC 4.43 . The Datasheets also talk about NTSC 44, It seems as if it would +be the same as NTSC 4.43. +NTSC Combs seems to be a decoder mode where the decoder uses a comb filter +to split coma and luma instead of a Delay line. + +But I did not defiantly find out what NTSC Comb is. + +Philips saa7111 TV decoder +was introduced in 1997, is used in the BUZ and +can handle: PAL B/G/H/I, PAL N, PAL M, NTSC M, NTSC N, NTSC 4.43 and SECAM + +Philips saa7110a TV decoder +was introduced in 1995, is used in the Pinnacle/Miro DC10(new), DC10+ and +can handle: PAL B/G, NTSC M and SECAM + +Philips saa7114 TV decoder +was introduced in 2000, is used in the LML33R10 and +can handle: PAL B/G/D/H/I/N, PAL N, PAL M, NTSC M, NTSC 4.43 and SECAM + +Brooktree bt819 TV decoder +was introduced in 1996, and is used in the LML33 and +can handle: PAL B/D/G/H/I, NTSC M + +Micronas vpx3220a TV decoder +was introduced in 1996, is used in the DC30 and DC30+ and +can handle: PAL B/G/H/I, PAL N, PAL M, NTSC M, NTSC 44, PAL 60, SECAM,NTSC Comb + +Samsung ks0127 TV decoder +is used in the AVS6EYES card and +can handle: NTSC-M/N/44, PAL-M/N/B/G/H/I/D/K/L and SECAM + +=========================== + +1.2 What the TV encoder can do an what not + +The TV encoder are doing the "same" as the decoder, but in the oder direction. +You feed them digital data and the generate a Composite or SVHS signal. +For information about the colorsystems and TV norm take a look in the +TV decoder section. + +Philips saa7185 TV Encoder +was introduced in 1996, is used in the BUZ +can generate: PAL B/G, NTSC M + +Brooktree bt856 TV Encoder +was introduced in 1994, is used in the LML33 +can generate: PAL B/D/G/H/I/N, PAL M, NTSC M, PAL-N (Argentina) + +Analog Devices adv7170 TV Encoder +was introduced in 2000, is used in the LML300R10 +can generate: PAL B/D/G/H/I/N, PAL M, NTSC M, PAL 60 + +Analog Devices adv7175 TV Encoder +was introduced in 1996, is used in the DC10, DC10+, DC10 old, DC30, DC30+ +can generate: PAL B/D/G/H/I/N, PAL M, NTSC M + +ITT mse3000 TV encoder +was introduced in 1991, is used in the DC10 old +can generate: PAL , NTSC , SECAM + +Conexant bt866 TV encoder +is used in AVS6EYES, and +can generate: NTSC/PAL, PALM, PALN + +The adv717x, should be able to produce PAL N. But you find nothing PAL N +specific in the registers. Seem that you have to reuse a other standard +to generate PAL N, maybe it would work if you use the PAL M settings. + +========================== + +2. How do I get this damn thing to work + +Load zr36067.o. If it can't autodetect your card, use the card=X insmod +option with X being the card number as given in the previous section. +To have more than one card, use card=X1[,X2[,X3,[X4[..]]]] + +To automate this, add the following to your /etc/modprobe.d/zoran.conf: + +options zr36067 card=X1[,X2[,X3[,X4[..]]]] +alias char-major-81-0 zr36067 + +One thing to keep in mind is that this doesn't load zr36067.o itself yet. It +just automates loading. If you start using xawtv, the device won't load on +some systems, since you're trying to load modules as a user, which is not +allowed ("permission denied"). A quick workaround is to add 'Load "v4l"' to +XF86Config-4 when you use X by default, or to run 'v4l-conf -c <device>' in +one of your startup scripts (normally rc.local) if you don't use X. Both +make sure that the modules are loaded on startup, under the root account. + +=========================== + +3. What mainboard should I use (or why doesn't my card work) + +<insert lousy disclaimer here>. In short: good=SiS/Intel, bad=VIA. + +Experience tells us that people with a Buz, on average, have more problems +than users with a DC10+/LML33. Also, it tells us that people owning a VIA- +based mainboard (ktXXX, MVP3) have more problems than users with a mainboard +based on a different chipset. Here's some notes from Andrew Stevens: +-- +Here's my experience of using LML33 and Buz on various motherboards: + +VIA MVP3 + Forget it. Pointless. Doesn't work. +Intel 430FX (Pentium 200) + LML33 perfect, Buz tolerable (3 or 4 frames dropped per movie) +Intel 440BX (early stepping) + LML33 tolerable. Buz starting to get annoying (6-10 frames/hour) +Intel 440BX (late stepping) + Buz tolerable, LML3 almost perfect (occasional single frame drops) +SiS735 + LML33 perfect, Buz tolerable. +VIA KT133(*) + LML33 starting to get annoying, Buz poor enough that I have up. + +Both 440BX boards were dual CPU versions. +-- +Bernhard Praschinger later added: +-- +AMD 751 + Buz perfect-tolerable +AMD 760 + Buz perfect-tolerable +-- +In general, people on the user mailinglist won't give you much of a chance +if you have a VIA-based motherboard. They may be cheap, but sometimes, you'd +rather want to spend some more money on better boards. In general, VIA +mainboard's IDE/PCI performance will also suck badly compared to others. +You'll noticed the DC10+/DC30+ aren't mentioned anywhere in the overview. +Basically, you can assume that if the Buz works, the LML33 will work too. If +the LML33 works, the DC10+/DC30+ will work too. They're most tolerant to +different mainboard chipsets from all of the supported cards. + +If you experience timeouts during capture, buy a better mainboard or lower +the quality/buffersize during capture (see 'Concerning buffer sizes, quality, +output size etc.'). If it hangs, there's little we can do as of now. Check +your IRQs and make sure the card has its own interrupts. + +=========================== + +4. Programming interface + +This driver conforms to video4linux2. Support for V4L1 and for the custom +zoran ioctls has been removed in kernel 2.6.38. + +For programming example, please, look at lavrec.c and lavplay.c code in +the MJPEG-tools (http://mjpeg.sf.net/). + +Additional notes for software developers: + + The driver returns maxwidth and maxheight parameters according to + the current TV standard (norm). Therefore, the software which + communicates with the driver and "asks" for these parameters should + first set the correct norm. Well, it seems logically correct: TV + standard is "more constant" for current country than geometry + settings of a variety of TV capture cards which may work in ITU or + square pixel format. + +=========================== + +5. Applications + +Applications known to work with this driver: + +TV viewing: +* xawtv +* kwintv +* probably any TV application that supports video4linux or video4linux2. + +MJPEG capture/playback: +* mjpegtools/lavtools (or Linux Video Studio) +* gstreamer +* mplayer + +General raw capture: +* xawtv +* gstreamer +* probably any application that supports video4linux or video4linux2 + +Video editing: +* Cinelerra +* MainActor +* mjpegtools (or Linux Video Studio) + +=========================== + +6. Concerning buffer sizes, quality, output size etc. + +The zr36060 can do 1:2 JPEG compression. This is really the theoretical +maximum that the chipset can reach. The driver can, however, limit compression +to a maximum (size) of 1:4. The reason for this is that some cards (e.g. Buz) +can't handle 1:2 compression without stopping capture after only a few minutes. +With 1:4, it'll mostly work. If you have a Buz, use 'low_bitrate=1' to go into +1:4 max. compression mode. + +100% JPEG quality is thus 1:2 compression in practice. So for a full PAL frame +(size 720x576). The JPEG fields are stored in YUY2 format, so the size of the +fields are 720x288x16/2 bits/field (2 fields/frame) = 207360 bytes/field x 2 = +414720 bytes/frame (add some more bytes for headers and DHT (huffman)/DQT +(quantization) tables, and you'll get to something like 512kB per frame for +1:2 compression. For 1:4 compression, you'd have frames of half this size. + +Some additional explanation by Martin Samuelsson, which also explains the +importance of buffer sizes: +-- +> Hmm, I do not think it is really that way. With the current (downloaded +> at 18:00 Monday) driver I get that output sizes for 10 sec: +> -q 50 -b 128 : 24.283.332 Bytes +> -q 50 -b 256 : 48.442.368 +> -q 25 -b 128 : 24.655.992 +> -q 25 -b 256 : 25.859.820 + +I woke up, and can't go to sleep again. I'll kill some time explaining why +this doesn't look strange to me. + +Let's do some math using a width of 704 pixels. I'm not sure whether the Buz +actually use that number or not, but that's not too important right now. + +704x288 pixels, one field, is 202752 pixels. Divided by 64 pixels per block; +3168 blocks per field. Each pixel consist of two bytes; 128 bytes per block; +1024 bits per block. 100% in the new driver mean 1:2 compression; the maximum +output becomes 512 bits per block. Actually 510, but 512 is simpler to use +for calculations. + +Let's say that we specify d1q50. We thus want 256 bits per block; times 3168 +becomes 811008 bits; 101376 bytes per field. We're talking raw bits and bytes +here, so we don't need to do any fancy corrections for bits-per-pixel or such +things. 101376 bytes per field. + +d1 video contains two fields per frame. Those sum up to 202752 bytes per +frame, and one of those frames goes into each buffer. + +But wait a second! -b128 gives 128kB buffers! It's not possible to cram +202752 bytes of JPEG data into 128kB! + +This is what the driver notice and automatically compensate for in your +examples. Let's do some math using this information: + +128kB is 131072 bytes. In this buffer, we want to store two fields, which +leaves 65536 bytes for each field. Using 3168 blocks per field, we get +20.68686868... available bytes per block; 165 bits. We can't allow the +request for 256 bits per block when there's only 165 bits available! The -q50 +option is silently overridden, and the -b128 option takes precedence, leaving +us with the equivalence of -q32. + +This gives us a data rate of 165 bits per block, which, times 3168, sums up +to 65340 bytes per field, out of the allowed 65536. The current driver has +another level of rate limiting; it won't accept -q values that fill more than +6/8 of the specified buffers. (I'm not sure why. "Playing it safe" seem to be +a safe bet. Personally, I think I would have lowered requested-bits-per-block +by one, or something like that.) We can't use 165 bits per block, but have to +lower it again, to 6/8 of the available buffer space: We end up with 124 bits +per block, the equivalence of -q24. With 128kB buffers, you can't use greater +than -q24 at -d1. (And PAL, and 704 pixels width...) + +The third example is limited to -q24 through the same process. The second +example, using very similar calculations, is limited to -q48. The only +example that actually grab at the specified -q value is the last one, which +is clearly visible, looking at the file size. +-- + +Conclusion: the quality of the resulting movie depends on buffer size, quality, +whether or not you use 'low_bitrate=1' as insmod option for the zr36060.c +module to do 1:4 instead of 1:2 compression, etc. + +If you experience timeouts, lowering the quality/buffersize or using +'low_bitrate=1 as insmod option for zr36060.o might actually help, as is +proven by the Buz. + +=========================== + +7. It hangs/crashes/fails/whatevers! Help! + +Make sure that the card has its own interrupts (see /proc/interrupts), check +the output of dmesg at high verbosity (load zr36067.o with debug=2, +load all other modules with debug=1). Check that your mainboard is favorable +(see question 2) and if not, test the card in another computer. Also see the +notes given in question 3 and try lowering quality/buffersize/capturesize +if recording fails after a period of time. + +If all this doesn't help, give a clear description of the problem including +detailed hardware information (memory+brand, mainboard+chipset+brand, which +MJPEG card, processor, other PCI cards that might be of interest), give the +system PnP information (/proc/interrupts, /proc/dma, /proc/devices), and give +the kernel version, driver version, glibc version, gcc version and any other +information that might possibly be of interest. Also provide the dmesg output +at high verbosity. See 'Contacting' on how to contact the developers. + +=========================== + +8. Maintainers/Contacting + +The driver is currently maintained by Laurent Pinchart and Ronald Bultje +(<laurent.pinchart@skynet.be> and <rbultje@ronald.bitfreak.net>). For bug +reports or questions, please contact the mailinglist instead of the developers +individually. For user questions (i.e. bug reports or how-to questions), send +an email to <mjpeg-users@lists.sf.net>, for developers (i.e. if you want to +help programming), send an email to <mjpeg-developer@lists.sf.net>. See +http://www.sf.net/projects/mjpeg/ for subscription information. + +For bug reports, be sure to include all the information as described in +the section 'It hangs/crashes/fails/whatevers! Help!'. Please make sure +you're using the latest version (http://mjpeg.sf.net/driver-zoran/). + +Previous maintainers/developers of this driver include Serguei Miridonov +<mirsev@cicese.mx>, Wolfgang Scherr <scherr@net4you.net>, Dave Perks +<dperks@ibm.net> and Rainer Johanni <Rainer@Johanni.de>. + +=========================== + +9. License + +This driver is distributed under the terms of the General Public License. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. + +See http://www.gnu.org/ for more information. diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/CONTRIBUTORS b/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/CONTRIBUTORS new file mode 100644 index 000000000..eb41b2650 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/CONTRIBUTORS @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +Contributors to bttv: + +Michael Chu <mmchu@pobox.com> + AverMedia fix and more flexible card recognition + +Alan Cox <alan@lxorguk.ukuu.org.uk> + Video4Linux interface and 2.1.x kernel adaptation + +Chris Kleitsch + Hardware I2C + +Gerd Knorr <kraxel@cs.tu-berlin.de> + Radio card (ITT sound processor) + +bigfoot <bigfoot@net-way.net> +Ragnar Hojland Espinosa <ragnar@macula.net> + ConferenceTV card + + ++ many more (please mail me if you are missing in this list and would + like to be mentioned) + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/Cards b/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/Cards new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a8fb6e2d3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/Cards @@ -0,0 +1,960 @@ + +Gunther Mayer's bttv card gallery (graphical version of this text file :-) +is available at: http://www.bttv-gallery.de/ + + +Supported cards: +Bt848/Bt848a/Bt849/Bt878/Bt879 cards +------------------------------------ + +All cards with Bt848/Bt848a/Bt849/Bt878/Bt879 and normal +Composite/S-VHS inputs are supported. Teletext and Intercast support +(PAL only) for ALL cards via VBI sample decoding in software. + +Some cards with additional multiplexing of inputs or other additional +fancy chips are only partially supported (unless specifications by the +card manufacturer are given). When a card is listed here it isn't +necessarily fully supported. + +All other cards only differ by additional components as tuners, sound +decoders, EEPROMs, teletext decoders ... + + +Unsupported Cards: +------------------ + +Cards with Zoran (ZR) or Philips (SAA) or ISA are not supported by +this driver. + + +MATRIX Vision +------------- + +MV-Delta +- Bt848A +- 4 Composite inputs, 1 S-VHS input (shared with 4th composite) +- EEPROM + +http://www.matrix-vision.de/ + +This card has no tuner but supports all 4 composite (1 shared with an +S-VHS input) of the Bt848A. +Very nice card if you only have satellite TV but several tuners connected +to the card via composite. + +Many thanks to Matrix-Vision for giving us 2 cards for free which made +Bt848a/Bt849 single crystal operation support possible!!! + + + +Miro/Pinnacle PCTV +------------------ + +- Bt848 + some (all??) come with 2 crystals for PAL/SECAM and NTSC +- PAL, SECAM or NTSC TV tuner (Philips or TEMIC) +- MSP34xx sound decoder on add on board + decoder is supported but AFAIK does not yet work + (other sound MUX setting in GPIO port needed??? somebody who fixed this???) +- 1 tuner, 1 composite and 1 S-VHS input +- tuner type is autodetected + +http://www.miro.de/ +http://www.miro.com/ + + +Many thanks for the free card which made first NTSC support possible back +in 1997! + + +Hauppauge Win/TV pci +-------------------- + +There are many different versions of the Hauppauge cards with different +tuners (TV+Radio ...), teletext decoders. +Note that even cards with same model numbers have (depending on the revision) +different chips on it. + +- Bt848 (and others but always in 2 crystal operation???) + newer cards have a Bt878 +- PAL, SECAM, NTSC or tuner with or without Radio support + +e.g.: + PAL: + TDA5737: VHF, hyperband and UHF mixer/oscillator for TV and VCR 3-band tuners + TSA5522: 1.4 GHz I2C-bus controlled synthesizer, I2C 0xc2-0xc3 + + NTSC: + TDA5731: VHF, hyperband and UHF mixer/oscillator for TV and VCR 3-band tuners + TSA5518: no datasheet available on Philips site +- Philips SAA5246 or SAA5284 ( or no) Teletext decoder chip + with buffer RAM (e.g. Winbond W24257AS-35: 32Kx8 CMOS static RAM) + SAA5246 (I2C 0x22) is supported +- 256 bytes EEPROM: Microchip 24LC02B or Philips 8582E2Y + with configuration information + I2C address 0xa0 (24LC02B also responds to 0xa2-0xaf) +- 1 tuner, 1 composite and (depending on model) 1 S-VHS input +- 14052B: mux for selection of sound source +- sound decoder: TDA9800, MSP34xx (stereo cards) + + +Askey CPH-Series +---------------- +Developed by TelSignal(?), OEMed by many vendors (Typhoon, Anubis, Dynalink) + + Card series: + CPH01x: BT848 capture only + CPH03x: BT848 + CPH05x: BT878 with FM + CPH06x: BT878 (w/o FM) + CPH07x: BT878 capture only + + TV standards: + CPH0x0: NTSC-M/M + CPH0x1: PAL-B/G + CPH0x2: PAL-I/I + CPH0x3: PAL-D/K + CPH0x4: SECAM-L/L + CPH0x5: SECAM-B/G + CPH0x6: SECAM-D/K + CPH0x7: PAL-N/N + CPH0x8: PAL-B/H + CPH0x9: PAL-M/M + + CPH03x was often sold as "TV capturer". + + Identifying: + 1) 878 cards can be identified by PCI Subsystem-ID: + 144f:3000 = CPH06x + 144F:3002 = CPH05x w/ FM + 144F:3005 = CPH06x_LC (w/o remote control) + 1) The cards have a sticker with "CPH"-model on the back. + 2) These cards have a number printed on the PCB just above the tuner metal box: + "80-CP2000300-x" = CPH03X + "80-CP2000500-x" = CPH05X + "80-CP2000600-x" = CPH06X / CPH06x_LC + + Askey sells these cards as "Magic TView series", Brand "MagicXpress". + Other OEM often call these "Tview", "TView99" or else. + +Lifeview Flyvideo Series: +------------------------- + The naming of these series differs in time and space. + + Identifying: + 1) Some models can be identified by PCI subsystem ID: + 1852:1852 = Flyvideo 98 FM + 1851:1850 = Flyvideo 98 + 1851:1851 = Flyvideo 98 EZ (capture only) + 2) There is a print on the PCB: + LR25 = Flyvideo (Zoran ZR36120, SAA7110A) + LR26 Rev.N = Flyvideo II (Bt848) + Rev.O = Flyvideo II (Bt878) + LR37 Rev.C = Flyvideo EZ (Capture only, ZR36120 + SAA7110) + LR38 Rev.A1= Flyvideo II EZ (Bt848 capture only) + LR50 Rev.Q = Flyvideo 98 (w/eeprom and PCI subsystem ID) + Rev.W = Flyvideo 98 (no eeprom) + LR51 Rev.E = Flyvideo 98 EZ (capture only) + LR90 = Flyvideo 2000 (Bt878) + Flyvideo 2000S (Bt878) w/Stereo TV (Package incl. LR91 daughterboard) + LR91 = Stereo daughter card for LR90 + LR97 = Flyvideo DVBS + LR99 Rev.E = Low profile card for OEM integration (only internal audio!) bt878 + LR136 = Flyvideo 2100/3100 (Low profile, SAA7130/SAA7134) + LR137 = Flyvideo DV2000/DV3000 (SAA7130/SAA7134 + IEEE1394) + LR138 Rev.C= Flyvideo 2000 (SAA7130) + or Flyvideo 3000 (SAA7134) w/Stereo TV + These exist in variations w/FM and w/Remote sometimes denoted + by suffixes "FM" and "R". + 3) You have a laptop (miniPCI card): + Product = FlyTV Platinum Mini + Model/Chip = LR212/saa7135 + + Lifeview.com.tw states (Feb. 2002): + "The FlyVideo2000 and FlyVideo2000s product name have renamed to FlyVideo98." + Their Bt8x8 cards are listed as discontinued. + Flyvideo 2000S was probably sold as Flyvideo 3000 in some contries(Europe?). + The new Flyvideo 2000/3000 are SAA7130/SAA7134 based. + + "Flyvideo II" had been the name for the 848 cards, nowadays (in Germany) + this name is re-used for LR50 Rev.W. + The Lifeview website mentioned Flyvideo III at some time, but such a card + has not yet been seen (perhaps it was the german name for LR90 [stereo]). + These cards are sold by many OEMs too. + + FlyVideo A2 (Elta 8680)= LR90 Rev.F (w/Remote, w/o FM, stereo TV by tda9821) {Germany} + Lifeview 3000 (Elta 8681) as sold by Plus(April 2002), Germany = LR138 w/ saa7134 + + +Typhoon TV card series: +----------------------- + These can be CPH, Flyvideo, Pixelview or KNC1 series. + Typhoon is the brand of Anubis. + Model 50680 got re-used, some model no. had different contents over time. + + Models: + 50680 "TV Tuner PCI Pal BG"(old,red package)=can be CPH03x(bt848) or CPH06x(bt878) + 50680 "TV Tuner Pal BG" (blue package)= Pixelview PV-BT878P+ (Rev 9B) + 50681 "TV Tuner PCI Pal I" (variant of 50680) + 50682 "TView TV/FM Tuner Pal BG" = Flyvideo 98FM (LR50 Rev.Q) + Note: The package has a picture of CPH05x (which would be a real TView) + 50683 "TV Tuner PCI SECAM" (variant of 50680) + 50684 "TV Tuner Pal BG" = Pixelview 878TV(Rev.3D) + 50686 "TV Tuner" = KNC1 TV Station + 50687 "TV Tuner stereo" = KNC1 TV Station pro + 50688 "TV Tuner RDS" (black package) = KNC1 TV Station RDS + 50689 TV SAT DVB-S CARD CI PCI (SAA7146AH, SU1278?) = "KNC1 TV Station DVB-S" + 50692 "TV/FM Tuner" (small PCB) + 50694 TV TUNER CARD RDS (PHILIPS CHIPSET SAA7134HL) + 50696 TV TUNER STEREO (PHILIPS CHIPSET SAA7134HL, MK3ME Tuner) + 50804 PC-SAT TV/Audio Karte = Techni-PC-Sat (ZORAN 36120PQC, Tuner:Alps) + 50866 TVIEW SAT RECEIVER+ADR + 50868 "TV/FM Tuner Pal I" (variant of 50682) + 50999 "TV/FM Tuner Secam" (variant of 50682) + + +Guillemot +--------- + Maxi-TV PCI (ZR36120) + Maxi TV Video 2 = LR50 Rev.Q (FI1216MF, PAL BG+SECAM) + Maxi TV Video 3 = CPH064 (PAL BG + SECAM) + +Mentor +------ + Mentor TV card ("55-878TV-U1") = Pixelview 878TV(Rev.3F) (w/FM w/Remote) + +Prolink +------- + TV cards: + PixelView Play TV pro - (Model: PV-BT878P+ REV 8E) + PixelView Play TV pro - (Model: PV-BT878P+ REV 9D) + PixelView Play TV pro - (Model: PV-BT878P+ REV 4C / 8D / 10A ) + PixelView Play TV - (Model: PV-BT848P+) + 878TV - (Model: PV-BT878TV) + + Multimedia TV packages (card + software pack): + PixelView Play TV Theater - (Model: PV-M4200) = PixelView Play TV pro + Software + PixelView Play TV PAK - (Model: PV-BT878P+ REV 4E) + PixelView Play TV/VCR - (Model: PV-M3200 REV 4C / 8D / 10A ) + PixelView Studio PAK - (Model: M2200 REV 4C / 8D / 10A ) + PixelView PowerStudio PAK - (Model: PV-M3600 REV 4E) + PixelView DigitalVCR PAK - (Model: PV-M2400 REV 4C / 8D / 10A ) + + PixelView PlayTV PAK II (TV/FM card + usb camera) PV-M3800 + PixelView PlayTV XP PV-M4700,PV-M4700(w/FM) + PixelView PlayTV DVR PV-M4600 package contents:PixelView PlayTV pro, windvr & videoMail s/w + + Further Cards: + PV-BT878P+rev.9B (Play TV Pro, opt. w/FM w/NICAM) + PV-BT878P+rev.2F + PV-BT878P Rev.1D (bt878, capture only) + + XCapture PV-CX881P (cx23881) + PlayTV HD PV-CX881PL+, PV-CX881PL+(w/FM) (cx23881) + + DTV3000 PV-DTV3000P+ DVB-S CI = Twinhan VP-1030 + DTV2000 DVB-S = Twinhan VP-1020 + + Video Conferencing: + PixelView Meeting PAK - (Model: PV-BT878P) + PixelView Meeting PAK Lite - (Model: PV-BT878P) + PixelView Meeting PAK plus - (Model: PV-BT878P+rev 4C/8D/10A) + PixelView Capture - (Model: PV-BT848P) + + PixelView PlayTV USB pro + Model No. PV-NT1004+, PV-NT1004+ (w/FM) = NT1004 USB decoder chip + SAA7113 video decoder chip + +Dynalink +-------- + These are CPH series. + +Phoebemicro +----------- + TV Master = CPH030 or CPH060 + TV Master FM = CPH050 + +Genius/Kye +---------- + Video Wonder/Genius Internet Video Kit = LR37 Rev.C + Video Wonder Pro II (848 or 878) = LR26 + +Tekram +------ + VideoCap C205 (Bt848) + VideoCap C210 (zr36120 +Philips) + CaptureTV M200 (ISA) + CaptureTV M205 (Bt848) + +Lucky Star +---------- + Image World Conference TV = LR50 Rev. Q + +Leadtek +------- + WinView 601 (Bt848) + WinView 610 (Zoran) + WinFast2000 + WinFast2000 XP + +KNC One +------- + TV-Station + TV-Station SE (+Software Bundle) + TV-Station pro (+TV stereo) + TV-Station FM (+Radio) + TV-Station RDS (+RDS) + TV Station SAT (analog satellite) + TV-Station DVB-S + + newer Cards have saa7134, but model name stayed the same? + +Provideo +-------- + PV951 or PV-951 (also are sold as: + Boeder TV-FM Video Capture Card + Titanmedia Supervision TV-2400 + Provideo PV951 TF + 3DeMon PV951 + MediaForte TV-Vision PV951 + Yoko PV951 + Vivanco Tuner Card PCI Art.-Nr.: 68404 + ) now named PV-951T + + Surveillance Series + PV-141 + PV-143 + PV-147 + PV-148 (capture only) + PV-150 + PV-151 + + TV-FM Tuner Series + PV-951TDV (tv tuner + 1394) + PV-951T/TF + PV-951PT/TF + PV-956T/TF Low Profile + PV-911 + +Highscreen +---------- + TV Karte = LR50 Rev.S + TV-Boostar = Terratec Terra TV+ Version 1.0 (Bt848, tda9821) "ceb105.pcb" + +Zoltrix +------- + Face to Face Capture (Bt848 capture only) (PCB "VP-2848") + Face To Face TV MAX (Bt848) (PCB "VP-8482 Rev1.3") + Genie TV (Bt878) (PCB "VP-8790 Rev 2.1") + Genie Wonder Pro + +AVerMedia +--------- + AVer FunTV Lite (ISA, AV3001 chipset) "M101.C" + AVerTV + AVerTV Stereo + AVerTV Studio (w/FM) + AVerMedia TV98 with Remote + AVerMedia TV/FM98 Stereo + AVerMedia TVCAM98 + TVCapture (Bt848) + TVPhone (Bt848) + TVCapture98 (="AVerMedia TV98" in USA) (Bt878) + TVPhone98 (Bt878, w/FM) + + PCB PCI-ID Model-Name Eeprom Tuner Sound Country + -------------------------------------------------------------------- + M101.C ISA ! + M108-B Bt848 -- FR1236 US (2),(3) + M1A8-A Bt848 AVer TV-Phone FM1216 -- + M168-T 1461:0003 AVerTV Studio 48:17 FM1216 TDA9840T D (1) w/FM w/Remote + M168-U 1461:0004 TVCapture98 40:11 FI1216 -- D w/Remote + M168II-B 1461:0003 Medion MD9592 48:16 FM1216 TDA9873H D w/FM + + (1) Daughterboard MB68-A with TDA9820T and TDA9840T + (2) Sony NE41S soldered (stereo sound?) + (3) Daughterboard M118-A w/ pic 16c54 and 4 MHz quartz + + US site has different drivers for (as of 09/2002): + EZ Capture/InterCam PCI (BT-848 chip) + EZ Capture/InterCam PCI (BT-878 chip) + TV-Phone (BT-848 chip) + TV98 (BT-848 chip) + TV98 With Remote (BT-848 chip) + TV98 (BT-878 chip) + TV98 With Remote (BT-878) + TV/FM98 (BT-878 chip) + AVerTV + AverTV Stereo + AVerTV Studio + + DE hat diverse Treiber fuer diese Modelle (Stand 09/2002): + TVPhone (848) mit Philips tuner FR12X6 (w/ FM radio) + TVPhone (848) mit Philips tuner FM12X6 (w/ FM radio) + TVCapture (848) w/Philips tuner FI12X6 + TVCapture (848) non-Philips tuner + TVCapture98 (Bt878) + TVPhone98 (Bt878) + AVerTV und TVCapture98 w/VCR (Bt 878) + AVerTVStudio und TVPhone98 w/VCR (Bt878) + AVerTV GO Serie (Kein SVideo Input) + AVerTV98 (BT-878 chip) + AVerTV98 mit Fernbedienung (BT-878 chip) + AVerTV/FM98 (BT-878 chip) + + VDOmate (www.averm.com.cn) = M168U ? + +Aimslab +------- + Video Highway or "Video Highway TR200" (ISA) + Video Highway Xtreme (aka "VHX") (Bt848, FM w/ TEA5757) + +IXMicro (former: IMS=Integrated Micro Solutions) +------- + IXTV BT848 (=TurboTV) + IXTV BT878 + IMS TurboTV (Bt848) + +Lifetec/Medion/Tevion/Aldi +-------------------------- + LT9306/MD9306 = CPH061 + LT9415/MD9415 = LR90 Rev.F or Rev.G + MD9592 = Avermedia TVphone98 (PCI_ID=1461:0003), PCB-Rev=M168II-B (w/TDA9873H) + MD9717 = KNC One (Rev D4, saa7134, FM1216 MK2 tuner) + MD5044 = KNC One (Rev D4, saa7134, FM1216ME MK3 tuner) + +Modular Technologies (www.modulartech.com) UK +--------------------------------------------- + MM100 PCTV (Bt848) + MM201 PCTV (Bt878, Bt832) w/ Quartzsight camera + MM202 PCTV (Bt878, Bt832, tda9874) + MM205 PCTV (Bt878) + MM210 PCTV (Bt878) (Galaxy TV, Galaxymedia ?) + +Terratec +-------- + Terra TV+ Version 1.0 (Bt848), "ceb105.PCB" printed on the PCB, TDA9821 + Terra TV+ Version 1.1 (Bt878), "LR74 Rev.E" printed on the PCB, TDA9821 + Terra TValueRadio, "LR102 Rev.C" printed on the PCB + Terra TV/Radio+ Version 1.0, "80-CP2830100-0" TTTV3 printed on the PCB, + "CPH010-E83" on the back, SAA6588T, TDA9873H + Terra TValue Version BT878, "80-CP2830110-0 TTTV4" printed on the PCB, + "CPH011-D83" on back + Terra TValue Version 1.0 "ceb105.PCB" (really identical to Terra TV+ Version 1.0) + Terra TValue New Revision "LR102 Rec.C" + Terra Active Radio Upgrade (tea5757h, saa6588t) + + LR74 is a newer PCB revision of ceb105 (both incl. connector for Active Radio Upgrade) + + Cinergy 400 (saa7134), "E877 11(S)", "PM820092D" printed on PCB + Cinergy 600 (saa7134) + +Technisat +--------- + Discos ADR PC-Karte ISA (no TV!) + Discos ADR PC-Karte PCI (probably no TV?) + Techni-PC-Sat (Sat. analog) + Rev 1.2 (zr36120, vpx3220, stv0030, saa5246, BSJE3-494A) + Mediafocus I (zr36120/zr36125, drp3510, Sat. analog + ADR Radio) + Mediafocus II (saa7146, Sat. analog) + SatADR Rev 2.1 (saa7146a, saa7113h, stv0056a, msp3400c, drp3510a, BSKE3-307A) + SkyStar 1 DVB (AV7110) = Technotrend Premium + SkyStar 2 DVB (B2C2) (=Sky2PC) + +Siemens +------- + Multimedia eXtension Board (MXB) (SAA7146, SAA7111) + +Powercolor +---------- + MTV878 + Package comes with different contents: + a) pcb "MTV878" (CARD=75) + b) Pixelview Rev. 4_ + MTV878R w/Remote Control + MTV878F w/Remote Control w/FM radio + +Pinnacle +-------- + Mirovideo PCTV (Bt848) + Mirovideo PCTV SE (Bt848) + Mirovideo PCTV Pro (Bt848 + Daughterboard for TV Stereo and FM) + Studio PCTV Rave (Bt848 Version = Mirovideo PCTV) + Studio PCTV Rave (Bt878 package w/o infrared) + Studio PCTV (Bt878) + Studio PCTV Pro (Bt878 stereo w/ FM) + Pinnacle PCTV (Bt878, MT2032) + Pinnacle PCTV Pro (Bt878, MT2032) + Pinncale PCTV Sat (bt878a, HM1821/1221) ["Conexant CX24110 with CX24108 tuner, aka HM1221/HM1811"] + Pinnacle PCTV Sat XE + + M(J)PEG capture and playback: + DC1+ (ISA) + DC10 (zr36057, zr36060, saa7110, adv7176) + DC10+ (zr36067, zr36060, saa7110, adv7176) + DC20 (ql16x24b,zr36050, zr36016, saa7110, saa7187 ...) + DC30 (zr36057, zr36050, zr36016, vpx3220, adv7176, ad1843, tea6415, miro FST97A1) + DC30+ (zr36067, zr36050, zr36016, vpx3220, adv7176) + DC50 (zr36067, zr36050, zr36016, saa7112, adv7176 (2 pcs.?), ad1843, miro FST97A1, Lattice ???) + +Lenco +----- + MXR-9565 (=Technisat Mediafocus?) + MXR-9571 (Bt848) (=CPH031?) + MXR-9575 + MXR-9577 (Bt878) (=Prolink 878TV Rev.3x) + MXTV-9578CP (Bt878) (= Prolink PV-BT878P+4E) + +Iomega +------ + Buz (zr36067, zr36060, saa7111, saa7185) + +LML +--- + LML33 (zr36067, zr36060, bt819, bt856) + +Grandtec +-------- + Grand Video Capture (Bt848) + Multi Capture Card (Bt878) + +Koutech +------- + KW-606 (Bt848) + KW-607 (Bt848 capture only) + KW-606RSF + KW-607A (capture only) + KW-608 (Zoran capture only) + +IODATA (jp) +------ + GV-BCTV/PCI + GV-BCTV2/PCI + GV-BCTV3/PCI + GV-BCTV4/PCI + GV-VCP/PCI (capture only) + GV-VCP2/PCI (capture only) + +Canopus (jp) +------- + WinDVR = Kworld "KW-TVL878RF" + +www.sigmacom.co.kr +------------------ + Sigma Cyber TV II + +www.sasem.co.kr +--------------- + Litte OnAir TV + +hama +---- + TV/Radio-Tuner Card, PCI (Model 44677) = CPH051 + +Sigma Designs +------------- + Hollywood plus (em8300, em9010, adv7175), (PCB "M340-10") MPEG DVD decoder + +Formac +------ + iProTV (Card for iMac Mezzanine slot, Bt848+SCSI) + ProTV (Bt848) + ProTV II = ProTV Stereo (Bt878) ["stereo" means FM stereo, tv is still mono] + +ATI +--- + TV-Wonder + TV-Wonder VE + +Diamond Multimedia +------------------ + DTV2000 (Bt848, tda9875) + +Aopen +----- + VA1000 Plus (w/ Stereo) + VA1000 Lite + VA1000 (=LR90) + +Intel +----- + Smart Video Recorder (ISA full-length) + Smart Video Recorder pro (ISA half-length) + Smart Video Recorder III (Bt848) + +STB +--- + STB Gateway 6000704 (bt878) + STB Gateway 6000699 (bt848) + STB Gateway 6000402 (bt848) + STB TV130 PCI + +Videologic +---------- + Captivator Pro/TV (ISA?) + Captivator PCI/VC (Bt848 bundled with camera) (capture only) + +Technotrend +------------ + TT-SAT PCI (PCB "Sat-PCI Rev.:1.3.1"; zr36125, vpx3225d, stc0056a, Tuner:BSKE6-155A + TT-DVB-Sat + revisions 1.1, 1.3, 1.5, 1.6 and 2.1 + This card is sold as OEM from: + Siemens DVB-s Card + Hauppauge WinTV DVB-S + Technisat SkyStar 1 DVB + Galaxis DVB Sat + Now this card is called TT-PCline Premium Family + TT-Budget (saa7146, bsru6-701a) + This card is sold as OEM from: + Hauppauge WinTV Nova + Satelco Standard PCI (DVB-S) + TT-DVB-C PCI + +Teles +----- + DVB-s (Rev. 2.2, BSRV2-301A, data only?) + +Remote Vision +------------- + MX RV605 (Bt848 capture only) + +Boeder +------ + PC ChatCam (Model 68252) (Bt848 capture only) + Tv/Fm Capture Card (Model 68404) = PV951 + +Media-Surfer (esc-kathrein.de) +------------------------------- + Sat-Surfer (ISA) + Sat-Surfer PCI = Techni-PC-Sat + Cable-Surfer 1 + Cable-Surfer 2 + Cable-Surfer PCI (zr36120) + Audio-Surfer (ISA Radio card) + +Jetway (www.jetway.com.tw) +-------------------------- + JW-TV 878M + JW-TV 878 = KWorld KW-TV878RF + +Galaxis +------- + Galaxis DVB Card S CI + Galaxis DVB Card C CI + Galaxis DVB Card S + Galaxis DVB Card C + Galaxis plug.in S [neuer Name: Galaxis DVB Card S CI + +Hauppauge +--------- + many many WinTV models ... + WinTV DVBs = Technotrend Premium 1.3 + WinTV NOVA = Technotrend Budget 1.1 "S-DVB DATA" + WinTV NOVA-CI "SDVBACI" + WinTV Nova USB (=Technotrend USB 1.0) + WinTV-Nexus-s (=Technotrend Premium 2.1 or 2.2) + WinTV PVR + WinTV PVR 250 + WinTV PVR 450 + + US models + 990 WinTV-PVR-350 (249USD) (iTVC15 chipset + radio) + 980 WinTV-PVR-250 (149USD) (iTVC15 chipset) + 880 WinTV-PVR-PCI (199USD) (KFIR chipset + bt878) + 881 WinTV-PVR-USB + 190 WinTV-GO + 191 WinTV-GO-FM + 404 WinTV + 401 WinTV-radio + 495 WinTV-Theater + 602 WinTV-USB + 621 WinTV-USB-FM + 600 USB-Live + 698 WinTV-HD + 697 WinTV-D + 564 WinTV-Nexus-S + + Deutsche Modelle + 603 WinTV GO + 719 WinTV Primio-FM + 718 WinTV PCI-FM + 497 WinTV Theater + 569 WinTV USB + 568 WinTV USB-FM + 882 WinTV PVR + 981 WinTV PVR 250 + 891 WinTV-PVR-USB + 541 WinTV Nova + 488 WinTV Nova-Ci + 564 WinTV-Nexus-s + 727 WinTV-DVB-c + 545 Common Interface + 898 WinTV-Nova-USB + + UK models + 607 WinTV Go + 693,793 WinTV Primio FM + 647,747 WinTV PCI FM + 498 WinTV Theater + 883 WinTV PVR + 893 WinTV PVR USB (Duplicate entry) + 566 WinTV USB (UK) + 573 WinTV USB FM + 429 Impact VCB (bt848) + 600 USB Live (Video-In 1x Comp, 1xSVHS) + 542 WinTV Nova + 717 WinTV DVB-S + 909 Nova-t PCI + 893 Nova-t USB (Duplicate entry) + 802 MyTV + 804 MyView + 809 MyVideo + 872 MyTV2Go FM + + + 546 WinTV Nova-S CI + 543 WinTV Nova + 907 Nova-S USB + 908 Nova-T USB + 717 WinTV Nexus-S + 157 DEC3000-s Standalone + USB + + Spain + 685 WinTV-Go + 690 WinTV-PrimioFM + 416 WinTV-PCI Nicam Estereo + 677 WinTV-PCI-FM + 699 WinTV-Theater + 683 WinTV-USB + 678 WinTV-USB-FM + 983 WinTV-PVR-250 + 883 WinTV-PVR-PCI + 993 WinTV-PVR-350 + 893 WinTV-PVR-USB + 728 WinTV-DVB-C PCI + 832 MyTV2Go + 869 MyTV2Go-FM + 805 MyVideo (USB) + + +Matrix-Vision +------------- + MATRIX-Vision MV-Delta + MATRIX-Vision MV-Delta 2 + MVsigma-SLC (Bt848) + +Conceptronic (.net) +------------ + TVCON FM, TV card w/ FM = CPH05x + TVCON = CPH06x + +BestData +-------- + HCC100 = VCC100rev1 + camera + VCC100 rev1 (bt848) + VCC100 rev2 (bt878) + +Gallant (www.gallantcom.com) www.minton.com.tw +----------------------------------------------- + Intervision IV-510 (capture only bt8x8) + Intervision IV-550 (bt8x8) + Intervision IV-100 (zoran) + Intervision IV-1000 (bt8x8) + +Asonic (www.asonic.com.cn) (website down) +----------------------------------------- + SkyEye tv 878 + +Hoontech +-------- + 878TV/FM + +Teppro (www.itcteppro.com.tw) +----------------------------- + ITC PCITV (Card Ver 1.0) "Teppro TV1/TVFM1 Card" + ITC PCITV (Card Ver 2.0) + ITC PCITV (Card Ver 3.0) = "PV-BT878P+ (REV.9D)" + ITC PCITV (Card Ver 4.0) + TEPPRO IV-550 (For BT848 Main Chip) + ITC DSTTV (bt878, satellite) + ITC VideoMaker (saa7146, StreamMachine sm2110, tvtuner) "PV-SM2210P+ (REV:1C)" + +Kworld (www.kworld.com.tw) +-------------------------- + PC TV Station + KWORLD KW-TV878R TV (no radio) + KWORLD KW-TV878RF TV (w/ radio) + + KWORLD KW-TVL878RF (low profile) + + KWORLD KW-TV713XRF (saa7134) + + + MPEG TV Station (same cards as above plus WinDVR Software MPEG en/decoder) + KWORLD KW-TV878R -Pro TV (no Radio) + KWORLD KW-TV878RF-Pro TV (w/ Radio) + KWORLD KW-TV878R -Ultra TV (no Radio) + KWORLD KW-TV878RF-Ultra TV (w/ Radio) + + + +JTT/ Justy Corp.(http://www.jtt.ne.jp/) +--------------------------------------------------------------------- + JTT-02 (JTT TV) "TV watchmate pro" (bt848) + +ADS www.adstech.com +------------------- + Channel Surfer TV ( CHX-950 ) + Channel Surfer TV+FM ( CHX-960FM ) + +AVEC www.prochips.com +--------------------- + AVEC Intercapture (bt848, tea6320) + +NoBrand +------- + TV Excel = Australian Name for "PV-BT878P+ 8E" or "878TV Rev.3_" + +Mach www.machspeed.com +---- + Mach TV 878 + +Eline www.eline-net.com/ +----- + Eline Vision TVMaster / TVMaster FM (ELV-TVM/ ELV-TVM-FM) = LR26 (bt878) + Eline Vision TVMaster-2000 (ELV-TVM-2000, ELV-TVM-2000-FM)= LR138 (saa713x) + +Spirit +------ + Spirit TV Tuner/Video Capture Card (bt848) + +Boser www.boser.com.tw +----- + HS-878 Mini PCI Capture Add-on Card + HS-879 Mini PCI 3D Audio and Capture Add-on Card (w/ ES1938 Solo-1) + +Satelco www.citycom-gmbh.de, www.satelco.de +------- + TV-FM =KNC1 saa7134 + Standard PCI (DVB-S) = Technotrend Budget + Standard PCI (DVB-S) w/ CI + Satelco Highend PCI (DVB-S) = Technotrend Premium + + +Sensoray www.sensoray.com +-------- + Sensoray 311 (PC/104 bus) + Sensoray 611 (PCI) + +CEI (Chartered Electronics Industries Pte Ltd [CEI] [FCC ID HBY]) +--- + TV Tuner - HBY-33A-RAFFLES Brooktree Bt848KPF + Philips + TV Tuner MG9910 - HBY33A-TVO CEI + Philips SAA7110 + OKI M548262 + ST STV8438CV + Primetime TV (ISA) + acquired by Singapore Technologies + now operating as Chartered Semiconductor Manufacturing + Manufacturer of video cards is listed as: + Cogent Electronics Industries [CEI] + +AITech +------ + Wavewatcher TV (ISA) + AITech WaveWatcher TV-PCI = can be LR26 (Bt848) or LR50 (BT878) + WaveWatcher TVR-202 TV/FM Radio Card (ISA) + +MAXRON +------ + Maxron MaxTV/FM Radio (KW-TV878-FNT) = Kworld or JW-TV878-FBK + +www.ids-imaging.de +------------------ + Falcon Series (capture only) + In USA: http://www.theimagingsource.com/ + DFG/LC1 + +www.sknet-web.co.jp +------------------- + SKnet Monster TV (saa7134) + +A-Max www.amaxhk.com (Colormax, Amax, Napa) +------------------- + APAC Viewcomp 878 + +Cybertainment +------------- + CyberMail AV Video Email Kit w/ PCI Capture Card (capture only) + CyberMail Xtreme + These are Flyvideo + +VCR (http://www.vcrinc.com/) +--- + Video Catcher 16 + +Twinhan +------- + DST Card/DST-IP (bt878, twinhan asic) VP-1020 + Sold as: + KWorld DVBS Satellite TV-Card + Powercolor DSTV Satellite Tuner Card + Prolink Pixelview DTV2000 + Provideo PV-911 Digital Satellite TV Tuner Card With Common Interface ? + DST-CI Card (DVB Satellite) VP-1030 + DCT Card (DVB cable) + +MSI +--- + MSI TV@nywhere Tuner Card (MS-8876) (CX23881/883) Not Bt878 compatible. + MS-8401 DVB-S + +Focus www.focusinfo.com +----- + InVideo PCI (bt878) + +Sdisilk www.sdisilk.com/ +------- + SDI Silk 100 + SDI Silk 200 SDI Input Card + +www.euresys.com + PICOLO series + +PMC/Pace +www.pacecom.co.uk website closed + +Mercury www.kobian.com (UK and FR) + LR50 + LR138RBG-Rx == LR138 + +TEC sound (package and manuals don't have any other manufacturer info) TecSound + Though educated googling found: www.techmakers.com + TV-Mate = Zoltrix VP-8482 + +Lorenzen www.lorenzen.de +-------- + SL DVB-S PCI = Technotrend Budget PCI (su1278 or bsru version) + +Origo (.uk) www.origo2000.com + PC TV Card = LR50 + +I/O Magic www.iomagic.com +--------- + PC PVR - Desktop TV Personal Video Recorder DR-PCTV100 = Pinnacle ROB2D-51009464 4.0 + Cyberlink PowerVCR II + +Arowana +------- + TV-Karte / Poso Power TV (?) = Zoltrix VP-8482 (?) + +iTVC15 boards: +------------- +kuroutoshikou.com ITVC15 +yuan.com MPG160 PCI TV (Internal PCI MPEG2 encoder card plus TV-tuner) + +Asus www.asuscom.com + Asus TV Tuner Card 880 NTSC (low profile, cx23880) + Asus TV (saa7134) + +Hoontech +-------- +http://www.hoontech.de/ + HART Vision 848 (H-ART Vision 848) + HART Vision 878 (H-Art Vision 878) diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/ICs b/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/ICs new file mode 100644 index 000000000..611315f87 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/ICs @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +all boards: + +Brooktree Bt848/848A/849/878/879: video capture chip + + + +Miro PCTV: + +Philips or Temic Tuner + + + +Hauppauge Win/TV pci (version 405): + +Microchip 24LC02B or +Philips 8582E2Y: 256 Byte EEPROM with configuration information + I2C 0xa0-0xa1, (24LC02B also responds to 0xa2-0xaf) +Philips SAA5246AGP/E: Videotext decoder chip, I2C 0x22-0x23 +TDA9800: sound decoder +Winbond W24257AS-35: 32Kx8 CMOS static RAM (Videotext buffer mem) +14052B: analog switch for selection of sound source + +PAL: +TDA5737: VHF, hyperband and UHF mixer/oscillator for TV and VCR 3-band tuners +TSA5522: 1.4 GHz I2C-bus controlled synthesizer, I2C 0xc2-0xc3 + +NTSC: +TDA5731: VHF, hyperband and UHF mixer/oscillator for TV and VCR 3-band tuners +TSA5518: no datasheet available on Philips site + + + +STB TV pci: + +??? +if you want better support for STB cards send me info! +Look at the board! What chips are on it? diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/Insmod-options b/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/Insmod-options new file mode 100644 index 000000000..14c065fa2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/Insmod-options @@ -0,0 +1,172 @@ + +Note: "modinfo <module>" prints various information about a kernel +module, among them a complete and up-to-date list of insmod options. +This list tends to be outdated because it is updated manually ... + +========================================================================== + +bttv.o + the bt848/878 (grabber chip) driver + + insmod args: + card=n card type, see CARDLIST for a list. + tuner=n tuner type, see CARDLIST for a list. + radio=0/1 card supports radio + pll=0/1/2 pll settings + 0: don't use PLL + 1: 28 MHz crystal installed + 2: 35 MHz crystal installed + + triton1=0/1 for Triton1 (+others) compatibility + vsfx=0/1 yet another chipset bug compatibility bit + see README.quirks for details on these two. + + bigendian=n Set the endianness of the gfx framebuffer. + Default is native endian. + fieldnr=0/1 Count fields. Some TV descrambling software + needs this, for others it only generates + 50 useless IRQs/sec. default is 0 (off). + autoload=0/1 autoload helper modules (tuner, audio). + default is 1 (on). + bttv_verbose=0/1/2 verbose level (at insmod time, while + looking at the hardware). default is 1. + bttv_debug=0/1 debug messages (for capture). + default is 0 (off). + irq_debug=0/1 irq handler debug messages. + default is 0 (off). + gbuffers=2-32 number of capture buffers for mmap'ed capture. + default is 4. + gbufsize= size of capture buffers. default and + maximum value is 0x208000 (~2MB) + no_overlay=0 Enable overlay on broken hardware. There + are some chipsets (SIS for example) which + are known to have problems with the PCI DMA + push used by bttv. bttv will disable overlay + by default on this hardware to avoid crashes. + With this insmod option you can override this. + no_overlay=1 Disable overlay. It should be used by broken + hardware that doesn't support PCI2PCI direct + transfers. + automute=0/1 Automatically mutes the sound if there is + no TV signal, on by default. You might try + to disable this if you have bad input signal + quality which leading to unwanted sound + dropouts. + chroma_agc=0/1 AGC of chroma signal, off by default. + adc_crush=0/1 Luminance ADC crush, on by default. + i2c_udelay= Allow reduce I2C speed. Default is 5 usecs + (meaning 66,67 Kbps). The default is the + maximum supported speed by kernel bitbang + algorithm. You may use lower numbers, if I2C + messages are lost (16 is known to work on + all supported cards). + + bttv_gpio=0/1 + gpiomask= + audioall= + audiomux= + See Sound-FAQ for a detailed description. + + remap, card, radio and pll accept up to four comma-separated arguments + (for multiple boards). + +tuner.o + The tuner driver. You need this unless you want to use only + with a camera or external tuner ... + + insmod args: + debug=1 print some debug info to the syslog + type=n type of the tuner chip. n as follows: + see CARDLIST for a complete list. + pal=[bdgil] select PAL variant (used for some tuners + only, important for the audio carrier). + +tvaudio.o + new, experimental module which is supported to provide a single + driver for all simple i2c audio control chips (tda/tea*). + + insmod args: + tda8425 = 1 enable/disable the support for the + tda9840 = 1 various chips. + tda9850 = 1 The tea6300 can't be autodetected and is + tda9855 = 1 therefore off by default, if you have + tda9873 = 1 this one on your card (STB uses these) + tda9874a = 1 you have to enable it explicitly. + tea6300 = 0 The two tda985x chips use the same i2c + tea6420 = 1 address and can't be disturgished from + pic16c54 = 1 each other, you might have to disable + the wrong one. + debug = 1 print debug messages + + insmod args for tda9874a: + tda9874a_SIF=1/2 select sound IF input pin (1 or 2) + (default is pin 1) + tda9874a_AMSEL=0/1 auto-mute select for NICAM (default=0) + Please read note 3 below! + tda9874a_STD=n select TV sound standard (0..8): + 0 - A2, B/G + 1 - A2, M (Korea) + 2 - A2, D/K (1) + 3 - A2, D/K (2) + 4 - A2, D/K (3) + 5 - NICAM, I + 6 - NICAM, B/G + 7 - NICAM, D/K (default) + 8 - NICAM, L + + Note 1: tda9874a supports both tda9874h (old) and tda9874a (new) chips. + Note 2: tda9874h/a and tda9875 (which is supported separately by + tda9875.o) use the same i2c address so both modules should not be + used at the same time. + Note 3: Using tda9874a_AMSEL option depends on your TV card design! + AMSEL=0: auto-mute will switch between NICAM sound + and the sound on 1st carrier (i.e. FM mono or AM). + AMSEL=1: auto-mute will switch between NICAM sound + and the analog mono input (MONOIN pin). + If tda9874a decoder on your card has MONOIN pin not connected, then + use only tda9874_AMSEL=0 or don't specify this option at all. + For example: + card=65 (FlyVideo 2000S) - set AMSEL=1 or AMSEL=0 + card=72 (Prolink PV-BT878P rev.9B) - set AMSEL=0 only + +msp3400.o + The driver for the msp34xx sound processor chips. If you have a + stereo card, you probably want to insmod this one. + + insmod args: + debug=1/2 print some debug info to the syslog, + 2 is more verbose. + simple=1 Use the "short programming" method. Newer + msp34xx versions support this. You need this + for dbx stereo. Default is on if supported by + the chip. + once=1 Don't check the TV-stations Audio mode + every few seconds, but only once after + channel switches. + amsound=1 Audio carrier is AM/NICAM at 6.5 Mhz. This + should improve things for french people, the + carrier autoscan seems to work with FM only... + +tea6300.o - OBSOLETE (use tvaudio instead) + The driver for the tea6300 fader chip. If you have a stereo + card and the msp3400.o doesn't work, you might want to try this + one. This chip is seen on most STB TV/FM cards (usually from + Gateway OEM sold surplus on auction sites). + + insmod args: + debug=1 print some debug info to the syslog. + +tda8425.o - OBSOLETE (use tvaudio instead) + The driver for the tda8425 fader chip. This driver used to be + part of bttv.c, so if your sound used to work but does not + anymore, try loading this module. + + insmod args: + debug=1 print some debug info to the syslog. + +tda985x.o - OBSOLETE (use tvaudio instead) + The driver for the tda9850/55 audio chips. + + insmod args: + debug=1 print some debug info to the syslog. + chip=9850/9855 set the chip type. diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/MAKEDEV b/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/MAKEDEV new file mode 100644 index 000000000..093c0cd18 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/MAKEDEV @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +#!/bin/bash + +function makedev () { + + for dev in 0 1 2 3; do + echo "/dev/$1$dev: char 81 $[ $2 + $dev ]" + rm -f /dev/$1$dev + mknod /dev/$1$dev c 81 $[ $2 + $dev ] + chmod 666 /dev/$1$dev + done + + # symlink for default device + rm -f /dev/$1 + ln -s /dev/${1}0 /dev/$1 +} + +# see http://linux.bytesex.org/v4l2/API.html + +echo "*** new device names ***" +makedev video 0 +makedev radio 64 +makedev vbi 224 + +#echo "*** old device names (for compatibility only) ***" +#makedev bttv 0 +#makedev bttv-fm 64 +#makedev bttv-vbi 224 diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/Modprobe.conf b/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/Modprobe.conf new file mode 100644 index 000000000..55f14650d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/Modprobe.conf @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +# i2c +alias char-major-89 i2c-dev +options i2c-core i2c_debug=1 +options i2c-algo-bit bit_test=1 + +# bttv +alias char-major-81 videodev +alias char-major-81-0 bttv +options bttv card=2 radio=1 +options tuner debug=1 + diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/Modules.conf b/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/Modules.conf new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8f258faf1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/Modules.conf @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +# For modern kernels (2.6 or above), this belongs in /etc/modprobe.d/*.conf +# For for 2.4 kernels or earlier, this belongs in /etc/modules.conf. + +# i2c +alias char-major-89 i2c-dev +options i2c-core i2c_debug=1 +options i2c-algo-bit bit_test=1 + +# bttv +alias char-major-81 videodev +alias char-major-81-0 bttv +options bttv card=2 radio=1 +options tuner debug=1 + diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/PROBLEMS b/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/PROBLEMS new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2b8b0079f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/PROBLEMS @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +- Start capturing by pressing "c" or by selecting it via a menu! + +- Start capturing by pressing "c" or by selecting it via a menu!!! + +- The memory of some S3 cards is not recognized right: + + First of all, if you are not using XFree-3.2 or newer, upgrade AT LEAST to + XFree-3.2A! This solved the problem for most people. + + Start up X11 like this: "XF86_S3 -probeonly" and write down where the + linear frame buffer is. + If it is different to the address found by bttv install bttv like this: + "insmod bttv vidmem=0xfb0" + if the linear frame buffer is at 0xfb000000 (i.e. omit the last 5 zeros!) + + Some S3 cards even take up 64MB of memory but only report 32MB to the BIOS. + If this 64MB area overlaps the IO memory of the Bt848 you also have to + remap this. E.g.: insmod bttv vidmem=0xfb0 remap=0xfa0 + + If the video memory is found at the right place and there are no address + conflicts but still no picture (or the computer even crashes), + try disabling features of your PCI chipset in the BIOS setup. + + Frank Kapahnke <frank@kapahnke.prima.ruhr.de> also reported that problems + with his S3 868 went away when he upgraded to XFree 3.2. + + +- I still only get a black picture with my S3 card! + + Even with XFree-3.2A some people have problems with their S3 cards + (mostly with Trio 64 but also with some others) + Get the free demo version of Accelerated X from www.xinside.com and try + bttv with it. bttv seems to work with most S3 cards with Accelerated X. + + Since I do not know much (better make that almost nothing) about VGA card + programming I do not know the reason for this. + Looks like XFree does something different when setting up the video memory? + Maybe somebody can enlighten me? + Would be nice if somebody could get this to work with XFree since + Accelerated X costs more than some of the grabber cards ... + + Better linear frame buffer support for S3 cards will probably be in + XFree 4.0. + +- Grabbing is not switched off when changing consoles with XFree. + That's because XFree and some AcceleratedX versions do not send unmap + events. + +- Some popup windows (e.g. of the window manager) are not refreshed. + + Disable backing store by starting X with the option "-bs" + +- When using 32 bpp in XFree or 24+8bpp mode in AccelX 3.1 the system + can sometimes lock up if you use more than 1 bt848 card at the same time. + You will always get pixel errors when e.g. using more than 1 card in full + screen mode. Maybe we need something faster than the PCI bus ... + + +- Some S3 cards and the Matrox Mystique will produce pixel errors with + full resolution in 32-bit mode. + +- Some video cards have problems with Accelerated X 4.1 diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/README b/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/README new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7e9cc0a45 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/README @@ -0,0 +1,86 @@ + +Release notes for bttv +====================== + +You'll need at least these config options for bttv: + CONFIG_I2C=m + CONFIG_I2C_ALGOBIT=m + CONFIG_VIDEO_DEV=m + +The latest bttv version is available from http://bytesex.org/bttv/ + + +Make bttv work with your card +----------------------------- + +Just try "modprobe bttv" and see if that works. + +If it doesn't bttv likely could not autodetect your card and needs some +insmod options. The most important insmod option for bttv is "card=n" +to select the correct card type. If you get video but no sound you've +very likely specified the wrong (or no) card type. A list of supported +cards is in CARDLIST.bttv + +If bttv takes very long to load (happens sometimes with the cheap +cards which have no tuner), try adding this to your modules.conf: + options i2c-algo-bit bit_test=1 + +/*(DEBLOBBED)*/ + +If your card isn't listed in CARDLIST.bttv or if you have trouble making +audio work, you should read the Sound-FAQ. + + +Autodetecting cards +------------------- + +bttv uses the PCI Subsystem ID to autodetect the card type. lspci lists +the Subsystem ID in the second line, looks like this: + +00:0a.0 Multimedia video controller: Brooktree Corporation Bt878 (rev 02) + Subsystem: Hauppauge computer works Inc. WinTV/GO + Flags: bus master, medium devsel, latency 32, IRQ 5 + Memory at e2000000 (32-bit, prefetchable) [size=4K] + +only bt878-based cards can have a subsystem ID (which does not mean +that every card really has one). bt848 cards can't have a Subsystem +ID and therefore can't be autodetected. There is a list with the ID's +in bttv-cards.c (in case you are intrested or want to mail patches +with updates). + + +Still doesn't work? +------------------- + +I do NOT have a lab with 30+ different grabber boards and a +PAL/NTSC/SECAM test signal generator at home, so I often can't +reproduce your problems. This makes debugging very difficult for me. +If you have some knowledge and spare time, please try to fix this +yourself (patches very welcome of course...) You know: The linux +slogan is "Do it yourself". + +There is a mailing list: linux-media@vger.kernel.org +http://vger.kernel.org/vger-lists.html#linux-media + +If you have trouble with some specific TV card, try to ask there +instead of mailing me directly. The chance that someone with the +same card listens there is much higher... + +For problems with sound: There are a lot of different systems used +for TV sound all over the world. And there are also different chips +which decode the audio signal. Reports about sound problems ("stereo +does'nt work") are pretty useless unless you include some details +about your hardware and the TV sound scheme used in your country (or +at least the country you are living in). + + +Finally: If you mail some patches for bttv around the world (to +linux-kernel/Alan/Linus/...), please Cc: me. + + +Have fun with bttv, + + Gerd + +-- +Gerd Knorr <kraxel@bytesex.org> diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/README.WINVIEW b/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/README.WINVIEW new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c61cf2864 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/README.WINVIEW @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ + +Support for the Leadtek WinView 601 TV/FM by Jon Tombs <jon@gte.esi.us.es> + +This card is basically the same as all the rest (Bt484A, Philips tuner), +the main difference is that they have attached a programmable attenuator to 3 +GPIO lines in order to give some volume control. They have also stuck an +infra-red remote control decoded on the board, I will add support for this +when I get time (it simple generates an interrupt for each key press, with +the key code is placed in the GPIO port). + +I don't yet have any application to test the radio support. The tuner +frequency setting should work but it is possible that the audio multiplexer +is wrong. If it doesn't work, send me email. + + +- No Thanks to Leadtek they refused to answer any questions about their +hardware. The driver was written by visual inspection of the card. If you +use this driver, send an email insult to them, and tell them you won't +continue buying their hardware unless they support Linux. + +- Little thanks to Princeton Technology Corp (http://www.princeton.com.tw) +who make the audio attenuator. Their publicly available data-sheet available +on their web site doesn't include the chip programming information! Hidden +on their server are the full data-sheets, but don't ask how I found it. + +To use the driver I use the following options, the tuner and pll settings might +be different in your country + +insmod videodev +insmod i2c scan=1 i2c_debug=0 verbose=0 +insmod tuner type=1 debug=0 +insmod bttv pll=1 radio=1 card=17 + diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/README.freeze b/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/README.freeze new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5eddfa076 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/README.freeze @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ + +If the box freezes hard with bttv ... +===================================== + +It might be a bttv driver bug. It also might be bad hardware. It also +might be something else ... + +Just mailing me "bttv freezes" isn't going to help much. This README +has a few hints how you can help to pin down the problem. + + +bttv bugs +--------- + +If some version works and another doesn't it is likely to be a driver +bug. It is very helpful if you can tell where exactly it broke +(i.e. the last working and the first broken version). + +With a hard freeze you probably doesn't find anything in the logfiles. +The only way to capture any kernel messages is to hook up a serial +console and let some terminal application log the messages. /me uses +screen. See Documentation/serial-console.txt for details on setting +up a serial console. + +Read Documentation/oops-tracing.txt to learn how to get any useful +information out of a register+stack dump printed by the kernel on +protection faults (so-called "kernel oops"). + +If you run into some kind of deadlock, you can try to dump a call trace +for each process using sysrq-t (see Documentation/sysrq.txt). +This way it is possible to figure where *exactly* some process in "D" +state is stuck. + +I've seen reports that bttv 0.7.x crashes whereas 0.8.x works rock solid +for some people. Thus probably a small buglet left somewhere in bttv +0.7.x. I have no idea where exactly, it works stable for me and a lot of +other people. But in case you have problems with the 0.7.x versions you +can give 0.8.x a try ... + + +hardware bugs +------------- + +Some hardware can't deal with PCI-PCI transfers (i.e. grabber => vga). +Sometimes problems show up with bttv just because of the high load on +the PCI bus. The bt848/878 chips have a few workarounds for known +incompatibilities, see README.quirks. + +Some folks report that increasing the pci latency helps too, +althrought I'm not sure whenever this really fixes the problems or +only makes it less likely to happen. Both bttv and btaudio have a +insmod option to set the PCI latency of the device. + +Some mainboard have problems to deal correctly with multiple devices +doing DMA at the same time. bttv + ide seems to cause this sometimes, +if this is the case you likely see freezes only with video and hard disk +access at the same time. Updating the IDE driver to get the latest and +greatest workarounds for hardware bugs might fix these problems. + + +other +----- + +If you use some binary-only yunk (like nvidia module) try to reproduce +the problem without. + +IRQ sharing is known to cause problems in some cases. It works just +fine in theory and many configurations. Neverless it might be worth a +try to shuffle around the PCI cards to give bttv another IRQ or make +it share the IRQ with some other piece of hardware. IRQ sharing with +VGA cards seems to cause trouble sometimes. I've also seen funny +effects with bttv sharing the IRQ with the ACPI bridge (and +apci-enabled kernel). + diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/README.quirks b/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/README.quirks new file mode 100644 index 000000000..92e03929a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/README.quirks @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ + +Below is what the bt878 data book says about the PCI bug compatibility +modes of the bt878 chip. + +The triton1 insmod option sets the EN_TBFX bit in the control register. +The vsfx insmod option does the same for EN_VSFX bit. If you have +stability problems you can try if one of these options makes your box +work solid. + +drivers/pci/quirks.c knows about these issues, this way these bits are +enabled automagically for known-buggy chipsets (look at the kernel +messages, bttv tells you). + +HTH, + + Gerd + +---------------------------- cut here -------------------------- + +Normal PCI Mode +--------------- + +The PCI REQ signal is the logical-or of the incoming function requests. +The inter-nal GNT[0:1] signals are gated asynchronously with GNT and +demultiplexed by the audio request signal. Thus the arbiter defaults to +the video function at power-up and parks there during no requests for +bus access. This is desirable since the video will request the bus more +often. However, the audio will have highest bus access priority. Thus +the audio will have first access to the bus even when issuing a request +after the video request but before the PCI external arbiter has granted +access to the Bt879. Neither function can preempt the other once on the +bus. The duration to empty the entire video PCI FIFO onto the PCI bus is +very short compared to the bus access latency the audio PCI FIFO can +tolerate. + + +430FX Compatibility Mode +------------------------ + +When using the 430FX PCI, the following rules will ensure +compatibility: + + (1) Deassert REQ at the same time as asserting FRAME. + (2) Do not reassert REQ to request another bus transaction until after + finish-ing the previous transaction. + +Since the individual bus masters do not have direct control of REQ, a +simple logical-or of video and audio requests would violate the rules. +Thus, both the arbiter and the initiator contain 430FX compatibility +mode logic. To enable 430FX mode, set the EN_TBFX bit as indicated in +Device Control Register on page 104. + +When EN_TBFX is enabled, the arbiter ensures that the two compatibility +rules are satisfied. Before GNT is asserted by the PCI arbiter, this +internal arbiter may still logical-or the two requests. However, once +the GNT is issued, this arbiter must lock in its decision and now route +only the granted request to the REQ pin. The arbiter decision lock +happens regardless of the state of FRAME because it does not know when +FRAME will be asserted (typically - each initiator will assert FRAME on +the cycle following GNT). When FRAME is asserted, it is the initiator s +responsibility to remove its request at the same time. It is the +arbiters responsibility to allow this request to flow through to REQ and +not allow the other request to hold REQ asserted. The decision lock may +be removed at the end of the transaction: for example, when the bus is +idle (FRAME and IRDY). The arbiter decision may then continue +asynchronously until GNT is again asserted. + + +Interfacing with Non-PCI 2.1 Compliant Core Logic +------------------------------------------------- + +A small percentage of core logic devices may start a bus transaction +during the same cycle that GNT is de-asserted. This is non PCI 2.1 +compliant. To ensure compatibility when using PCs with these PCI +controllers, the EN_VSFX bit must be enabled (refer to Device Control +Register on page 104). When in this mode, the arbiter does not pass GNT +to the internal functions unless REQ is asserted. This prevents a bus +transaction from starting the same cycle as GNT is de-asserted. This +also has the side effect of not being able to take advantage of bus +parking, thus lowering arbitration performance. The Bt879 drivers must +query for these non-compliant devices, and set the EN_VSFX bit only if +required. + diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/Sound-FAQ b/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/Sound-FAQ new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d3f1d7783 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/Sound-FAQ @@ -0,0 +1,148 @@ + +bttv and sound mini howto +========================= + +There are a lot of different bt848/849/878/879 based boards available. +Making video work often is not a big deal, because this is handled +completely by the bt8xx chip, which is common on all boards. But +sound is handled in slightly different ways on each board. + +To handle the grabber boards correctly, there is a array tvcards[] in +bttv-cards.c, which holds the information required for each board. +Sound will work only, if the correct entry is used (for video it often +makes no difference). The bttv driver prints a line to the kernel +log, telling which card type is used. Like this one: + + bttv0: model: BT848(Hauppauge old) [autodetected] + +You should verify this is correct. If it isn't, you have to pass the +correct board type as insmod argument, "insmod bttv card=2" for +example. The file CARDLIST has a list of valid arguments for card. +If your card isn't listed there, you might check the source code for +new entries which are not listed yet. If there isn't one for your +card, you can check if one of the existing entries does work for you +(just trial and error...). + +Some boards have an extra processor for sound to do stereo decoding +and other nice features. The msp34xx chips are used by Hauppauge for +example. If your board has one, you might have to load a helper +module like msp3400.o to make sound work. If there isn't one for the +chip used on your board: Bad luck. Start writing a new one. Well, +you might want to check the video4linux mailing list archive first... + +Of course you need a correctly installed soundcard unless you have the +speakers connected directly to the grabber board. Hint: check the +mixer settings too. ALSA for example has everything muted by default. + + +How sound works in detail +========================= + +Still doesn't work? Looks like some driver hacking is required. +Below is a do-it-yourself description for you. + +The bt8xx chips have 32 general purpose pins, and registers to control +these pins. One register is the output enable register +(BT848_GPIO_OUT_EN), it says which pins are actively driven by the +bt848 chip. Another one is the data register (BT848_GPIO_DATA), where +you can get/set the status if these pins. They can be used for input +and output. + +Most grabber board vendors use these pins to control an external chip +which does the sound routing. But every board is a little different. +These pins are also used by some companies to drive remote control +receiver chips. Some boards use the i2c bus instead of the gpio pins +to connect the mux chip. + +As mentioned above, there is a array which holds the required +informations for each known board. You basically have to create a new +line for your board. The important fields are these two: + +struct tvcard +{ + [ ... ] + u32 gpiomask; + u32 audiomux[6]; /* Tuner, Radio, external, internal, mute, stereo */ +}; + +gpiomask specifies which pins are used to control the audio mux chip. +The corresponding bits in the output enable register +(BT848_GPIO_OUT_EN) will be set as these pins must be driven by the +bt848 chip. + +The audiomux[] array holds the data values for the different inputs +(i.e. which pins must be high/low for tuner/mute/...). This will be +written to the data register (BT848_GPIO_DATA) to switch the audio +mux. + + +What you have to do is figure out the correct values for gpiomask and +the audiomux array. If you have Windows and the drivers four your +card installed, you might to check out if you can read these registers +values used by the windows driver. A tool to do this is available +from ftp://telepresence.dmem.strath.ac.uk/pub/bt848/winutil, but it +does'nt work with bt878 boards according to some reports I received. +Another one with bt878 support is available from +http://btwincap.sourceforge.net/Files/btspy2.00.zip + +You might also dig around in the *.ini files of the Windows applications. +You can have a look at the board to see which of the gpio pins are +connected at all and then start trial-and-error ... + + +Starting with release 0.7.41 bttv has a number of insmod options to +make the gpio debugging easier: + +bttv_gpio=0/1 enable/disable gpio debug messages +gpiomask=n set the gpiomask value +audiomux=i,j,... set the values of the audiomux array +audioall=a set the values of the audiomux array (one + value for all array elements, useful to check + out which effect the particular value has). + +The messages printed with bttv_gpio=1 look like this: + + bttv0: gpio: en=00000027, out=00000024 in=00ffffd8 [audio: off] + +en = output _en_able register (BT848_GPIO_OUT_EN) +out = _out_put bits of the data register (BT848_GPIO_DATA), + i.e. BT848_GPIO_DATA & BT848_GPIO_OUT_EN +in = _in_put bits of the data register, + i.e. BT848_GPIO_DATA & ~BT848_GPIO_OUT_EN + + + +Other elements of the tvcards array +=================================== + +If you are trying to make a new card work you might find it useful to +know what the other elements in the tvcards array are good for: + +video_inputs - # of video inputs the card has +audio_inputs - historical cruft, not used any more. +tuner - which input is the tuner +svhs - which input is svhs (all others are labeled composite) +muxsel - video mux, input->registervalue mapping +pll - same as pll= insmod option +tuner_type - same as tuner= insmod option +*_modulename - hint whenever some card needs this or that audio + module loaded to work properly. +has_radio - whenever this TV card has a radio tuner. +no_msp34xx - "1" disables loading of msp3400.o module +no_tda9875 - "1" disables loading of tda9875.o module +needs_tvaudio - set to "1" to load tvaudio.o module + +If some config item is specified both from the tvcards array and as +insmod option, the insmod option takes precedence. + + + +Good luck, + + Gerd + + +PS: If you have a new working entry, mail it to me. + +-- +Gerd Knorr <kraxel@bytesex.org> diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/Specs b/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/Specs new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f32466cda --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/Specs @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +Philips http://www.Semiconductors.COM/pip/ +Conexant http://www.conexant.com/ +Micronas http://www.micronas.com/en/home/index.html diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/THANKS b/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/THANKS new file mode 100644 index 000000000..950aa781c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/THANKS @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +Many thanks to: + +- Markus Schroeder <schroedm@uni-duesseldorf.de> for information on the Bt848 + and tuner programming and his control program xtvc. + +- Martin Buck <martin-2.buck@student.uni-ulm.de> for his great Videotext + package. + +- Gerd Knorr <kraxel@cs.tu-berlin.de> for the MSP3400 support and the modular + I2C, tuner, ... support. + + +- MATRIX Vision for giving us 2 cards for free, which made support of + single crystal operation possible. + +- MIRO for providing a free PCTV card and detailed information about the + components on their cards. (E.g. how the tuner type is detected) + Without their card I could not have debugged the NTSC mode. + +- Hauppauge for telling how the sound input is selected and what components + they do and will use on their radio cards. + Also many thanks for faxing me the FM1216 data sheet. + + diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/Tuners b/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/Tuners new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0a371d349 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/Tuners @@ -0,0 +1,115 @@ +1) Tuner Programming +==================== +There are some flavors of Tuner programming APIs. +These differ mainly by the bandswitch byte. + + L= LG_API (VHF_LO=0x01, VHF_HI=0x02, UHF=0x08, radio=0x04) + P= PHILIPS_API (VHF_LO=0xA0, VHF_HI=0x90, UHF=0x30, radio=0x04) + T= TEMIC_API (VHF_LO=0x02, VHF_HI=0x04, UHF=0x01) + A= ALPS_API (VHF_LO=0x14, VHF_HI=0x12, UHF=0x11) + M= PHILIPS_MK3 (VHF_LO=0x01, VHF_HI=0x02, UHF=0x04, radio=0x19) + +2) Tuner Manufacturers +====================== + +SAMSUNG Tuner identification: (e.g. TCPM9091PD27) + TCP [ABCJLMNQ] 90[89][125] [DP] [ACD] 27 [ABCD] + [ABCJLMNQ]: + A= BG+DK + B= BG + C= I+DK + J= NTSC-Japan + L= Secam LL + M= BG+I+DK + N= NTSC + Q= BG+I+DK+LL + [89]: ? + [125]: + 2: No FM + 5: With FM + [DP]: + D= NTSC + P= PAL + [ACD]: + A= F-connector + C= Phono connector + D= Din Jack + [ABCD]: + 3-wire/I2C tuning, 2-band/3-band + + These Tuners are PHILIPS_API compatible. + +Philips Tuner identification: (e.g. FM1216MF) + F[IRMQ]12[1345]6{MF|ME|MP} + F[IRMQ]: + FI12x6: Tuner Series + FR12x6: Tuner + Radio IF + FM12x6: Tuner + FM + FQ12x6: special + FMR12x6: special + TD15xx: Digital Tuner ATSC + 12[1345]6: + 1216: PAL BG + 1236: NTSC + 1246: PAL I + 1256: Pal DK + {MF|ME|MP} + MF: BG LL w/ Secam (Multi France) + ME: BG DK I LL (Multi Europe) + MP: BG DK I (Multi PAL) + MR: BG DK M (?) + MG: BG DKI M (?) + MK2 series PHILIPS_API, most tuners are compatible to this one ! + MK3 series introduced in 2002 w/ PHILIPS_MK3_API + +Temic Tuner identification: (.e.g 4006FH5) + 4[01][0136][269]F[HYNR]5 + 40x2: Tuner (5V/33V), TEMIC_API. + 40x6: Tuner 5V + 41xx: Tuner compact + 40x9: Tuner+FM compact + [0136] + xx0x: PAL BG + xx1x: Pal DK, Secam LL + xx3x: NTSC + xx6x: PAL I + F[HYNR]5 + FH5: Pal BG + FY5: others + FN5: multistandard + FR5: w/ FM radio + 3X xxxx: order number with specific connector + Note: Only 40x2 series has TEMIC_API, all newer tuners have PHILIPS_API. + +LG Innotek Tuner: + TPI8NSR11 : NTSC J/M (TPI8NSR01 w/FM) (P,210/497) + TPI8PSB11 : PAL B/G (TPI8PSB01 w/FM) (P,170/450) + TAPC-I701 : PAL I (TAPC-I001 w/FM) (P,170/450) + TPI8PSB12 : PAL D/K+B/G (TPI8PSB02 w/FM) (P,170/450) + TAPC-H701P: NTSC_JP (TAPC-H001P w/FM) (L,170/450) + TAPC-G701P: PAL B/G (TAPC-G001P w/FM) (L,170/450) + TAPC-W701P: PAL I (TAPC-W001P w/FM) (L,170/450) + TAPC-Q703P: PAL D/K (TAPC-Q001P w/FM) (L,170/450) + TAPC-Q704P: PAL D/K+I (L,170/450) + TAPC-G702P: PAL D/K+B/G (L,170/450) + + TADC-H002F: NTSC (L,175/410?; 2-B, C-W+11, W+12-69) + TADC-M201D: PAL D/K+B/G+I (L,143/425) (sound control at I2C address 0xc8) + TADC-T003F: NTSC Taiwan (L,175/410?; 2-B, C-W+11, W+12-69) + Suffix: + P= Standard phono female socket + D= IEC female socket + F= F-connector + +Other Tuners: +TCL2002MB-1 : PAL BG + DK =TUNER_LG_PAL_NEW_TAPC +TCL2002MB-1F: PAL BG + DK w/FM =PHILIPS_PAL +TCL2002MI-2 : PAL I = ?? + +ALPS Tuners: + Most are LG_API compatible + TSCH6 has ALPS_API (TSCH5 ?) + TSBE1 has extra API 05,02,08 Control_byte=0xCB Source:(1) + +Lit. +(1) conexant100029b-PCI-Decoder-ApplicationNote.pdf diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/cafe_ccic b/Documentation/video4linux/cafe_ccic new file mode 100644 index 000000000..88821022a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/cafe_ccic @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +"cafe_ccic" is a driver for the Marvell 88ALP01 "cafe" CMOS camera +controller. This is the controller found in first-generation OLPC systems, +and this driver was written with support from the OLPC project. + +Current status: the core driver works. It can generate data in YUV422, +RGB565, and RGB444 formats. (Anybody looking at the code will see RGB32 as +well, but that is a debugging aid which will be removed shortly). VGA and +QVGA modes work; CIF is there but the colors remain funky. Only the OV7670 +sensor is known to work with this controller at this time. + +To try it out: either of these commands will work: + + mplayer tv:// -tv driver=v4l2:width=640:height=480 -nosound + mplayer tv:// -tv driver=v4l2:width=640:height=480:outfmt=bgr16 -nosound + +The "xawtv" utility also works; gqcam does not, for unknown reasons. + +There are a few load-time options, most of which can be changed after +loading via sysfs as well: + + - alloc_bufs_at_load: Normally, the driver will not allocate any DMA + buffers until the time comes to transfer data. If this option is set, + then worst-case-sized buffers will be allocated at module load time. + This option nails down the memory for the life of the module, but + perhaps decreases the chances of an allocation failure later on. + + - dma_buf_size: The size of DMA buffers to allocate. Note that this + option is only consulted for load-time allocation; when buffers are + allocated at run time, they will be sized appropriately for the current + camera settings. + + - n_dma_bufs: The controller can cycle through either two or three DMA + buffers. Normally, the driver tries to use three buffers; on faster + systems, however, it will work well with only two. + + - min_buffers: The minimum number of streaming I/O buffers that the driver + will consent to work with. Default is one, but, on slower systems, + better behavior with mplayer can be achieved by setting to a higher + value (like six). + + - max_buffers: The maximum number of streaming I/O buffers; default is + ten. That number was carefully picked out of a hat and should not be + assumed to actually mean much of anything. + + - flip: If this boolean parameter is set, the sensor will be instructed to + invert the video image. Whether it makes sense is determined by how + your particular camera is mounted. + +Work is ongoing with this driver, stay tuned. + +jon + +Jonathan Corbet +corbet@lwn.net diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/cpia2_overview.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/cpia2_overview.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ad6adbedf --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/cpia2_overview.txt @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ + Programmer's View of Cpia2 + +Cpia2 is the second generation video coprocessor from VLSI Vision Ltd (now a +division of ST Microelectronics). There are two versions. The first is the +STV0672, which is capable of up to 30 frames per second (fps) in frame sizes +up to CIF, and 15 fps for VGA frames. The STV0676 is an improved version, +which can handle up to 30 fps VGA. Both coprocessors can be attached to two +CMOS sensors - the vvl6410 CIF sensor and the vvl6500 VGA sensor. These will +be referred to as the 410 and the 500 sensors, or the CIF and VGA sensors. + +The two chipsets operate almost identically. The core is an 8051 processor, +running two different versions of firmware. The 672 runs the VP4 video +processor code, the 676 runs VP5. There are a few differences in register +mappings for the two chips. In these cases, the symbols defined in the +header files are marked with VP4 or VP5 as part of the symbol name. + +The cameras appear externally as three sets of registers. Setting register +values is the only way to control the camera. Some settings are +interdependant, such as the sequence required to power up the camera. I will +try to make note of all of these cases. + +The register sets are called blocks. Block 0 is the system block. This +section is always powered on when the camera is plugged in. It contains +registers that control housekeeping functions such as powering up the video +processor. The video processor is the VP block. These registers control +how the video from the sensor is processed. Examples are timing registers, +user mode (vga, qvga), scaling, cropping, framerates, and so on. The last +block is the video compressor (VC). The video stream sent from the camera is +compressed as Motion JPEG (JPEGA). The VC controls all of the compression +parameters. Looking at the file cpia2_registers.h, you can get a full view +of these registers and the possible values for most of them. + +One or more registers can be set or read by sending a usb control message to +the camera. There are three modes for this. Block mode requests a number +of contiguous registers. Random mode reads or writes random registers with +a tuple structure containing address/value pairs. The repeat mode is only +used by VP4 to load a firmware patch. It contains a starting address and +a sequence of bytes to be written into a gpio port. diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/cx18.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/cx18.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4652c0f5d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/cx18.txt @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +Some notes regarding the cx18 driver for the Conexant CX23418 MPEG +encoder chip: + +1) Currently supported are: + + - Hauppauge HVR-1600 + - Compro VideoMate H900 + - Yuan MPC718 + - Conexant Raptor PAL/SECAM devkit + +2) Some people have problems getting the i2c bus to work. + The symptom is that the eeprom cannot be read and the card is + unusable. This is probably fixed, but if you have problems + then post to the video4linux or ivtv-users mailing list. + +3) VBI (raw or sliced) has not yet been implemented. + +4) MPEG indexing is not yet implemented. + +5) The driver is still a bit rough around the edges, this should + improve over time. + + +Firmware: + +You can obtain the firmware files here: + +http://dl.ivtvdriver.org/ivtv/firmware/cx18-firmware.tar.gz + +Untar and copy the .fw files to your firmware directory. diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/cx2341x/README.hm12 b/Documentation/video4linux/cx2341x/README.hm12 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b36148ea0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/cx2341x/README.hm12 @@ -0,0 +1,120 @@ +The cx23416 can produce (and the cx23415 can also read) raw YUV output. The +format of a YUV frame is specific to this chip and is called HM12. 'HM' stands +for 'Hauppauge Macroblock', which is a misnomer as 'Conexant Macroblock' would +be more accurate. + +The format is YUV 4:2:0 which uses 1 Y byte per pixel and 1 U and V byte per +four pixels. + +The data is encoded as two macroblock planes, the first containing the Y +values, the second containing UV macroblocks. + +The Y plane is divided into blocks of 16x16 pixels from left to right +and from top to bottom. Each block is transmitted in turn, line-by-line. + +So the first 16 bytes are the first line of the top-left block, the +second 16 bytes are the second line of the top-left block, etc. After +transmitting this block the first line of the block on the right to the +first block is transmitted, etc. + +The UV plane is divided into blocks of 16x8 UV values going from left +to right, top to bottom. Each block is transmitted in turn, line-by-line. + +So the first 16 bytes are the first line of the top-left block and +contain 8 UV value pairs (16 bytes in total). The second 16 bytes are the +second line of 8 UV pairs of the top-left block, etc. After transmitting +this block the first line of the block on the right to the first block is +transmitted, etc. + +The code below is given as an example on how to convert HM12 to separate +Y, U and V planes. This code assumes frames of 720x576 (PAL) pixels. + +The width of a frame is always 720 pixels, regardless of the actual specified +width. + +If the height is not a multiple of 32 lines, then the captured video is +missing macroblocks at the end and is unusable. So the height must be a +multiple of 32. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> + +static unsigned char frame[576*720*3/2]; +static unsigned char framey[576*720]; +static unsigned char frameu[576*720 / 4]; +static unsigned char framev[576*720 / 4]; + +static void de_macro_y(unsigned char* dst, unsigned char *src, int dstride, int w, int h) +{ + unsigned int y, x, i; + + // descramble Y plane + // dstride = 720 = w + // The Y plane is divided into blocks of 16x16 pixels + // Each block in transmitted in turn, line-by-line. + for (y = 0; y < h; y += 16) { + for (x = 0; x < w; x += 16) { + for (i = 0; i < 16; i++) { + memcpy(dst + x + (y + i) * dstride, src, 16); + src += 16; + } + } + } +} + +static void de_macro_uv(unsigned char *dstu, unsigned char *dstv, unsigned char *src, int dstride, int w, int h) +{ + unsigned int y, x, i; + + // descramble U/V plane + // dstride = 720 / 2 = w + // The U/V values are interlaced (UVUV...). + // Again, the UV plane is divided into blocks of 16x16 UV values. + // Each block in transmitted in turn, line-by-line. + for (y = 0; y < h; y += 16) { + for (x = 0; x < w; x += 8) { + for (i = 0; i < 16; i++) { + int idx = x + (y + i) * dstride; + + dstu[idx+0] = src[0]; dstv[idx+0] = src[1]; + dstu[idx+1] = src[2]; dstv[idx+1] = src[3]; + dstu[idx+2] = src[4]; dstv[idx+2] = src[5]; + dstu[idx+3] = src[6]; dstv[idx+3] = src[7]; + dstu[idx+4] = src[8]; dstv[idx+4] = src[9]; + dstu[idx+5] = src[10]; dstv[idx+5] = src[11]; + dstu[idx+6] = src[12]; dstv[idx+6] = src[13]; + dstu[idx+7] = src[14]; dstv[idx+7] = src[15]; + src += 16; + } + } + } +} + +/*************************************************************************/ +int main(int argc, char **argv) +{ + FILE *fin; + int i; + + if (argc == 1) fin = stdin; + else fin = fopen(argv[1], "r"); + + if (fin == NULL) { + fprintf(stderr, "cannot open input\n"); + exit(-1); + } + while (fread(frame, sizeof(frame), 1, fin) == 1) { + de_macro_y(framey, frame, 720, 720, 576); + de_macro_uv(frameu, framev, frame + 720 * 576, 720 / 2, 720 / 2, 576 / 2); + fwrite(framey, sizeof(framey), 1, stdout); + fwrite(framev, sizeof(framev), 1, stdout); + fwrite(frameu, sizeof(frameu), 1, stdout); + } + fclose(fin); + return 0; +} + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/cx2341x/README.vbi b/Documentation/video4linux/cx2341x/README.vbi new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5807cf156 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/cx2341x/README.vbi @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ + +Format of embedded V4L2_MPEG_STREAM_VBI_FMT_IVTV VBI data +========================================================= + +This document describes the V4L2_MPEG_STREAM_VBI_FMT_IVTV format of the VBI data +embedded in an MPEG-2 program stream. This format is in part dictated by some +hardware limitations of the ivtv driver (the driver for the Conexant cx23415/6 +chips), in particular a maximum size for the VBI data. Anything longer is cut +off when the MPEG stream is played back through the cx23415. + +The advantage of this format is it is very compact and that all VBI data for +all lines can be stored while still fitting within the maximum allowed size. + +The stream ID of the VBI data is 0xBD. The maximum size of the embedded data is +4 + 43 * 36, which is 4 bytes for a header and 2 * 18 VBI lines with a 1 byte +header and a 42 bytes payload each. Anything beyond this limit is cut off by +the cx23415/6 firmware. Besides the data for the VBI lines we also need 36 bits +for a bitmask determining which lines are captured and 4 bytes for a magic cookie, +signifying that this data package contains V4L2_MPEG_STREAM_VBI_FMT_IVTV VBI data. +If all lines are used, then there is no longer room for the bitmask. To solve this +two different magic numbers were introduced: + +'itv0': After this magic number two unsigned longs follow. Bits 0-17 of the first +unsigned long denote which lines of the first field are captured. Bits 18-31 of +the first unsigned long and bits 0-3 of the second unsigned long are used for the +second field. + +'ITV0': This magic number assumes all VBI lines are captured, i.e. it implicitly +implies that the bitmasks are 0xffffffff and 0xf. + +After these magic cookies (and the 8 byte bitmask in case of cookie 'itv0') the +captured VBI lines start: + +For each line the least significant 4 bits of the first byte contain the data type. +Possible values are shown in the table below. The payload is in the following 42 +bytes. + +Here is the list of possible data types: + +#define IVTV_SLICED_TYPE_TELETEXT 0x1 // Teletext (uses lines 6-22 for PAL) +#define IVTV_SLICED_TYPE_CC 0x4 // Closed Captions (line 21 NTSC) +#define IVTV_SLICED_TYPE_WSS 0x5 // Wide Screen Signal (line 23 PAL) +#define IVTV_SLICED_TYPE_VPS 0x7 // Video Programming System (PAL) (line 16) + +Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/cx2341x/fw-calling.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/cx2341x/fw-calling.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8d21181de --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/cx2341x/fw-calling.txt @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +This page describes how to make calls to the firmware api. + +How to call +=========== + +The preferred calling convention is known as the firmware mailbox. The +mailboxes are basically a fixed length array that serves as the call-stack. + +Firmware mailboxes can be located by searching the encoder and decoder memory +for a 16 byte signature. That signature will be located on a 256-byte boundary. + +Signature: +0x78, 0x56, 0x34, 0x12, 0x12, 0x78, 0x56, 0x34, +0x34, 0x12, 0x78, 0x56, 0x56, 0x34, 0x12, 0x78 + +The firmware implements 20 mailboxes of 20 32-bit words. The first 10 are +reserved for API calls. The second 10 are used by the firmware for event +notification. + + Index Name + ----- ---- + 0 Flags + 1 Command + 2 Return value + 3 Timeout + 4-19 Parameter/Result + + +The flags are defined in the following table. The direction is from the +perspective of the firmware. + + Bit Direction Purpose + --- --------- ------- + 2 O Firmware has processed the command. + 1 I Driver has finished setting the parameters. + 0 I Driver is using this mailbox. + + +The command is a 32-bit enumerator. The API specifics may be found in the +fw-*-api.txt documents. + +The return value is a 32-bit enumerator. Only two values are currently defined: +0=success and -1=command undefined. + +There are 16 parameters/results 32-bit fields. The driver populates these fields +with values for all the parameters required by the call. The driver overwrites +these fields with result values returned by the call. The API specifics may be +found in the fw-*-api.txt documents. + +The timeout value protects the card from a hung driver thread. If the driver +doesn't handle the completed call within the timeout specified, the firmware +will reset that mailbox. + +To make an API call, the driver iterates over each mailbox looking for the +first one available (bit 0 has been cleared). The driver sets that bit, fills +in the command enumerator, the timeout value and any required parameters. The +driver then sets the parameter ready bit (bit 1). The firmware scans the +mailboxes for pending commands, processes them, sets the result code, populates +the result value array with that call's return values and sets the call +complete bit (bit 2). Once bit 2 is set, the driver should retrieve the results +and clear all the flags. If the driver does not perform this task within the +time set in the timeout register, the firmware will reset that mailbox. + +Event notifications are sent from the firmware to the host. The host tells the +firmware which events it is interested in via an API call. That call tells the +firmware which notification mailbox to use. The firmware signals the host via +an interrupt. Only the 16 Results fields are used, the Flags, Command, Return +value and Timeout words are not used. + diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/cx2341x/fw-decoder-api.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/cx2341x/fw-decoder-api.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8c317b7a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/cx2341x/fw-decoder-api.txt @@ -0,0 +1,297 @@ +Decoder firmware API description +================================ + +Note: this API is part of the decoder firmware, so it's cx23415 only. + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Name CX2341X_DEC_PING_FW +Enum 0/0x00 +Description + This API call does nothing. It may be used to check if the firmware + is responding. + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Name CX2341X_DEC_START_PLAYBACK +Enum 1/0x01 +Description + Begin or resume playback. +Param[0] + 0 based frame number in GOP to begin playback from. +Param[1] + Specifies the number of muted audio frames to play before normal + audio resumes. (This is not implemented in the firmware, leave at 0) + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Name CX2341X_DEC_STOP_PLAYBACK +Enum 2/0x02 +Description + Ends playback and clears all decoder buffers. If PTS is not zero, + playback stops at specified PTS. +Param[0] + Display 0=last frame, 1=black + Note: this takes effect immediately, so if you want to wait for a PTS, + then use '0', otherwise the screen goes to black at once. + You can call this later (even if there is no playback) with a 1 value + to set the screen to black. +Param[1] + PTS low +Param[2] + PTS high + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Name CX2341X_DEC_SET_PLAYBACK_SPEED +Enum 3/0x03 +Description + Playback stream at speed other than normal. There are two modes of + operation: + Smooth: host transfers entire stream and firmware drops unused + frames. + Coarse: host drops frames based on indexing as required to achieve + desired speed. +Param[0] + Bitmap: + 0:7 0 normal + 1 fast only "1.5 times" + n nX fast, 1/nX slow + 30 Framedrop: + '0' during 1.5 times play, every other B frame is dropped + '1' during 1.5 times play, stream is unchanged (bitrate + must not exceed 8mbps) + 31 Speed: + '0' slow + '1' fast + Note: n is limited to 2. Anything higher does not result in + faster playback. Instead the host should start dropping frames. +Param[1] + Direction: 0=forward, 1=reverse + Note: to make reverse playback work you have to write full GOPs in + reverse order. +Param[2] + Picture mask: + 1=I frames + 3=I, P frames + 7=I, P, B frames +Param[3] + B frames per GOP (for reverse play only) + Note: for reverse playback the Picture Mask should be set to I or I, P. + Adding B frames to the mask will result in corrupt video. This field + has to be set to the correct value in order to keep the timing correct. +Param[4] + Mute audio: 0=disable, 1=enable +Param[5] + Display 0=frame, 1=field +Param[6] + Specifies the number of muted audio frames to play before normal audio + resumes. (Not implemented in the firmware, leave at 0) + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Name CX2341X_DEC_STEP_VIDEO +Enum 5/0x05 +Description + Each call to this API steps the playback to the next unit defined below + in the current playback direction. +Param[0] + 0=frame, 1=top field, 2=bottom field + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Name CX2341X_DEC_SET_DMA_BLOCK_SIZE +Enum 8/0x08 +Description + Set DMA transfer block size. Counterpart to API 0xC9 +Param[0] + DMA transfer block size in bytes. A different size may be specified + when issuing the DMA transfer command. + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Name CX2341X_DEC_GET_XFER_INFO +Enum 9/0x09 +Description + This API call may be used to detect an end of stream condition. +Result[0] + Stream type +Result[1] + Address offset +Result[2] + Maximum bytes to transfer +Result[3] + Buffer fullness + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Name CX2341X_DEC_GET_DMA_STATUS +Enum 10/0x0A +Description + Status of the last DMA transfer +Result[0] + Bit 1 set means transfer complete + Bit 2 set means DMA error + Bit 3 set means linked list error +Result[1] + DMA type: 0=MPEG, 1=OSD, 2=YUV + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Name CX2341X_DEC_SCHED_DMA_FROM_HOST +Enum 11/0x0B +Description + Setup DMA from host operation. Counterpart to API 0xCC +Param[0] + Memory address of link list +Param[1] + Total # of bytes to transfer +Param[2] + DMA type (0=MPEG, 1=OSD, 2=YUV) + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Name CX2341X_DEC_PAUSE_PLAYBACK +Enum 13/0x0D +Description + Freeze playback immediately. In this mode, when internal buffers are + full, no more data will be accepted and data request IRQs will be + masked. +Param[0] + Display: 0=last frame, 1=black + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Name CX2341X_DEC_HALT_FW +Enum 14/0x0E +Description + The firmware is halted and no further API calls are serviced until + the firmware is uploaded again. + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Name CX2341X_DEC_SET_STANDARD +Enum 16/0x10 +Description + Selects display standard +Param[0] + 0=NTSC, 1=PAL + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Name CX2341X_DEC_GET_VERSION +Enum 17/0x11 +Description + Returns decoder firmware version information +Result[0] + Version bitmask: + Bits 0:15 build + Bits 16:23 minor + Bits 24:31 major + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Name CX2341X_DEC_SET_STREAM_INPUT +Enum 20/0x14 +Description + Select decoder stream input port +Param[0] + 0=memory (default), 1=streaming + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Name CX2341X_DEC_GET_TIMING_INFO +Enum 21/0x15 +Description + Returns timing information from start of playback +Result[0] + Frame count by decode order +Result[1] + Video PTS bits 0:31 by display order +Result[2] + Video PTS bit 32 by display order +Result[3] + SCR bits 0:31 by display order +Result[4] + SCR bit 32 by display order + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Name CX2341X_DEC_SET_AUDIO_MODE +Enum 22/0x16 +Description + Select audio mode +Param[0] + Dual mono mode action + 0=Stereo, 1=Left, 2=Right, 3=Mono, 4=Swap, -1=Unchanged +Param[1] + Stereo mode action: + 0=Stereo, 1=Left, 2=Right, 3=Mono, 4=Swap, -1=Unchanged + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Name CX2341X_DEC_SET_EVENT_NOTIFICATION +Enum 23/0x17 +Description + Setup firmware to notify the host about a particular event. + Counterpart to API 0xD5 +Param[0] + Event: 0=Audio mode change between mono, (joint) stereo and dual channel. + Event: 3=Decoder started + Event: 4=Unknown: goes off 10-15 times per second while decoding. + Event: 5=Some sync event: goes off once per frame. +Param[1] + Notification 0=disabled, 1=enabled +Param[2] + Interrupt bit +Param[3] + Mailbox slot, -1 if no mailbox required. + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Name CX2341X_DEC_SET_DISPLAY_BUFFERS +Enum 24/0x18 +Description + Number of display buffers. To decode all frames in reverse playback you + must use nine buffers. +Param[0] + 0=six buffers, 1=nine buffers + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Name CX2341X_DEC_EXTRACT_VBI +Enum 25/0x19 +Description + Extracts VBI data +Param[0] + 0=extract from extension & user data, 1=extract from private packets +Result[0] + VBI table location +Result[1] + VBI table size + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Name CX2341X_DEC_SET_DECODER_SOURCE +Enum 26/0x1A +Description + Selects decoder source. Ensure that the parameters passed to this + API match the encoder settings. +Param[0] + Mode: 0=MPEG from host, 1=YUV from encoder, 2=YUV from host +Param[1] + YUV picture width +Param[2] + YUV picture height +Param[3] + Bitmap: see Param[0] of API 0xBD + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Name CX2341X_DEC_SET_PREBUFFERING +Enum 30/0x1E +Description + Decoder prebuffering, when enabled up to 128KB are buffered for + streams <8mpbs or 640KB for streams >8mbps +Param[0] + 0=off, 1=on diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/cx2341x/fw-decoder-regs.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/cx2341x/fw-decoder-regs.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cf52c8f20 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/cx2341x/fw-decoder-regs.txt @@ -0,0 +1,817 @@ +PVR350 Video decoder registers 0x02002800 -> 0x02002B00 +======================================================= + +This list has been worked out through trial and error. There will be mistakes +and omissions. Some registers have no obvious effect so it's hard to say what +they do, while others interact with each other, or require a certain load +sequence. Horizontal filter setup is one example, with six registers working +in unison and requiring a certain load sequence to correctly configure. The +indexed colour palette is much easier to set at just two registers, but again +it requires a certain load sequence. + +Some registers are fussy about what they are set to. Load in a bad value & the +decoder will fail. A firmware reload will often recover, but sometimes a reset +is required. For registers containing size information, setting them to 0 is +generally a bad idea. For other control registers i.e. 2878, you'll only find +out what values are bad when it hangs. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +2800 + bit 0 + Decoder enable + 0 = disable + 1 = enable +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +2804 + bits 0:31 + Decoder horizontal Y alias register 1 +--------------- +2808 + bits 0:31 + Decoder horizontal Y alias register 2 +--------------- +280C + bits 0:31 + Decoder horizontal Y alias register 3 +--------------- +2810 + bits 0:31 + Decoder horizontal Y alias register 4 +--------------- +2814 + bits 0:31 + Decoder horizontal Y alias register 5 +--------------- +2818 + bits 0:31 + Decoder horizontal Y alias trigger + + These six registers control the horizontal aliasing filter for the Y plane. + The first five registers must all be loaded before accessing the trigger + (2818), as this register actually clocks the data through for the first + five. + + To correctly program set the filter, this whole procedure must be done 16 + times. The actual register contents are copied from a lookup-table in the + firmware which contains 4 different filter settings. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +281C + bits 0:31 + Decoder horizontal UV alias register 1 +--------------- +2820 + bits 0:31 + Decoder horizontal UV alias register 2 +--------------- +2824 + bits 0:31 + Decoder horizontal UV alias register 3 +--------------- +2828 + bits 0:31 + Decoder horizontal UV alias register 4 +--------------- +282C + bits 0:31 + Decoder horizontal UV alias register 5 +--------------- +2830 + bits 0:31 + Decoder horizontal UV alias trigger + + These six registers control the horizontal aliasing for the UV plane. + Operation is the same as the Y filter, with 2830 being the trigger + register. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +2834 + bits 0:15 + Decoder Y source width in pixels + + bits 16:31 + Decoder Y destination width in pixels +--------------- +2838 + bits 0:15 + Decoder UV source width in pixels + + bits 16:31 + Decoder UV destination width in pixels + + NOTE: For both registers, the resulting image must be fully visible on + screen. If the image exceeds the right edge both the source and destination + size must be adjusted to reflect the visible portion. For the source width, + you must take into account the scaling when calculating the new value. +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +283C + bits 0:31 + Decoder Y horizontal scaling + Normally = Reg 2854 >> 2 +--------------- +2840 + bits 0:31 + Decoder ?? unknown - horizontal scaling + Usually 0x00080514 +--------------- +2844 + bits 0:31 + Decoder UV horizontal scaling + Normally = Reg 2854 >> 2 +--------------- +2848 + bits 0:31 + Decoder ?? unknown - horizontal scaling + Usually 0x00100514 +--------------- +284C + bits 0:31 + Decoder ?? unknown - Y plane + Usually 0x00200020 +--------------- +2850 + bits 0:31 + Decoder ?? unknown - UV plane + Usually 0x00200020 +--------------- +2854 + bits 0:31 + Decoder 'master' value for horizontal scaling +--------------- +2858 + bits 0:31 + Decoder ?? unknown + Usually 0 +--------------- +285C + bits 0:31 + Decoder ?? unknown + Normally = Reg 2854 >> 1 +--------------- +2860 + bits 0:31 + Decoder ?? unknown + Usually 0 +--------------- +2864 + bits 0:31 + Decoder ?? unknown + Normally = Reg 2854 >> 1 +--------------- +2868 + bits 0:31 + Decoder ?? unknown + Usually 0 + + Most of these registers either control horizontal scaling, or appear linked + to it in some way. Register 2854 contains the 'master' value & the other + registers can be calculated from that one. You must also remember to + correctly set the divider in Reg 2874. + + To enlarge: + Reg 2854 = (source_width * 0x00200000) / destination_width + Reg 2874 = No divide + + To reduce from full size down to half size: + Reg 2854 = (source_width/2 * 0x00200000) / destination width + Reg 2874 = Divide by 2 + + To reduce from half size down to quarter size: + Reg 2854 = (source_width/4 * 0x00200000) / destination width + Reg 2874 = Divide by 4 + + The result is always rounded up. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +286C + bits 0:15 + Decoder horizontal Y buffer offset + + bits 15:31 + Decoder horizontal UV buffer offset + + Offset into the video image buffer. If the offset is gradually incremented, + the on screen image will move left & wrap around higher up on the right. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +2870 + bits 0:15 + Decoder horizontal Y output offset + + bits 16:31 + Decoder horizontal UV output offset + + Offsets the actual video output. Controls output alignment of the Y & UV + planes. The higher the value, the greater the shift to the left. Use + reg 2890 to move the image right. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +2874 + bits 0:1 + Decoder horizontal Y output size divider + 00 = No divide + 01 = Divide by 2 + 10 = Divide by 3 + + bits 4:5 + Decoder horizontal UV output size divider + 00 = No divide + 01 = Divide by 2 + 10 = Divide by 3 + + bit 8 + Decoder ?? unknown + 0 = Normal + 1 = Affects video output levels + + bit 16 + Decoder ?? unknown + 0 = Normal + 1 = Disable horizontal filter + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +2878 + bit 0 + ?? unknown + + bit 1 + osd on/off + 0 = osd off + 1 = osd on + + bit 2 + Decoder + osd video timing + 0 = NTSC + 1 = PAL + + bits 3:4 + ?? unknown + + bit 5 + Decoder + osd + Swaps upper & lower fields + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +287C + bits 0:10 + Decoder & osd ?? unknown + Moves entire screen horizontally. Starts at 0x005 with the screen + shifted heavily to the right. Incrementing in steps of 0x004 will + gradually shift the screen to the left. + + bits 11:31 + ?? unknown + + Normally contents are 0x00101111 (NTSC) or 0x1010111d (PAL) + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +2880 -------- ?? unknown +2884 -------- ?? unknown +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +2888 + bit 0 + Decoder + osd ?? unknown + 0 = Normal + 1 = Misaligned fields (Correctable through 289C & 28A4) + + bit 4 + ?? unknown + + bit 8 + ?? unknown + + Warning: Bad values will require a firmware reload to recover. + Known to be bad are 0x000,0x011,0x100,0x111 +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +288C + bits 0:15 + osd ?? unknown + Appears to affect the osd position stability. The higher the value the + more unstable it becomes. Decoder output remains stable. + + bits 16:31 + osd ?? unknown + Same as bits 0:15 + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +2890 + bits 0:11 + Decoder output horizontal offset. + + Horizontal offset moves the video image right. A small left shift is + possible, but it's better to use reg 2870 for that due to its greater + range. + + NOTE: Video corruption will occur if video window is shifted off the right + edge. To avoid this read the notes for 2834 & 2838. +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +2894 + bits 0:23 + Decoder output video surround colour. + + Contains the colour (in yuv) used to fill the screen when the video is + running in a window. +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +2898 + bits 0:23 + Decoder video window colour + Contains the colour (in yuv) used to fill the video window when the + video is turned off. + + bit 24 + Decoder video output + 0 = Video on + 1 = Video off + + bit 28 + Decoder plane order + 0 = Y,UV + 1 = UV,Y + + bit 29 + Decoder second plane byte order + 0 = Normal (UV) + 1 = Swapped (VU) + + In normal usage, the first plane is Y & the second plane is UV. Though the + order of the planes can be swapped, only the byte order of the second plane + can be swapped. This isn't much use for the Y plane, but can be useful for + the UV plane. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +289C + bits 0:15 + Decoder vertical field offset 1 + + bits 16:31 + Decoder vertical field offset 2 + + Controls field output vertical alignment. The higher the number, the lower + the image on screen. Known starting values are 0x011E0017 (NTSC) & + 0x01500017 (PAL) +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +28A0 + bits 0:15 + Decoder & osd width in pixels + + bits 16:31 + Decoder & osd height in pixels + + All output from the decoder & osd are disabled beyond this area. Decoder + output will simply go black outside of this region. If the osd tries to + exceed this area it will become corrupt. +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +28A4 + bits 0:11 + osd left shift. + + Has a range of 0x770->0x7FF. With the exception of 0, any value outside of + this range corrupts the osd. +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +28A8 + bits 0:15 + osd vertical field offset 1 + + bits 16:31 + osd vertical field offset 2 + + Controls field output vertical alignment. The higher the number, the lower + the image on screen. Known starting values are 0x011E0017 (NTSC) & + 0x01500017 (PAL) +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +28AC -------- ?? unknown + | + V +28BC -------- ?? unknown +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +28C0 + bit 0 + Current output field + 0 = first field + 1 = second field + + bits 16:31 + Current scanline + The scanline counts from the top line of the first field + through to the last line of the second field. +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +28C4 -------- ?? unknown + | + V +28F8 -------- ?? unknown +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +28FC + bit 0 + ?? unknown + 0 = Normal + 1 = Breaks decoder & osd output +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +2900 + bits 0:31 + Decoder vertical Y alias register 1 +--------------- +2904 + bits 0:31 + Decoder vertical Y alias register 2 +--------------- +2908 + bits 0:31 + Decoder vertical Y alias trigger + + These three registers control the vertical aliasing filter for the Y plane. + Operation is similar to the horizontal Y filter (2804). The only real + difference is that there are only two registers to set before accessing + the trigger register (2908). As for the horizontal filter, the values are + taken from a lookup table in the firmware, and the procedure must be + repeated 16 times to fully program the filter. +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +290C + bits 0:31 + Decoder vertical UV alias register 1 +--------------- +2910 + bits 0:31 + Decoder vertical UV alias register 2 +--------------- +2914 + bits 0:31 + Decoder vertical UV alias trigger + + These three registers control the vertical aliasing filter for the UV + plane. Operation is the same as the Y filter, with 2914 being the trigger. +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +2918 + bits 0:15 + Decoder Y source height in pixels + + bits 16:31 + Decoder Y destination height in pixels +--------------- +291C + bits 0:15 + Decoder UV source height in pixels divided by 2 + + bits 16:31 + Decoder UV destination height in pixels + + NOTE: For both registers, the resulting image must be fully visible on + screen. If the image exceeds the bottom edge both the source and + destination size must be adjusted to reflect the visible portion. For the + source height, you must take into account the scaling when calculating the + new value. +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +2920 + bits 0:31 + Decoder Y vertical scaling + Normally = Reg 2930 >> 2 +--------------- +2924 + bits 0:31 + Decoder Y vertical scaling + Normally = Reg 2920 + 0x514 +--------------- +2928 + bits 0:31 + Decoder UV vertical scaling + When enlarging = Reg 2930 >> 2 + When reducing = Reg 2930 >> 3 +--------------- +292C + bits 0:31 + Decoder UV vertical scaling + Normally = Reg 2928 + 0x514 +--------------- +2930 + bits 0:31 + Decoder 'master' value for vertical scaling +--------------- +2934 + bits 0:31 + Decoder ?? unknown - Y vertical scaling +--------------- +2938 + bits 0:31 + Decoder Y vertical scaling + Normally = Reg 2930 +--------------- +293C + bits 0:31 + Decoder ?? unknown - Y vertical scaling +--------------- +2940 + bits 0:31 + Decoder UV vertical scaling + When enlarging = Reg 2930 >> 1 + When reducing = Reg 2930 +--------------- +2944 + bits 0:31 + Decoder ?? unknown - UV vertical scaling +--------------- +2948 + bits 0:31 + Decoder UV vertical scaling + Normally = Reg 2940 +--------------- +294C + bits 0:31 + Decoder ?? unknown - UV vertical scaling + + Most of these registers either control vertical scaling, or appear linked + to it in some way. Register 2930 contains the 'master' value & all other + registers can be calculated from that one. You must also remember to + correctly set the divider in Reg 296C + + To enlarge: + Reg 2930 = (source_height * 0x00200000) / destination_height + Reg 296C = No divide + + To reduce from full size down to half size: + Reg 2930 = (source_height/2 * 0x00200000) / destination height + Reg 296C = Divide by 2 + + To reduce from half down to quarter. + Reg 2930 = (source_height/4 * 0x00200000) / destination height + Reg 296C = Divide by 4 + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +2950 + bits 0:15 + Decoder Y line index into display buffer, first field + + bits 16:31 + Decoder Y vertical line skip, first field +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +2954 + bits 0:15 + Decoder Y line index into display buffer, second field + + bits 16:31 + Decoder Y vertical line skip, second field +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +2958 + bits 0:15 + Decoder UV line index into display buffer, first field + + bits 16:31 + Decoder UV vertical line skip, first field +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +295C + bits 0:15 + Decoder UV line index into display buffer, second field + + bits 16:31 + Decoder UV vertical line skip, second field +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +2960 + bits 0:15 + Decoder destination height minus 1 + + bits 16:31 + Decoder destination height divided by 2 +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +2964 + bits 0:15 + Decoder Y vertical offset, second field + + bits 16:31 + Decoder Y vertical offset, first field + + These two registers shift the Y plane up. The higher the number, the + greater the shift. +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +2968 + bits 0:15 + Decoder UV vertical offset, second field + + bits 16:31 + Decoder UV vertical offset, first field + + These two registers shift the UV plane up. The higher the number, the + greater the shift. +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +296C + bits 0:1 + Decoder vertical Y output size divider + 00 = No divide + 01 = Divide by 2 + 10 = Divide by 4 + + bits 8:9 + Decoder vertical UV output size divider + 00 = No divide + 01 = Divide by 2 + 10 = Divide by 4 +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +2970 + bit 0 + Decoder ?? unknown + 0 = Normal + 1 = Affect video output levels + + bit 16 + Decoder ?? unknown + 0 = Normal + 1 = Disable vertical filter + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +2974 -------- ?? unknown + | + V +29EF -------- ?? unknown +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +2A00 + bits 0:2 + osd colour mode + 000 = 8 bit indexed + 001 = 16 bit (565) + 010 = 15 bit (555) + 011 = 12 bit (444) + 100 = 32 bit (8888) + + bits 4:5 + osd display bpp + 01 = 8 bit + 10 = 16 bit + 11 = 32 bit + + bit 8 + osd global alpha + 0 = Off + 1 = On + + bit 9 + osd local alpha + 0 = Off + 1 = On + + bit 10 + osd colour key + 0 = Off + 1 = On + + bit 11 + osd ?? unknown + Must be 1 + + bit 13 + osd colour space + 0 = ARGB + 1 = AYVU + + bits 16:31 + osd ?? unknown + Must be 0x001B (some kind of buffer pointer ?) + + When the bits-per-pixel is set to 8, the colour mode is ignored and + assumed to be 8 bit indexed. For 16 & 32 bits-per-pixel the colour depth + is honoured, and when using a colour depth that requires fewer bytes than + allocated the extra bytes are used as padding. So for a 32 bpp with 8 bit + index colour, there are 3 padding bytes per pixel. It's also possible to + select 16bpp with a 32 bit colour mode. This results in the pixel width + being doubled, but the color key will not work as expected in this mode. + + Colour key is as it suggests. You designate a colour which will become + completely transparent. When using 565, 555 or 444 colour modes, the + colour key is always 16 bits wide. The colour to key on is set in Reg 2A18. + + Local alpha works differently depending on the colour mode. For 32bpp & 8 + bit indexed, local alpha is a per-pixel 256 step transparency, with 0 being + transparent and 255 being solid. For the 16bpp modes 555 & 444, the unused + bit(s) act as a simple transparency switch, with 0 being solid & 1 being + fully transparent. There is no local alpha support for 16bit 565. + + Global alpha is a 256 step transparency that applies to the entire osd, + with 0 being transparent & 255 being solid. + + It's possible to combine colour key, local alpha & global alpha. +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +2A04 + bits 0:15 + osd x coord for left edge + + bits 16:31 + osd y coord for top edge +--------------- +2A08 + bits 0:15 + osd x coord for right edge + + bits 16:31 + osd y coord for bottom edge + + For both registers, (0,0) = top left corner of the display area. These + registers do not control the osd size, only where it's positioned & how + much is visible. The visible osd area cannot exceed the right edge of the + display, otherwise the osd will become corrupt. See reg 2A10 for + setting osd width. +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +2A0C + bits 0:31 + osd buffer index + + An index into the osd buffer. Slowly incrementing this moves the osd left, + wrapping around onto the right edge +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +2A10 + bits 0:11 + osd buffer 32 bit word width + + Contains the width of the osd measured in 32 bit words. This means that all + colour modes are restricted to a byte width which is divisible by 4. +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +2A14 + bits 0:15 + osd height in pixels + + bits 16:32 + osd line index into buffer + osd will start displaying from this line. +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +2A18 + bits 0:31 + osd colour key + + Contains the colour value which will be transparent. +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +2A1C + bits 0:7 + osd global alpha + + Contains the global alpha value (equiv ivtvfbctl --alpha XX) +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +2A20 -------- ?? unknown + | + V +2A2C -------- ?? unknown +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +2A30 + bits 0:7 + osd colour to change in indexed palette +--------------- +2A34 + bits 0:31 + osd colour for indexed palette + + To set the new palette, first load the index of the colour to change into + 2A30, then load the new colour into 2A34. The full palette is 256 colours, + so the index range is 0x00-0xFF +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +2A38 -------- ?? unknown +2A3C -------- ?? unknown +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +2A40 + bits 0:31 + osd ?? unknown + + Affects overall brightness, wrapping around to black +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +2A44 + bits 0:31 + osd ?? unknown + + Green tint +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +2A48 + bits 0:31 + osd ?? unknown + + Red tint +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +2A4C + bits 0:31 + osd ?? unknown + + Affects overall brightness, wrapping around to black +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +2A50 + bits 0:31 + osd ?? unknown + + Colour shift +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +2A54 + bits 0:31 + osd ?? unknown + + Colour shift +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +2A58 -------- ?? unknown + | + V +2AFC -------- ?? unknown +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +2B00 + bit 0 + osd filter control + 0 = filter off + 1 = filter on + + bits 1:4 + osd ?? unknown + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +v0.4 - 12 March 2007 - Ian Armstrong (ian@iarmst.demon.co.uk) + diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/cx2341x/fw-dma.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/cx2341x/fw-dma.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..be52b6fd1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/cx2341x/fw-dma.txt @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ +This page describes the structures and procedures used by the cx2341x DMA +engine. + +Introduction +============ + +The cx2341x PCI interface is busmaster capable. This means it has a DMA +engine to efficiently transfer large volumes of data between the card and main +memory without requiring help from a CPU. Like most hardware, it must operate +on contiguous physical memory. This is difficult to come by in large quantities +on virtual memory machines. + +Therefore, it also supports a technique called "scatter-gather". The card can +transfer multiple buffers in one operation. Instead of allocating one large +contiguous buffer, the driver can allocate several smaller buffers. + +In practice, I've seen the average transfer to be roughly 80K, but transfers +above 128K were not uncommon, particularly at startup. The 128K figure is +important, because that is the largest block that the kernel can normally +allocate. Even still, 128K blocks are hard to come by, so the driver writer is +urged to choose a smaller block size and learn the scatter-gather technique. + +Mailbox #10 is reserved for DMA transfer information. + +Note: the hardware expects little-endian data ('intel format'). + +Flow +==== + +This section describes, in general, the order of events when handling DMA +transfers. Detailed information follows this section. + +- The card raises the Encoder interrupt. +- The driver reads the transfer type, offset and size from Mailbox #10. +- The driver constructs the scatter-gather array from enough free dma buffers + to cover the size. +- The driver schedules the DMA transfer via the ScheduleDMAtoHost API call. +- The card raises the DMA Complete interrupt. +- The driver checks the DMA status register for any errors. +- The driver post-processes the newly transferred buffers. + +NOTE! It is possible that the Encoder and DMA Complete interrupts get raised +simultaneously. (End of the last, start of the next, etc.) + +Mailbox #10 +=========== + +The Flags, Command, Return Value and Timeout fields are ignored. + +Name: Mailbox #10 +Results[0]: Type: 0: MPEG. +Results[1]: Offset: The position relative to the card's memory space. +Results[2]: Size: The exact number of bytes to transfer. + +My speculation is that since the StartCapture API has a capture type of "RAW" +available, that the type field will have other values that correspond to YUV +and PCM data. + +Scatter-Gather Array +==================== + +The scatter-gather array is a contiguously allocated block of memory that +tells the card the source and destination of each data-block to transfer. +Card "addresses" are derived from the offset supplied by Mailbox #10. Host +addresses are the physical memory location of the target DMA buffer. + +Each S-G array element is a struct of three 32-bit words. The first word is +the source address, the second is the destination address. Both take up the +entire 32 bits. The lowest 18 bits of the third word is the transfer byte +count. The high-bit of the third word is the "last" flag. The last-flag tells +the card to raise the DMA_DONE interrupt. From hard personal experience, if +you forget to set this bit, the card will still "work" but the stream will +most likely get corrupted. + +The transfer count must be a multiple of 256. Therefore, the driver will need +to track how much data in the target buffer is valid and deal with it +accordingly. + +Array Element: + +- 32-bit Source Address +- 32-bit Destination Address +- 14-bit reserved (high bit is the last flag) +- 18-bit byte count + +DMA Transfer Status +=================== + +Register 0x0004 holds the DMA Transfer Status: + +Bit +0 read completed +1 write completed +2 DMA read error +3 DMA write error +4 Scatter-Gather array error diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/cx2341x/fw-encoder-api.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/cx2341x/fw-encoder-api.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5a27af2ee --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/cx2341x/fw-encoder-api.txt @@ -0,0 +1,709 @@ +Encoder firmware API description +================================ + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Name CX2341X_ENC_PING_FW +Enum 128/0x80 +Description + Does nothing. Can be used to check if the firmware is responding. + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Name CX2341X_ENC_START_CAPTURE +Enum 129/0x81 +Description + Commences the capture of video, audio and/or VBI data. All encoding + parameters must be initialized prior to this API call. Captures frames + continuously or until a predefined number of frames have been captured. +Param[0] + Capture stream type: + 0=MPEG + 1=Raw + 2=Raw passthrough + 3=VBI + +Param[1] + Bitmask: + Bit 0 when set, captures YUV + Bit 1 when set, captures PCM audio + Bit 2 when set, captures VBI (same as param[0]=3) + Bit 3 when set, the capture destination is the decoder + (same as param[0]=2) + Bit 4 when set, the capture destination is the host + Note: this parameter is only meaningful for RAW capture type. + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Name CX2341X_ENC_STOP_CAPTURE +Enum 130/0x82 +Description + Ends a capture in progress +Param[0] + 0=stop at end of GOP (generates IRQ) + 1=stop immediate (no IRQ) +Param[1] + Stream type to stop, see param[0] of API 0x81 +Param[2] + Subtype, see param[1] of API 0x81 + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Name CX2341X_ENC_SET_AUDIO_ID +Enum 137/0x89 +Description + Assigns the transport stream ID of the encoded audio stream +Param[0] + Audio Stream ID + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Name CX2341X_ENC_SET_VIDEO_ID +Enum 139/0x8B +Description + Set video transport stream ID +Param[0] + Video stream ID + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Name CX2341X_ENC_SET_PCR_ID +Enum 141/0x8D +Description + Assigns the transport stream ID for PCR packets +Param[0] + PCR Stream ID + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Name CX2341X_ENC_SET_FRAME_RATE +Enum 143/0x8F +Description + Set video frames per second. Change occurs at start of new GOP. +Param[0] + 0=30fps + 1=25fps + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Name CX2341X_ENC_SET_FRAME_SIZE +Enum 145/0x91 +Description + Select video stream encoding resolution. +Param[0] + Height in lines. Default 480 +Param[1] + Width in pixels. Default 720 + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Name CX2341X_ENC_SET_BIT_RATE +Enum 149/0x95 +Description + Assign average video stream bitrate. Note on the last three params: + Param[3] and [4] seem to be always 0, param [5] doesn't seem to be used. +Param[0] + 0=variable bitrate, 1=constant bitrate +Param[1] + bitrate in bits per second +Param[2] + peak bitrate in bits per second, divided by 400 +Param[3] + Mux bitrate in bits per second, divided by 400. May be 0 (default). +Param[4] + Rate Control VBR Padding +Param[5] + VBV Buffer used by encoder + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Name CX2341X_ENC_SET_GOP_PROPERTIES +Enum 151/0x97 +Description + Setup the GOP structure +Param[0] + GOP size (maximum is 34) +Param[1] + Number of B frames between the I and P frame, plus 1. + For example: IBBPBBPBBPBB --> GOP size: 12, number of B frames: 2+1 = 3 + Note that GOP size must be a multiple of (B-frames + 1). + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Name CX2341X_ENC_SET_ASPECT_RATIO +Enum 153/0x99 +Description + Sets the encoding aspect ratio. Changes in the aspect ratio take effect + at the start of the next GOP. +Param[0] + '0000' forbidden + '0001' 1:1 square + '0010' 4:3 + '0011' 16:9 + '0100' 2.21:1 + '0101' reserved + .... + '1111' reserved + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Name CX2341X_ENC_SET_DNR_FILTER_MODE +Enum 155/0x9B +Description + Assign Dynamic Noise Reduction operating mode +Param[0] + Bit0: Spatial filter, set=auto, clear=manual + Bit1: Temporal filter, set=auto, clear=manual +Param[1] + Median filter: + 0=Disabled + 1=Horizontal + 2=Vertical + 3=Horiz/Vert + 4=Diagonal + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Name CX2341X_ENC_SET_DNR_FILTER_PROPS +Enum 157/0x9D +Description + These Dynamic Noise Reduction filter values are only meaningful when + the respective filter is set to "manual" (See API 0x9B) +Param[0] + Spatial filter: default 0, range 0:15 +Param[1] + Temporal filter: default 0, range 0:31 + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Name CX2341X_ENC_SET_CORING_LEVELS +Enum 159/0x9F +Description + Assign Dynamic Noise Reduction median filter properties. +Param[0] + Threshold above which the luminance median filter is enabled. + Default: 0, range 0:255 +Param[1] + Threshold below which the luminance median filter is enabled. + Default: 255, range 0:255 +Param[2] + Threshold above which the chrominance median filter is enabled. + Default: 0, range 0:255 +Param[3] + Threshold below which the chrominance median filter is enabled. + Default: 255, range 0:255 + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Name CX2341X_ENC_SET_SPATIAL_FILTER_TYPE +Enum 161/0xA1 +Description + Assign spatial prefilter parameters +Param[0] + Luminance filter + 0=Off + 1=1D Horizontal + 2=1D Vertical + 3=2D H/V Separable (default) + 4=2D Symmetric non-separable +Param[1] + Chrominance filter + 0=Off + 1=1D Horizontal (default) + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Name CX2341X_ENC_SET_VBI_LINE +Enum 183/0xB7 +Description + Selects VBI line number. +Param[0] + Bits 0:4 line number + Bit 31 0=top_field, 1=bottom_field + Bits 0:31 all set specifies "all lines" +Param[1] + VBI line information features: 0=disabled, 1=enabled +Param[2] + Slicing: 0=None, 1=Closed Caption + Almost certainly not implemented. Set to 0. +Param[3] + Luminance samples in this line. + Almost certainly not implemented. Set to 0. +Param[4] + Chrominance samples in this line + Almost certainly not implemented. Set to 0. + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Name CX2341X_ENC_SET_STREAM_TYPE +Enum 185/0xB9 +Description + Assign stream type + Note: Transport stream is not working in recent firmwares. + And in older firmwares the timestamps in the TS seem to be + unreliable. +Param[0] + 0=Program stream + 1=Transport stream + 2=MPEG1 stream + 3=PES A/V stream + 5=PES Video stream + 7=PES Audio stream + 10=DVD stream + 11=VCD stream + 12=SVCD stream + 13=DVD_S1 stream + 14=DVD_S2 stream + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Name CX2341X_ENC_SET_OUTPUT_PORT +Enum 187/0xBB +Description + Assign stream output port. Normally 0 when the data is copied through + the PCI bus (DMA), and 1 when the data is streamed to another chip + (pvrusb and cx88-blackbird). +Param[0] + 0=Memory (default) + 1=Streaming + 2=Serial +Param[1] + Unknown, but leaving this to 0 seems to work best. Indications are that + this might have to do with USB support, although passing anything but 0 + only breaks things. + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Name CX2341X_ENC_SET_AUDIO_PROPERTIES +Enum 189/0xBD +Description + Set audio stream properties, may be called while encoding is in progress. + Note: all bitfields are consistent with ISO11172 documentation except + bits 2:3 which ISO docs define as: + '11' Layer I + '10' Layer II + '01' Layer III + '00' Undefined + This discrepancy may indicate a possible error in the documentation. + Testing indicated that only Layer II is actually working, and that + the minimum bitrate should be 192 kbps. +Param[0] + Bitmask: + 0:1 '00' 44.1Khz + '01' 48Khz + '10' 32Khz + '11' reserved + + 2:3 '01'=Layer I + '10'=Layer II + + 4:7 Bitrate: + Index | Layer I | Layer II + ------+-------------+------------ + '0000' | free format | free format + '0001' | 32 kbit/s | 32 kbit/s + '0010' | 64 kbit/s | 48 kbit/s + '0011' | 96 kbit/s | 56 kbit/s + '0100' | 128 kbit/s | 64 kbit/s + '0101' | 160 kbit/s | 80 kbit/s + '0110' | 192 kbit/s | 96 kbit/s + '0111' | 224 kbit/s | 112 kbit/s + '1000' | 256 kbit/s | 128 kbit/s + '1001' | 288 kbit/s | 160 kbit/s + '1010' | 320 kbit/s | 192 kbit/s + '1011' | 352 kbit/s | 224 kbit/s + '1100' | 384 kbit/s | 256 kbit/s + '1101' | 416 kbit/s | 320 kbit/s + '1110' | 448 kbit/s | 384 kbit/s + Note: For Layer II, not all combinations of total bitrate + and mode are allowed. See ISO11172-3 3-Annex B, Table 3-B.2 + + 8:9 '00'=Stereo + '01'=JointStereo + '10'=Dual + '11'=Mono + Note: the cx23415 cannot decode Joint Stereo properly. + + 10:11 Mode Extension used in joint_stereo mode. + In Layer I and II they indicate which subbands are in + intensity_stereo. All other subbands are coded in stereo. + '00' subbands 4-31 in intensity_stereo, bound==4 + '01' subbands 8-31 in intensity_stereo, bound==8 + '10' subbands 12-31 in intensity_stereo, bound==12 + '11' subbands 16-31 in intensity_stereo, bound==16 + + 12:13 Emphasis: + '00' None + '01' 50/15uS + '10' reserved + '11' CCITT J.17 + + 14 CRC: + '0' off + '1' on + + 15 Copyright: + '0' off + '1' on + + 16 Generation: + '0' copy + '1' original + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Name CX2341X_ENC_HALT_FW +Enum 195/0xC3 +Description + The firmware is halted and no further API calls are serviced until the + firmware is uploaded again. + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Name CX2341X_ENC_GET_VERSION +Enum 196/0xC4 +Description + Returns the version of the encoder firmware. +Result[0] + Version bitmask: + Bits 0:15 build + Bits 16:23 minor + Bits 24:31 major + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Name CX2341X_ENC_SET_GOP_CLOSURE +Enum 197/0xC5 +Description + Assigns the GOP open/close property. +Param[0] + 0=Open + 1=Closed + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Name CX2341X_ENC_GET_SEQ_END +Enum 198/0xC6 +Description + Obtains the sequence end code of the encoder's buffer. When a capture + is started a number of interrupts are still generated, the last of + which will have Result[0] set to 1 and Result[1] will contain the size + of the buffer. +Result[0] + State of the transfer (1 if last buffer) +Result[1] + If Result[0] is 1, this contains the size of the last buffer, undefined + otherwise. + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Name CX2341X_ENC_SET_PGM_INDEX_INFO +Enum 199/0xC7 +Description + Sets the Program Index Information. + The information is stored as follows: + + struct info { + u32 length; // Length of this frame + u32 offset_low; // Offset in the file of the + u32 offset_high; // start of this frame + u32 mask1; // Bits 0-2 are the type mask: + // 1=I, 2=P, 4=B + // 0=End of Program Index, other fields + // are invalid. + u32 pts; // The PTS of the frame + u32 mask2; // Bit 0 is bit 32 of the pts. + }; + u32 table_ptr; + struct info index[400]; + + The table_ptr is the encoder memory address in the table were + *new* entries will be written. Note that this is a ringbuffer, + so the table_ptr will wraparound. +Param[0] + Picture Mask: + 0=No index capture + 1=I frames + 3=I,P frames + 7=I,P,B frames + (Seems to be ignored, it always indexes I, P and B frames) +Param[1] + Elements requested (up to 400) +Result[0] + Offset in the encoder memory of the start of the table. +Result[1] + Number of allocated elements up to a maximum of Param[1] + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Name CX2341X_ENC_SET_VBI_CONFIG +Enum 200/0xC8 +Description + Configure VBI settings +Param[0] + Bitmap: + 0 Mode '0' Sliced, '1' Raw + 1:3 Insertion: + '000' insert in extension & user data + '001' insert in private packets + '010' separate stream and user data + '111' separate stream and private data + 8:15 Stream ID (normally 0xBD) +Param[1] + Frames per interrupt (max 8). Only valid in raw mode. +Param[2] + Total raw VBI frames. Only valid in raw mode. +Param[3] + Start codes +Param[4] + Stop codes +Param[5] + Lines per frame +Param[6] + Byte per line +Result[0] + Observed frames per interrupt in raw mode only. Rage 1 to Param[1] +Result[1] + Observed number of frames in raw mode. Range 1 to Param[2] +Result[2] + Memory offset to start or raw VBI data + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Name CX2341X_ENC_SET_DMA_BLOCK_SIZE +Enum 201/0xC9 +Description + Set DMA transfer block size +Param[0] + DMA transfer block size in bytes or frames. When unit is bytes, + supported block sizes are 2^7, 2^8 and 2^9 bytes. +Param[1] + Unit: 0=bytes, 1=frames + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Name CX2341X_ENC_GET_PREV_DMA_INFO_MB_10 +Enum 202/0xCA +Description + Returns information on the previous DMA transfer in conjunction with + bit 27 of the interrupt mask. Uses mailbox 10. +Result[0] + Type of stream +Result[1] + Address Offset +Result[2] + Maximum size of transfer + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Name CX2341X_ENC_GET_PREV_DMA_INFO_MB_9 +Enum 203/0xCB +Description + Returns information on the previous DMA transfer in conjunction with + bit 27 or 18 of the interrupt mask. Uses mailbox 9. +Result[0] + Status bits: + 0 read completed + 1 write completed + 2 DMA read error + 3 DMA write error + 4 Scatter-Gather array error +Result[1] + DMA type +Result[2] + Presentation Time Stamp bits 0..31 +Result[3] + Presentation Time Stamp bit 32 + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Name CX2341X_ENC_SCHED_DMA_TO_HOST +Enum 204/0xCC +Description + Setup DMA to host operation +Param[0] + Memory address of link list +Param[1] + Length of link list (wtf: what units ???) +Param[2] + DMA type (0=MPEG) + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Name CX2341X_ENC_INITIALIZE_INPUT +Enum 205/0xCD +Description + Initializes the video input + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Name CX2341X_ENC_SET_FRAME_DROP_RATE +Enum 208/0xD0 +Description + For each frame captured, skip specified number of frames. +Param[0] + Number of frames to skip + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Name CX2341X_ENC_PAUSE_ENCODER +Enum 210/0xD2 +Description + During a pause condition, all frames are dropped instead of being encoded. +Param[0] + 0=Pause encoding + 1=Continue encoding + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Name CX2341X_ENC_REFRESH_INPUT +Enum 211/0xD3 +Description + Refreshes the video input + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Name CX2341X_ENC_SET_COPYRIGHT +Enum 212/0xD4 +Description + Sets stream copyright property +Param[0] + 0=Stream is not copyrighted + 1=Stream is copyrighted + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Name CX2341X_ENC_SET_EVENT_NOTIFICATION +Enum 213/0xD5 +Description + Setup firmware to notify the host about a particular event. Host must + unmask the interrupt bit. +Param[0] + Event (0=refresh encoder input) +Param[1] + Notification 0=disabled 1=enabled +Param[2] + Interrupt bit +Param[3] + Mailbox slot, -1 if no mailbox required. + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Name CX2341X_ENC_SET_NUM_VSYNC_LINES +Enum 214/0xD6 +Description + Depending on the analog video decoder used, this assigns the number + of lines for field 1 and 2. +Param[0] + Field 1 number of lines: + 0x00EF for SAA7114 + 0x00F0 for SAA7115 + 0x0105 for Micronas +Param[1] + Field 2 number of lines: + 0x00EF for SAA7114 + 0x00F0 for SAA7115 + 0x0106 for Micronas + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Name CX2341X_ENC_SET_PLACEHOLDER +Enum 215/0xD7 +Description + Provides a mechanism of inserting custom user data in the MPEG stream. +Param[0] + 0=extension & user data + 1=private packet with stream ID 0xBD +Param[1] + Rate at which to insert data, in units of frames (for private packet) + or GOPs (for ext. & user data) +Param[2] + Number of data DWORDs (below) to insert +Param[3] + Custom data 0 +Param[4] + Custom data 1 +Param[5] + Custom data 2 +Param[6] + Custom data 3 +Param[7] + Custom data 4 +Param[8] + Custom data 5 +Param[9] + Custom data 6 +Param[10] + Custom data 7 +Param[11] + Custom data 8 + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Name CX2341X_ENC_MUTE_VIDEO +Enum 217/0xD9 +Description + Video muting +Param[0] + Bit usage: + 0 '0'=video not muted + '1'=video muted, creates frames with the YUV color defined below + 1:7 Unused + 8:15 V chrominance information + 16:23 U chrominance information + 24:31 Y luminance information + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Name CX2341X_ENC_MUTE_AUDIO +Enum 218/0xDA +Description + Audio muting +Param[0] + 0=audio not muted + 1=audio muted (produces silent mpeg audio stream) + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Name CX2341X_ENC_SET_VERT_CROP_LINE +Enum 219/0xDB +Description + Something to do with 'Vertical Crop Line' +Param[0] + If saa7114 and raw VBI capture and 60 Hz, then set to 10001. + Else 0. + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Name CX2341X_ENC_MISC +Enum 220/0xDC +Description + Miscellaneous actions. Not known for 100% what it does. It's really a + sort of ioctl call. The first parameter is a command number, the second + the value. +Param[0] + Command number: + 1=set initial SCR value when starting encoding (works). + 2=set quality mode (apparently some test setting). + 3=setup advanced VIM protection handling. + Always 1 for the cx23416 and 0 for cx23415. + 4=generate DVD compatible PTS timestamps + 5=USB flush mode + 6=something to do with the quantization matrix + 7=set navigation pack insertion for DVD: adds 0xbf (private stream 2) + packets to the MPEG. The size of these packets is 2048 bytes (including + the header of 6 bytes: 0x000001bf + length). The payload is zeroed and + it is up to the application to fill them in. These packets are apparently + inserted every four frames. + 8=enable scene change detection (seems to be a failure) + 9=set history parameters of the video input module + 10=set input field order of VIM + 11=set quantization matrix + 12=reset audio interface after channel change or input switch (has no argument). + Needed for the cx2584x, not needed for the mspx4xx, but it doesn't seem to + do any harm calling it regardless. + 13=set audio volume delay + 14=set audio delay + +Param[1] + Command value. diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/cx2341x/fw-memory.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/cx2341x/fw-memory.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9d736fe8d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/cx2341x/fw-memory.txt @@ -0,0 +1,139 @@ +This document describes the cx2341x memory map and documents some of the register +space. + +Note: the memory long words are little-endian ('intel format'). + +Warning! This information was figured out from searching through the memory and +registers, this information may not be correct and is certainly not complete, and +was not derived from anything more than searching through the memory space with +commands like: + + ivtvctl -O min=0x02000000,max=0x020000ff + +So take this as is, I'm always searching for more stuff, it's a large +register space :-). + +Memory Map +========== + +The cx2341x exposes its entire 64M memory space to the PCI host via the PCI BAR0 +(Base Address Register 0). The addresses here are offsets relative to the +address held in BAR0. + +0x00000000-0x00ffffff Encoder memory space +0x00000000-0x0003ffff Encode.rom + ???-??? MPEG buffer(s) + ???-??? Raw video capture buffer(s) + ???-??? Raw audio capture buffer(s) + ???-??? Display buffers (6 or 9) + +0x01000000-0x01ffffff Decoder memory space +0x01000000-0x0103ffff Decode.rom + ???-??? MPEG buffers(s) +0x0114b000-0x0115afff Audio.rom (deprecated?) + +0x02000000-0x0200ffff Register Space + +Registers +========= + +The registers occupy the 64k space starting at the 0x02000000 offset from BAR0. +All of these registers are 32 bits wide. + +DMA Registers 0x000-0xff: + + 0x00 - Control: + 0=reset/cancel, 1=read, 2=write, 4=stop + 0x04 - DMA status: + 1=read busy, 2=write busy, 4=read error, 8=write error, 16=link list error + 0x08 - pci DMA pointer for read link list + 0x0c - pci DMA pointer for write link list + 0x10 - read/write DMA enable: + 1=read enable, 2=write enable + 0x14 - always 0xffffffff, if set any lower instability occurs, 0x00 crashes + 0x18 - ?? + 0x1c - always 0x20 or 32, smaller values slow down DMA transactions + 0x20 - always value of 0x780a010a + 0x24-0x3c - usually just random values??? + 0x40 - Interrupt status + 0x44 - Write a bit here and shows up in Interrupt status 0x40 + 0x48 - Interrupt Mask + 0x4C - always value of 0xfffdffff, + if changed to 0xffffffff DMA write interrupts break. + 0x50 - always 0xffffffff + 0x54 - always 0xffffffff (0x4c, 0x50, 0x54 seem like interrupt masks, are + 3 processors on chip, Java ones, VPU, SPU, APU, maybe these are the + interrupt masks???). + 0x60-0x7C - random values + 0x80 - first write linked list reg, for Encoder Memory addr + 0x84 - first write linked list reg, for pci memory addr + 0x88 - first write linked list reg, for length of buffer in memory addr + (|0x80000000 or this for last link) + 0x8c-0xdc - rest of write linked list reg, 8 sets of 3 total, DMA goes here + from linked list addr in reg 0x0c, firmware must push through or + something. + 0xe0 - first (and only) read linked list reg, for pci memory addr + 0xe4 - first (and only) read linked list reg, for Decoder memory addr + 0xe8 - first (and only) read linked list reg, for length of buffer + 0xec-0xff - Nothing seems to be in these registers, 0xec-f4 are 0x00000000. + +Memory locations for Encoder Buffers 0x700-0x7ff: + +These registers show offsets of memory locations pertaining to each +buffer area used for encoding, have to shift them by <<1 first. + +0x07F8: Encoder SDRAM refresh +0x07FC: Encoder SDRAM pre-charge + +Memory locations for Decoder Buffers 0x800-0x8ff: + +These registers show offsets of memory locations pertaining to each +buffer area used for decoding, have to shift them by <<1 first. + +0x08F8: Decoder SDRAM refresh +0x08FC: Decoder SDRAM pre-charge + +Other memory locations: + +0x2800: Video Display Module control +0x2D00: AO (audio output?) control +0x2D24: Bytes Flushed +0x7000: LSB I2C write clock bit (inverted) +0x7004: LSB I2C write data bit (inverted) +0x7008: LSB I2C read clock bit +0x700c: LSB I2C read data bit +0x9008: GPIO get input state +0x900c: GPIO set output state +0x9020: GPIO direction (Bit7 (GPIO 0..7) - 0:input, 1:output) +0x9050: SPU control +0x9054: Reset HW blocks +0x9058: VPU control +0xA018: Bit6: interrupt pending? +0xA064: APU command + + +Interrupt Status Register +========================= + +The definition of the bits in the interrupt status register 0x0040, and the +interrupt mask 0x0048. If a bit is cleared in the mask, then we want our ISR to +execute. + +Bit +31 Encoder Start Capture +30 Encoder EOS +29 Encoder VBI capture +28 Encoder Video Input Module reset event +27 Encoder DMA complete +24 Decoder audio mode change detection event (through event notification) +22 Decoder data request +20 Decoder DMA complete +19 Decoder VBI re-insertion +18 Decoder DMA err (linked-list bad) + +Missing +Encoder API call completed +Decoder API call completed +Encoder API post(?) +Decoder API post(?) +Decoder VTRACE event diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/cx2341x/fw-osd-api.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/cx2341x/fw-osd-api.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..89c460104 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/cx2341x/fw-osd-api.txt @@ -0,0 +1,350 @@ +OSD firmware API description +============================ + +Note: this API is part of the decoder firmware, so it's cx23415 only. + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Name CX2341X_OSD_GET_FRAMEBUFFER +Enum 65/0x41 +Description + Return base and length of contiguous OSD memory. +Result[0] + OSD base address +Result[1] + OSD length + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Name CX2341X_OSD_GET_PIXEL_FORMAT +Enum 66/0x42 +Description + Query OSD format +Result[0] + 0=8bit index + 1=16bit RGB 5:6:5 + 2=16bit ARGB 1:5:5:5 + 3=16bit ARGB 1:4:4:4 + 4=32bit ARGB 8:8:8:8 + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Name CX2341X_OSD_SET_PIXEL_FORMAT +Enum 67/0x43 +Description + Assign pixel format +Param[0] + 0=8bit index + 1=16bit RGB 5:6:5 + 2=16bit ARGB 1:5:5:5 + 3=16bit ARGB 1:4:4:4 + 4=32bit ARGB 8:8:8:8 + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Name CX2341X_OSD_GET_STATE +Enum 68/0x44 +Description + Query OSD state +Result[0] + Bit 0 0=off, 1=on + Bits 1:2 alpha control + Bits 3:5 pixel format + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Name CX2341X_OSD_SET_STATE +Enum 69/0x45 +Description + OSD switch +Param[0] + 0=off, 1=on + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Name CX2341X_OSD_GET_OSD_COORDS +Enum 70/0x46 +Description + Retrieve coordinates of OSD area blended with video +Result[0] + OSD buffer address +Result[1] + Stride in pixels +Result[2] + Lines in OSD buffer +Result[3] + Horizontal offset in buffer +Result[4] + Vertical offset in buffer + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Name CX2341X_OSD_SET_OSD_COORDS +Enum 71/0x47 +Description + Assign the coordinates of the OSD area to blend with video +Param[0] + buffer address +Param[1] + buffer stride in pixels +Param[2] + lines in buffer +Param[3] + horizontal offset +Param[4] + vertical offset + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Name CX2341X_OSD_GET_SCREEN_COORDS +Enum 72/0x48 +Description + Retrieve OSD screen area coordinates +Result[0] + top left horizontal offset +Result[1] + top left vertical offset +Result[2] + bottom right horizontal offset +Result[3] + bottom right vertical offset + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Name CX2341X_OSD_SET_SCREEN_COORDS +Enum 73/0x49 +Description + Assign the coordinates of the screen area to blend with video +Param[0] + top left horizontal offset +Param[1] + top left vertical offset +Param[2] + bottom left horizontal offset +Param[3] + bottom left vertical offset + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Name CX2341X_OSD_GET_GLOBAL_ALPHA +Enum 74/0x4A +Description + Retrieve OSD global alpha +Result[0] + global alpha: 0=off, 1=on +Result[1] + bits 0:7 global alpha + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Name CX2341X_OSD_SET_GLOBAL_ALPHA +Enum 75/0x4B +Description + Update global alpha +Param[0] + global alpha: 0=off, 1=on +Param[1] + global alpha (8 bits) +Param[2] + local alpha: 0=on, 1=off + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Name CX2341X_OSD_SET_BLEND_COORDS +Enum 78/0x4C +Description + Move start of blending area within display buffer +Param[0] + horizontal offset in buffer +Param[1] + vertical offset in buffer + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Name CX2341X_OSD_GET_FLICKER_STATE +Enum 79/0x4F +Description + Retrieve flicker reduction module state +Result[0] + flicker state: 0=off, 1=on + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Name CX2341X_OSD_SET_FLICKER_STATE +Enum 80/0x50 +Description + Set flicker reduction module state +Param[0] + State: 0=off, 1=on + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Name CX2341X_OSD_BLT_COPY +Enum 82/0x52 +Description + BLT copy +Param[0] +'0000' zero +'0001' ~destination AND ~source +'0010' ~destination AND source +'0011' ~destination +'0100' destination AND ~source +'0101' ~source +'0110' destination XOR source +'0111' ~destination OR ~source +'1000' ~destination AND ~source +'1001' destination XNOR source +'1010' source +'1011' ~destination OR source +'1100' destination +'1101' destination OR ~source +'1110' destination OR source +'1111' one + +Param[1] + Resulting alpha blending + '01' source_alpha + '10' destination_alpha + '11' source_alpha*destination_alpha+1 + (zero if both source and destination alpha are zero) +Param[2] + '00' output_pixel = source_pixel + + '01' if source_alpha=0: + output_pixel = destination_pixel + if 256 > source_alpha > 1: + output_pixel = ((source_alpha + 1)*source_pixel + + (255 - source_alpha)*destination_pixel)/256 + + '10' if destination_alpha=0: + output_pixel = source_pixel + if 255 > destination_alpha > 0: + output_pixel = ((255 - destination_alpha)*source_pixel + + (destination_alpha + 1)*destination_pixel)/256 + + '11' if source_alpha=0: + source_temp = 0 + if source_alpha=255: + source_temp = source_pixel*256 + if 255 > source_alpha > 0: + source_temp = source_pixel*(source_alpha + 1) + if destination_alpha=0: + destination_temp = 0 + if destination_alpha=255: + destination_temp = destination_pixel*256 + if 255 > destination_alpha > 0: + destination_temp = destination_pixel*(destination_alpha + 1) + output_pixel = (source_temp + destination_temp)/256 +Param[3] + width +Param[4] + height +Param[5] + destination pixel mask +Param[6] + destination rectangle start address +Param[7] + destination stride in dwords +Param[8] + source stride in dwords +Param[9] + source rectangle start address + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Name CX2341X_OSD_BLT_FILL +Enum 83/0x53 +Description + BLT fill color +Param[0] + Same as Param[0] on API 0x52 +Param[1] + Same as Param[1] on API 0x52 +Param[2] + Same as Param[2] on API 0x52 +Param[3] + width +Param[4] + height +Param[5] + destination pixel mask +Param[6] + destination rectangle start address +Param[7] + destination stride in dwords +Param[8] + color fill value + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Name CX2341X_OSD_BLT_TEXT +Enum 84/0x54 +Description + BLT for 8 bit alpha text source +Param[0] + Same as Param[0] on API 0x52 +Param[1] + Same as Param[1] on API 0x52 +Param[2] + Same as Param[2] on API 0x52 +Param[3] + width +Param[4] + height +Param[5] + destination pixel mask +Param[6] + destination rectangle start address +Param[7] + destination stride in dwords +Param[8] + source stride in dwords +Param[9] + source rectangle start address +Param[10] + color fill value + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Name CX2341X_OSD_SET_FRAMEBUFFER_WINDOW +Enum 86/0x56 +Description + Positions the main output window on the screen. The coordinates must be + such that the entire window fits on the screen. +Param[0] + window width +Param[1] + window height +Param[2] + top left window corner horizontal offset +Param[3] + top left window corner vertical offset + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Name CX2341X_OSD_SET_CHROMA_KEY +Enum 96/0x60 +Description + Chroma key switch and color +Param[0] + state: 0=off, 1=on +Param[1] + color + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Name CX2341X_OSD_GET_ALPHA_CONTENT_INDEX +Enum 97/0x61 +Description + Retrieve alpha content index +Result[0] + alpha content index, Range 0:15 + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Name CX2341X_OSD_SET_ALPHA_CONTENT_INDEX +Enum 98/0x62 +Description + Assign alpha content index +Param[0] + alpha content index, range 0:15 diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/cx2341x/fw-upload.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/cx2341x/fw-upload.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..60c502ce3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/cx2341x/fw-upload.txt @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +This document describes how to upload the cx2341x firmware to the card. + +How to find +=========== + +See the web pages of the various projects that uses this chip for information +on how to obtain the firmware. + +The firmware stored in a Windows driver can be detected as follows: + +- Each firmware image is 256k bytes. +- The 1st 32-bit word of the Encoder image is 0x0000da7 +- The 1st 32-bit word of the Decoder image is 0x00003a7 +- The 2nd 32-bit word of both images is 0xaa55bb66 + +How to load +=========== + +- Issue the FWapi command to stop the encoder if it is running. Wait for the + command to complete. +- Issue the FWapi command to stop the decoder if it is running. Wait for the + command to complete. +- Issue the I2C command to the digitizer to stop emitting VSYNC events. +- Issue the FWapi command to halt the encoder's firmware. +- Sleep for 10ms. +- Issue the FWapi command to halt the decoder's firmware. +- Sleep for 10ms. +- Write 0x00000000 to register 0x2800 to stop the Video Display Module. +- Write 0x00000005 to register 0x2D00 to stop the AO (audio output?). +- Write 0x00000000 to register 0xA064 to ping? the APU. +- Write 0xFFFFFFFE to register 0x9058 to stop the VPU. +- Write 0xFFFFFFFF to register 0x9054 to reset the HW blocks. +- Write 0x00000001 to register 0x9050 to stop the SPU. +- Sleep for 10ms. +- Write 0x0000001A to register 0x07FC to init the Encoder SDRAM's pre-charge. +- Write 0x80000640 to register 0x07F8 to init the Encoder SDRAM's refresh to 1us. +- Write 0x0000001A to register 0x08FC to init the Decoder SDRAM's pre-charge. +- Write 0x80000640 to register 0x08F8 to init the Decoder SDRAM's refresh to 1us. +- Sleep for 512ms. (600ms is recommended) +- Transfer the encoder's firmware image to offset 0 in Encoder memory space. +- Transfer the decoder's firmware image to offset 0 in Decoder memory space. +- Use a read-modify-write operation to Clear bit 0 of register 0x9050 to + re-enable the SPU. +- Sleep for 1 second. +- Use a read-modify-write operation to Clear bits 3 and 0 of register 0x9058 + to re-enable the VPU. +- Sleep for 1 second. +- Issue status API commands to both firmware images to verify. + diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/cx88/hauppauge-wintv-cx88-ir.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/cx88/hauppauge-wintv-cx88-ir.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f4329a388 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/cx88/hauppauge-wintv-cx88-ir.txt @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +The controls for the mux are GPIO [0,1] for source, and GPIO 2 for muting. + +GPIO0 GPIO1 + 0 0 TV Audio + 1 0 FM radio + 0 1 Line-In + 1 1 Mono tuner bypass or CD passthru (tuner specific) + +GPIO 16(i believe) is tied to the IR port (if present). + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +>From the data sheet: + Register 24'h20004 PCI Interrupt Status + bit [18] IR_SMP_INT Set when 32 input samples have been collected over + gpio[16] pin into GP_SAMPLE register. + +What's missing from the data sheet: + +Setup 4KHz sampling rate (roughly 2x oversampled; good enough for our RC5 +compat remote) +set register 0x35C050 to 0xa80a80 + +enable sampling +set register 0x35C054 to 0x5 + +Of course, enable the IRQ bit 18 in the interrupt mask register .(and +provide for a handler) + +GP_SAMPLE register is at 0x35C058 + +Bits are then right shifted into the GP_SAMPLE register at the specified +rate; you get an interrupt when a full DWORD is received. +You need to recover the actual RC5 bits out of the (oversampled) IR sensor +bits. (Hint: look for the 0/1and 1/0 crossings of the RC5 bi-phase data) An +actual raw RC5 code will span 2-3 DWORDS, depending on the actual alignment. + +I'm pretty sure when no IR signal is present the receiver is always in a +marking state(1); but stray light, etc can cause intermittent noise values +as well. Remember, this is a free running sample of the IR receiver state +over time, so don't assume any sample starts at any particular place. + +http://www.atmel.com/dyn/resources/prod_documents/doc2817.pdf +This data sheet (google search) seems to have a lovely description of the +RC5 basics + +http://www.nenya.be/beor/electronics/rc5.htm and more data + +http://www.ee.washington.edu/circuit_archive/text/ir_decode.txt +and even a reference to how to decode a bi-phase data stream. + +http://www.xs4all.nl/~sbp/knowledge/ir/rc5.htm +still more info + diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/fimc.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/fimc.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e0c6b8bc4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/fimc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,148 @@ +Samsung S5P/EXYNOS4 FIMC driver + +Copyright (C) 2012 - 2013 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. +--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +The FIMC (Fully Interactive Mobile Camera) device available in Samsung +SoC Application Processors is an integrated camera host interface, color +space converter, image resizer and rotator. It's also capable of capturing +data from LCD controller (FIMD) through the SoC internal writeback data +path. There are multiple FIMC instances in the SoCs (up to 4), having +slightly different capabilities, like pixel alignment constraints, rotator +availability, LCD writeback support, etc. The driver is located at +drivers/media/platform/exynos4-is directory. + +1. Supported SoCs +================= + +S5PC100 (mem-to-mem only), S5PV210, EXYNOS4210 + +2. Supported features +===================== + + - camera parallel interface capture (ITU-R.BT601/565); + - camera serial interface capture (MIPI-CSI2); + - memory-to-memory processing (color space conversion, scaling, mirror + and rotation); + - dynamic pipeline re-configuration at runtime (re-attachment of any FIMC + instance to any parallel video input or any MIPI-CSI front-end); + - runtime PM and system wide suspend/resume + +Not currently supported: + - LCD writeback input + - per frame clock gating (mem-to-mem) + +3. Files partitioning +===================== + +- media device driver + drivers/media/platform/exynos4-is/media-dev.[ch] + + - camera capture video device driver + drivers/media/platform/exynos4-is/fimc-capture.c + + - MIPI-CSI2 receiver subdev + drivers/media/platform/exynos4-is/mipi-csis.[ch] + + - video post-processor (mem-to-mem) + drivers/media/platform/exynos4-is/fimc-core.c + + - common files + drivers/media/platform/exynos4-is/fimc-core.h + drivers/media/platform/exynos4-is/fimc-reg.h + drivers/media/platform/exynos4-is/regs-fimc.h + +4. User space interfaces +======================== + +4.1. Media device interface + +The driver supports Media Controller API as defined at +http://linuxtv.org/downloads/v4l-dvb-apis/media_common.html +The media device driver name is "SAMSUNG S5P FIMC". + +The purpose of this interface is to allow changing assignment of FIMC instances +to the SoC peripheral camera input at runtime and optionally to control internal +connections of the MIPI-CSIS device(s) to the FIMC entities. + +The media device interface allows to configure the SoC for capturing image +data from the sensor through more than one FIMC instance (e.g. for simultaneous +viewfinder and still capture setup). +Reconfiguration is done by enabling/disabling media links created by the driver +during initialization. The internal device topology can be easily discovered +through media entity and links enumeration. + +4.2. Memory-to-memory video node + +V4L2 memory-to-memory interface at /dev/video? device node. This is standalone +video device, it has no media pads. However please note the mem-to-mem and +capture video node operation on same FIMC instance is not allowed. The driver +detects such cases but the applications should prevent them to avoid an +undefined behaviour. + +4.3. Capture video node + +The driver supports V4L2 Video Capture Interface as defined at: +http://linuxtv.org/downloads/v4l-dvb-apis/devices.html + +At the capture and mem-to-mem video nodes only the multi-planar API is +supported. For more details see: +http://linuxtv.org/downloads/v4l-dvb-apis/planar-apis.html + +4.4. Camera capture subdevs + +Each FIMC instance exports a sub-device node (/dev/v4l-subdev?), a sub-device +node is also created per each available and enabled at the platform level +MIPI-CSI receiver device (currently up to two). + +4.5. sysfs + +In order to enable more precise camera pipeline control through the sub-device +API the driver creates a sysfs entry associated with "s5p-fimc-md" platform +device. The entry path is: /sys/platform/devices/s5p-fimc-md/subdev_conf_mode. + +In typical use case there could be a following capture pipeline configuration: +sensor subdev -> mipi-csi subdev -> fimc subdev -> video node + +When we configure these devices through sub-device API at user space, the +configuration flow must be from left to right, and the video node is +configured as last one. +When we don't use sub-device user space API the whole configuration of all +devices belonging to the pipeline is done at the video node driver. +The sysfs entry allows to instruct the capture node driver not to configure +the sub-devices (format, crop), to avoid resetting the subdevs' configuration +when the last configuration steps at the video node is performed. + +For full sub-device control support (subdevs configured at user space before +starting streaming): +# echo "sub-dev" > /sys/platform/devices/s5p-fimc-md/subdev_conf_mode + +For V4L2 video node control only (subdevs configured internally by the host +driver): +# echo "vid-dev" > /sys/platform/devices/s5p-fimc-md/subdev_conf_mode +This is a default option. + +5. Device mapping to video and subdev device nodes +================================================== + +There are associated two video device nodes with each device instance in +hardware - video capture and mem-to-mem and additionally a subdev node for +more precise FIMC capture subsystem control. In addition a separate v4l2 +sub-device node is created per each MIPI-CSIS device. + +How to find out which /dev/video? or /dev/v4l-subdev? is assigned to which +device? + +You can either grep through the kernel log to find relevant information, i.e. +# dmesg | grep -i fimc +(note that udev, if present, might still have rearranged the video nodes), + +or retrieve the information from /dev/media? with help of the media-ctl tool: +# media-ctl -p + +7. Build +======== + +If the driver is built as a loadable kernel module (CONFIG_VIDEO_SAMSUNG_S5P_FIMC=m) +two modules are created (in addition to the core v4l2 modules): s5p-fimc.ko and +optional s5p-csis.ko (MIPI-CSI receiver subdev). diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/gspca.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/gspca.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d2ba80bb7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/gspca.txt @@ -0,0 +1,408 @@ +List of the webcams known by gspca. + +The modules are: + gspca_main main driver + gspca_xxxx subdriver module with xxxx as follows + +xxxx vend:prod +---- +spca501 0000:0000 MystFromOri Unknown Camera +spca508 0130:0130 Clone Digital Webcam 11043 +zc3xx 03f0:1b07 HP Premium Starter Cam +m5602 0402:5602 ALi Video Camera Controller +spca501 040a:0002 Kodak DVC-325 +spca500 040a:0300 Kodak EZ200 +zc3xx 041e:041e Creative WebCam Live! +ov519 041e:4003 Video Blaster WebCam Go Plus +spca500 041e:400a Creative PC-CAM 300 +sunplus 041e:400b Creative PC-CAM 600 +sunplus 041e:4012 PC-Cam350 +sunplus 041e:4013 Creative Pccam750 +zc3xx 041e:4017 Creative Webcam Mobile PD1090 +spca508 041e:4018 Creative Webcam Vista (PD1100) +spca561 041e:401a Creative Webcam Vista (PD1100) +zc3xx 041e:401c Creative NX +spca505 041e:401d Creative Webcam NX ULTRA +zc3xx 041e:401e Creative Nx Pro +zc3xx 041e:401f Creative Webcam Notebook PD1171 +pac207 041e:4028 Creative Webcam Vista Plus +zc3xx 041e:4029 Creative WebCam Vista Pro +zc3xx 041e:4034 Creative Instant P0620 +zc3xx 041e:4035 Creative Instant P0620D +zc3xx 041e:4036 Creative Live ! +sq930x 041e:4038 Creative Joy-IT +zc3xx 041e:403a Creative Nx Pro 2 +spca561 041e:403b Creative Webcam Vista (VF0010) +sq930x 041e:403c Creative Live! Ultra +sq930x 041e:403d Creative Live! Ultra for Notebooks +sq930x 041e:4041 Creative Live! Motion +zc3xx 041e:4051 Creative Live!Cam Notebook Pro (VF0250) +ov519 041e:4052 Creative Live! VISTA IM +zc3xx 041e:4053 Creative Live!Cam Video IM +vc032x 041e:405b Creative Live! Cam Notebook Ultra (VC0130) +ov519 041e:405f Creative Live! VISTA VF0330 +ov519 041e:4060 Creative Live! VISTA VF0350 +ov519 041e:4061 Creative Live! VISTA VF0400 +ov519 041e:4064 Creative Live! VISTA VF0420 +ov519 041e:4067 Creative Live! Cam Video IM (VF0350) +ov519 041e:4068 Creative Live! VISTA VF0470 +spca561 0458:7004 Genius VideoCAM Express V2 +sn9c2028 0458:7005 Genius Smart 300, version 2 +sunplus 0458:7006 Genius Dsc 1.3 Smart +zc3xx 0458:7007 Genius VideoCam V2 +zc3xx 0458:700c Genius VideoCam V3 +zc3xx 0458:700f Genius VideoCam Web V2 +sonixj 0458:7025 Genius Eye 311Q +sn9c20x 0458:7029 Genius Look 320s +sonixj 0458:702e Genius Slim 310 NB +sn9c20x 0458:7045 Genius Look 1320 V2 +sn9c20x 0458:704a Genius Slim 1320 +sn9c20x 0458:704c Genius i-Look 1321 +sn9c20x 045e:00f4 LifeCam VX-6000 (SN9C20x + OV9650) +sonixj 045e:00f5 MicroSoft VX3000 +sonixj 045e:00f7 MicroSoft VX1000 +ov519 045e:028c Micro$oft xbox cam +spca508 0461:0815 Micro Innovation IC200 +sunplus 0461:0821 Fujifilm MV-1 +zc3xx 0461:0a00 MicroInnovation WebCam320 +stv06xx 046d:0840 QuickCam Express +stv06xx 046d:0850 LEGO cam / QuickCam Web +stv06xx 046d:0870 Dexxa WebCam USB +spca500 046d:0890 Logitech QuickCam traveler +vc032x 046d:0892 Logitech Orbicam +vc032x 046d:0896 Logitech Orbicam +vc032x 046d:0897 Logitech QuickCam for Dell notebooks +zc3xx 046d:089d Logitech QuickCam E2500 +zc3xx 046d:08a0 Logitech QC IM +zc3xx 046d:08a1 Logitech QC IM 0x08A1 +sound +zc3xx 046d:08a2 Labtec Webcam Pro +zc3xx 046d:08a3 Logitech QC Chat +zc3xx 046d:08a6 Logitech QCim +zc3xx 046d:08a7 Logitech QuickCam Image +zc3xx 046d:08a9 Logitech Notebook Deluxe +zc3xx 046d:08aa Labtec Webcam Notebook +zc3xx 046d:08ac Logitech QuickCam Cool +zc3xx 046d:08ad Logitech QCCommunicate STX +zc3xx 046d:08ae Logitech QuickCam for Notebooks +zc3xx 046d:08af Logitech QuickCam Cool +zc3xx 046d:08b9 Logitech QuickCam Express +zc3xx 046d:08d7 Logitech QCam STX +zc3xx 046d:08d9 Logitech QuickCam IM/Connect +zc3xx 046d:08d8 Logitech Notebook Deluxe +zc3xx 046d:08da Logitech QuickCam Messenger +zc3xx 046d:08dd Logitech QuickCam for Notebooks +spca500 046d:0900 Logitech Inc. ClickSmart 310 +spca500 046d:0901 Logitech Inc. ClickSmart 510 +sunplus 046d:0905 Logitech ClickSmart 820 +tv8532 046d:0920 Logitech QuickCam Express +tv8532 046d:0921 Labtec Webcam +spca561 046d:0928 Logitech QC Express Etch2 +spca561 046d:0929 Labtec Webcam Elch2 +spca561 046d:092a Logitech QC for Notebook +spca561 046d:092b Labtec Webcam Plus +spca561 046d:092c Logitech QC chat Elch2 +spca561 046d:092d Logitech QC Elch2 +spca561 046d:092e Logitech QC Elch2 +spca561 046d:092f Logitech QuickCam Express Plus +sunplus 046d:0960 Logitech ClickSmart 420 +nw80x 046d:d001 Logitech QuickCam Pro (dark focus ring) +sunplus 0471:0322 Philips DMVC1300K +zc3xx 0471:0325 Philips SPC 200 NC +zc3xx 0471:0326 Philips SPC 300 NC +sonixj 0471:0327 Philips SPC 600 NC +sonixj 0471:0328 Philips SPC 700 NC +zc3xx 0471:032d Philips SPC 210 NC +zc3xx 0471:032e Philips SPC 315 NC +sonixj 0471:0330 Philips SPC 710 NC +spca501 0497:c001 Smile International +sunplus 04a5:3003 Benq DC 1300 +sunplus 04a5:3008 Benq DC 1500 +sunplus 04a5:300a Benq DC 3410 +spca500 04a5:300c Benq DC 1016 +benq 04a5:3035 Benq DC E300 +finepix 04cb:0104 Fujifilm FinePix 4800 +finepix 04cb:0109 Fujifilm FinePix A202 +finepix 04cb:010b Fujifilm FinePix A203 +finepix 04cb:010f Fujifilm FinePix A204 +finepix 04cb:0111 Fujifilm FinePix A205 +finepix 04cb:0113 Fujifilm FinePix A210 +finepix 04cb:0115 Fujifilm FinePix A303 +finepix 04cb:0117 Fujifilm FinePix A310 +finepix 04cb:0119 Fujifilm FinePix F401 +finepix 04cb:011b Fujifilm FinePix F402 +finepix 04cb:011d Fujifilm FinePix F410 +finepix 04cb:0121 Fujifilm FinePix F601 +finepix 04cb:0123 Fujifilm FinePix F700 +finepix 04cb:0125 Fujifilm FinePix M603 +finepix 04cb:0127 Fujifilm FinePix S300 +finepix 04cb:0129 Fujifilm FinePix S304 +finepix 04cb:012b Fujifilm FinePix S500 +finepix 04cb:012d Fujifilm FinePix S602 +finepix 04cb:012f Fujifilm FinePix S700 +finepix 04cb:0131 Fujifilm FinePix unknown model +finepix 04cb:013b Fujifilm FinePix unknown model +finepix 04cb:013d Fujifilm FinePix unknown model +finepix 04cb:013f Fujifilm FinePix F420 +sunplus 04f1:1001 JVC GC A50 +spca561 04fc:0561 Flexcam 100 +spca1528 04fc:1528 Sunplus MD80 clone +sunplus 04fc:500c Sunplus CA500C +sunplus 04fc:504a Aiptek Mini PenCam 1.3 +sunplus 04fc:504b Maxell MaxPocket LE 1.3 +sunplus 04fc:5330 Digitrex 2110 +sunplus 04fc:5360 Sunplus Generic +spca500 04fc:7333 PalmPixDC85 +sunplus 04fc:ffff Pure DigitalDakota +nw80x 0502:d001 DVC V6 +spca501 0506:00df 3Com HomeConnect Lite +sunplus 052b:1507 Megapixel 5 Pretec DC-1007 +sunplus 052b:1513 Megapix V4 +sunplus 052b:1803 MegaImage VI +nw80x 052b:d001 EZCam Pro p35u +tv8532 0545:808b Veo Stingray +tv8532 0545:8333 Veo Stingray +sunplus 0546:3155 Polaroid PDC3070 +sunplus 0546:3191 Polaroid Ion 80 +sunplus 0546:3273 Polaroid PDC2030 +ov519 054c:0154 Sonny toy4 +ov519 054c:0155 Sonny toy5 +cpia1 0553:0002 CPIA CPiA (version1) based cameras +zc3xx 055f:c005 Mustek Wcam300A +spca500 055f:c200 Mustek Gsmart 300 +sunplus 055f:c211 Kowa Bs888e Microcamera +spca500 055f:c220 Gsmart Mini +sunplus 055f:c230 Mustek Digicam 330K +sunplus 055f:c232 Mustek MDC3500 +sunplus 055f:c360 Mustek DV4000 Mpeg4 +sunplus 055f:c420 Mustek gSmart Mini 2 +sunplus 055f:c430 Mustek Gsmart LCD 2 +sunplus 055f:c440 Mustek DV 3000 +sunplus 055f:c520 Mustek gSmart Mini 3 +sunplus 055f:c530 Mustek Gsmart LCD 3 +sunplus 055f:c540 Gsmart D30 +sunplus 055f:c630 Mustek MDC4000 +sunplus 055f:c650 Mustek MDC5500Z +nw80x 055f:d001 Mustek Wcam 300 mini +zc3xx 055f:d003 Mustek WCam300A +zc3xx 055f:d004 Mustek WCam300 AN +conex 0572:0041 Creative Notebook cx11646 +ov519 05a9:0511 Video Blaster WebCam 3/WebCam Plus, D-Link USB Digital Video Camera +ov519 05a9:0518 Creative WebCam +ov519 05a9:0519 OV519 Microphone +ov519 05a9:0530 OmniVision +ov534_9 05a9:1550 OmniVision VEHO Filmscanner +ov519 05a9:2800 OmniVision SuperCAM +ov519 05a9:4519 Webcam Classic +ov534_9 05a9:8065 OmniVision test kit ov538+ov9712 +ov519 05a9:8519 OmniVision +ov519 05a9:a511 D-Link USB Digital Video Camera +ov519 05a9:a518 D-Link DSB-C310 Webcam +sunplus 05da:1018 Digital Dream Enigma 1.3 +stk014 05e1:0893 Syntek DV4000 +gl860 05e3:0503 Genesys Logic PC Camera +gl860 05e3:f191 Genesys Logic PC Camera +spca561 060b:a001 Maxell Compact Pc PM3 +zc3xx 0698:2003 CTX M730V built in +topro 06a2:0003 TP6800 PC Camera, CmoX CX0342 webcam +topro 06a2:6810 Creative Qmax +nw80x 06a5:0000 Typhoon Webcam 100 USB +nw80x 06a5:d001 Divio based webcams +nw80x 06a5:d800 Divio Chicony TwinkleCam, Trust SpaceCam +spca500 06bd:0404 Agfa CL20 +spca500 06be:0800 Optimedia +nw80x 06be:d001 EZCam Pro p35u +sunplus 06d6:0031 Trust 610 LCD PowerC@m Zoom +spca506 06e1:a190 ADS Instant VCD +ov534 06f8:3002 Hercules Blog Webcam +ov534_9 06f8:3003 Hercules Dualpix HD Weblog +sonixj 06f8:3004 Hercules Classic Silver +sonixj 06f8:3008 Hercules Deluxe Optical Glass +pac7302 06f8:3009 Hercules Classic Link +pac7302 06f8:301b Hercules Link +nw80x 0728:d001 AVerMedia Camguard +spca508 0733:0110 ViewQuest VQ110 +spca501 0733:0401 Intel Create and Share +spca501 0733:0402 ViewQuest M318B +spca505 0733:0430 Intel PC Camera Pro +sunplus 0733:1311 Digital Dream Epsilon 1.3 +sunplus 0733:1314 Mercury 2.1MEG Deluxe Classic Cam +sunplus 0733:2211 Jenoptik jdc 21 LCD +sunplus 0733:2221 Mercury Digital Pro 3.1p +sunplus 0733:3261 Concord 3045 spca536a +sunplus 0733:3281 Cyberpix S550V +spca506 0734:043b 3DeMon USB Capture aka +cpia1 0813:0001 QX3 camera +ov519 0813:0002 Dual Mode USB Camera Plus +spca500 084d:0003 D-Link DSC-350 +spca500 08ca:0103 Aiptek PocketDV +sunplus 08ca:0104 Aiptek PocketDVII 1.3 +sunplus 08ca:0106 Aiptek Pocket DV3100+ +mr97310a 08ca:0110 Trust Spyc@m 100 +mr97310a 08ca:0111 Aiptek PenCam VGA+ +sunplus 08ca:2008 Aiptek Mini PenCam 2 M +sunplus 08ca:2010 Aiptek PocketCam 3M +sunplus 08ca:2016 Aiptek PocketCam 2 Mega +sunplus 08ca:2018 Aiptek Pencam SD 2M +sunplus 08ca:2020 Aiptek Slim 3000F +sunplus 08ca:2022 Aiptek Slim 3200 +sunplus 08ca:2024 Aiptek DV3500 Mpeg4 +sunplus 08ca:2028 Aiptek PocketCam4M +sunplus 08ca:2040 Aiptek PocketDV4100M +sunplus 08ca:2042 Aiptek PocketDV5100 +sunplus 08ca:2050 Medion MD 41437 +sunplus 08ca:2060 Aiptek PocketDV5300 +tv8532 0923:010f ICM532 cams +mars 093a:050f Mars-Semi Pc-Camera +mr97310a 093a:010e All known CIF cams with this ID +mr97310a 093a:010f All known VGA cams with this ID +pac207 093a:2460 Qtec Webcam 100 +pac207 093a:2461 HP Webcam +pac207 093a:2463 Philips SPC 220 NC +pac207 093a:2464 Labtec Webcam 1200 +pac207 093a:2468 Webcam WB-1400T +pac207 093a:2470 Genius GF112 +pac207 093a:2471 Genius VideoCam ge111 +pac207 093a:2472 Genius VideoCam ge110 +pac207 093a:2474 Genius iLook 111 +pac207 093a:2476 Genius e-Messenger 112 +pac7311 093a:2600 PAC7311 Typhoon +pac7311 093a:2601 Philips SPC 610 NC +pac7311 093a:2603 Philips SPC 500 NC +pac7311 093a:2608 Trust WB-3300p +pac7311 093a:260e Gigaware VGA PC Camera, Trust WB-3350p, SIGMA cam 2350 +pac7311 093a:260f SnakeCam +pac7302 093a:2620 Apollo AC-905 +pac7302 093a:2621 PAC731x +pac7302 093a:2622 Genius Eye 312 +pac7302 093a:2624 PAC7302 +pac7302 093a:2625 Genius iSlim 310 +pac7302 093a:2626 Labtec 2200 +pac7302 093a:2627 Genius FaceCam 300 +pac7302 093a:2628 Genius iLook 300 +pac7302 093a:2629 Genious iSlim 300 +pac7302 093a:262a Webcam 300k +pac7302 093a:262c Philips SPC 230 NC +jl2005bcd 0979:0227 Various brands, 19 known cameras supported +jeilinj 0979:0280 Sakar 57379 +jeilinj 0979:0280 Sportscam DV15 +zc3xx 0ac8:0302 Z-star Vimicro zc0302 +vc032x 0ac8:0321 Vimicro generic vc0321 +vc032x 0ac8:0323 Vimicro Vc0323 +vc032x 0ac8:0328 A4Tech PK-130MG +zc3xx 0ac8:301b Z-Star zc301b +zc3xx 0ac8:303b Vimicro 0x303b +zc3xx 0ac8:305b Z-star Vimicro zc0305b +zc3xx 0ac8:307b PC Camera (ZS0211) +vc032x 0ac8:c001 Sony embedded vimicro +vc032x 0ac8:c002 Sony embedded vimicro +vc032x 0ac8:c301 Samsung Q1 Ultra Premium +spca508 0af9:0010 Hama USB Sightcam 100 +spca508 0af9:0011 Hama USB Sightcam 100 +ov519 0b62:0059 iBOT2 Webcam +sonixb 0c45:6001 Genius VideoCAM NB +sonixb 0c45:6005 Microdia Sweex Mini Webcam +sonixb 0c45:6007 Sonix sn9c101 + Tas5110D +sonixb 0c45:6009 spcaCam@120 +sonixb 0c45:600d spcaCam@120 +sonixb 0c45:6011 Microdia PC Camera (SN9C102) +sonixb 0c45:6019 Generic Sonix OV7630 +sonixb 0c45:6024 Generic Sonix Tas5130c +sonixb 0c45:6025 Xcam Shanga +sonixb 0c45:6028 Sonix Btc Pc380 +sonixb 0c45:6029 spcaCam@150 +sonixb 0c45:602c Generic Sonix OV7630 +sonixb 0c45:602d LIC-200 LG +sonixb 0c45:602e Genius VideoCam Messenger +sonixj 0c45:6040 Speed NVC 350K +sonixj 0c45:607c Sonix sn9c102p Hv7131R +sonixj 0c45:60c0 Sangha Sn535 +sonixj 0c45:60ce USB-PC-Camera-168 (TALK-5067) +sonixj 0c45:60ec SN9C105+MO4000 +sonixj 0c45:60fb Surfer NoName +sonixj 0c45:60fc LG-LIC300 +sonixj 0c45:60fe Microdia Audio +sonixj 0c45:6100 PC Camera (SN9C128) +sonixj 0c45:6102 PC Camera (SN9C128) +sonixj 0c45:610a PC Camera (SN9C128) +sonixj 0c45:610b PC Camera (SN9C128) +sonixj 0c45:610c PC Camera (SN9C128) +sonixj 0c45:610e PC Camera (SN9C128) +sonixj 0c45:6128 Microdia/Sonix SNP325 +sonixj 0c45:612a Avant Camera +sonixj 0c45:612b Speed-Link REFLECT2 +sonixj 0c45:612c Typhoon Rasy Cam 1.3MPix +sonixj 0c45:6130 Sonix Pccam +sonixj 0c45:6138 Sn9c120 Mo4000 +sonixj 0c45:613a Microdia Sonix PC Camera +sonixj 0c45:613b Surfer SN-206 +sonixj 0c45:613c Sonix Pccam168 +sonixj 0c45:6142 Hama PC-Webcam AC-150 +sonixj 0c45:6143 Sonix Pccam168 +sonixj 0c45:6148 Digitus DA-70811/ZSMC USB PC Camera ZS211/Microdia +sonixj 0c45:614a Frontech E-Ccam (JIL-2225) +sn9c20x 0c45:6240 PC Camera (SN9C201 + MT9M001) +sn9c20x 0c45:6242 PC Camera (SN9C201 + MT9M111) +sn9c20x 0c45:6248 PC Camera (SN9C201 + OV9655) +sn9c20x 0c45:624c PC Camera (SN9C201 + MT9M112) +sn9c20x 0c45:624e PC Camera (SN9C201 + SOI968) +sn9c20x 0c45:624f PC Camera (SN9C201 + OV9650) +sn9c20x 0c45:6251 PC Camera (SN9C201 + OV9650) +sn9c20x 0c45:6253 PC Camera (SN9C201 + OV9650) +sn9c20x 0c45:6260 PC Camera (SN9C201 + OV7670) +sn9c20x 0c45:6270 PC Camera (SN9C201 + MT9V011/MT9V111/MT9V112) +sn9c20x 0c45:627b PC Camera (SN9C201 + OV7660) +sn9c20x 0c45:627c PC Camera (SN9C201 + HV7131R) +sn9c20x 0c45:627f PC Camera (SN9C201 + OV9650) +sn9c20x 0c45:6280 PC Camera (SN9C202 + MT9M001) +sn9c20x 0c45:6282 PC Camera (SN9C202 + MT9M111) +sn9c20x 0c45:6288 PC Camera (SN9C202 + OV9655) +sn9c20x 0c45:628c PC Camera (SN9C201 + MT9M112) +sn9c20x 0c45:628e PC Camera (SN9C202 + SOI968) +sn9c20x 0c45:628f PC Camera (SN9C202 + OV9650) +sn9c20x 0c45:62a0 PC Camera (SN9C202 + OV7670) +sn9c20x 0c45:62b0 PC Camera (SN9C202 + MT9V011/MT9V111/MT9V112) +sn9c20x 0c45:62b3 PC Camera (SN9C202 + OV9655) +sn9c20x 0c45:62bb PC Camera (SN9C202 + OV7660) +sn9c20x 0c45:62bc PC Camera (SN9C202 + HV7131R) +sn9c2028 0c45:8001 Wild Planet Digital Spy Camera +sn9c2028 0c45:8003 Sakar #11199, #6637x, #67480 keychain cams +sn9c2028 0c45:8008 Mini-Shotz ms-350 +sn9c2028 0c45:800a Vivitar Vivicam 3350B +sunplus 0d64:0303 Sunplus FashionCam DXG +ov519 0e96:c001 TRUST 380 USB2 SPACEC@M +etoms 102c:6151 Qcam Sangha CIF +etoms 102c:6251 Qcam xxxxxx VGA +ov519 1046:9967 W9967CF/W9968CF WebCam IC, Video Blaster WebCam Go +zc3xx 10fd:0128 Typhoon Webshot II USB 300k 0x0128 +spca561 10fd:7e50 FlyCam Usb 100 +zc3xx 10fd:8050 Typhoon Webshot II USB 300k +ov534 1415:2000 Sony HD Eye for PS3 (SLEH 00201) +pac207 145f:013a Trust WB-1300N +sn9c20x 145f:013d Trust WB-3600R +vc032x 15b8:6001 HP 2.0 Megapixel +vc032x 15b8:6002 HP 2.0 Megapixel rz406aa +spca501 1776:501c Arowana 300K CMOS Camera +t613 17a1:0128 TASCORP JPEG Webcam, NGS Cyclops +vc032x 17ef:4802 Lenovo Vc0323+MI1310_SOC +pac207 2001:f115 D-Link DSB-C120 +sq905c 2770:9050 Disney pix micro (CIF) +sq905c 2770:9051 Lego Bionicle +sq905c 2770:9052 Disney pix micro 2 (VGA) +sq905c 2770:905c All 11 known cameras with this ID +sq905 2770:9120 All 24 known cameras with this ID +sq905c 2770:913d All 4 known cameras with this ID +sq930x 2770:930b Sweex Motion Tracking / I-Tec iCam Tracer +sq930x 2770:930c Trust WB-3500T / NSG Robbie 2.0 +spca500 2899:012c Toptro Industrial +ov519 8020:ef04 ov519 +spca508 8086:0110 Intel Easy PC Camera +spca500 8086:0630 Intel Pocket PC Camera +spca506 99fa:8988 Grandtec V.cap +sn9c20x a168:0610 Dino-Lite Digital Microscope (SN9C201 + HV7131R) +sn9c20x a168:0611 Dino-Lite Digital Microscope (SN9C201 + HV7131R) +sn9c20x a168:0613 Dino-Lite Digital Microscope (SN9C201 + HV7131R) +sn9c20x a168:0618 Dino-Lite Digital Microscope (SN9C201 + HV7131R) +sn9c20x a168:0614 Dino-Lite Digital Microscope (SN9C201 + MT9M111) +sn9c20x a168:0615 Dino-Lite Digital Microscope (SN9C201 + MT9M111) +sn9c20x a168:0617 Dino-Lite Digital Microscope (SN9C201 + MT9M111) +spca561 abcd:cdee Petcam diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/hauppauge-wintv-cx88-ir.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/hauppauge-wintv-cx88-ir.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a2fd363c4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/hauppauge-wintv-cx88-ir.txt @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +The controls for the mux are GPIO [0,1] for source, and GPIO 2 for muting. + +GPIO0 GPIO1 + 0 0 TV Audio + 1 0 FM radio + 0 1 Line-In + 1 1 Mono tuner bypass or CD passthru (tuner specific) + +GPIO 16(i believe) is tied to the IR port (if present). + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +>From the data sheet: + Register 24'h20004 PCI Interrupt Status + bit [18] IR_SMP_INT Set when 32 input samples have been collected over + gpio[16] pin into GP_SAMPLE register. + +What's missing from the data sheet: + +Setup 4KHz sampling rate (roughly 2x oversampled; good enough for our RC5 +compat remote) +set register 0x35C050 to 0xa80a80 + +enable sampling +set register 0x35C054 to 0x5 + +Of course, enable the IRQ bit 18 in the interrupt mask register .(and +provide for a handler) + +GP_SAMPLE register is at 0x35C058 + +Bits are then right shifted into the GP_SAMPLE register at the specified +rate; you get an interrupt when a full DWORD is received. +You need to recover the actual RC5 bits out of the (oversampled) IR sensor +bits. (Hint: look for the 0/1and 1/0 crossings of the RC5 bi-phase data) An +actual raw RC5 code will span 2-3 DWORDS, depending on the actual alignment. + +I'm pretty sure when no IR signal is present the receiver is always in a +marking state(1); but stray light, etc can cause intermittent noise values +as well. Remember, this is a free running sample of the IR receiver state +over time, so don't assume any sample starts at any particular place. + +http://www.atmel.com/dyn/resources/prod_documents/doc2817.pdf +This data sheet (google search) seems to have a lovely description of the +RC5 basics + +http://www.nenya.be/beor/electronics/rc5.htm and more data + +http://www.ee.washington.edu/circuit_archive/text/ir_decode.txt +and even a reference to how to decode a bi-phase data stream. + +http://www.xs4all.nl/~sbp/knowledge/ir/rc5.htm +still more info + diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/lifeview.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/lifeview.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..05f9eb57a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/lifeview.txt @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +collecting data about the lifeview models and the config coding on +gpio pins 0-9 ... +================================================================== + +bt878: + LR50 rev. Q ("PARTS: 7031505116), Tuner wurde als Nr. 5 erkannt, Eingänge + SVideo, TV, Composite, Audio, Remote. CP9..1=100001001 (1: 0-Ohm-Widerstand + gegen GND unbestückt; 0: bestückt) + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +saa7134: + /* LifeView FlyTV Platinum FM (LR214WF) */ + /* "Peter Missel <peter.missel@onlinehome.de> */ + .name = "LifeView FlyTV Platinum FM", + /* GP27 MDT2005 PB4 pin 10 */ + /* GP26 MDT2005 PB3 pin 9 */ + /* GP25 MDT2005 PB2 pin 8 */ + /* GP23 MDT2005 PB1 pin 7 */ + /* GP22 MDT2005 PB0 pin 6 */ + /* GP21 MDT2005 PB5 pin 11 */ + /* GP20 MDT2005 PB6 pin 12 */ + /* GP19 MDT2005 PB7 pin 13 */ + /* nc MDT2005 PA3 pin 2 */ + /* Remote MDT2005 PA2 pin 1 */ + /* GP18 MDT2005 PA1 pin 18 */ + /* nc MDT2005 PA0 pin 17 strap low */ + + /* GP17 Strap "GP7"=High */ + /* GP16 Strap "GP6"=High + 0=Radio 1=TV + Drives SA630D ENCH1 and HEF4052 A1 pins + to do FM radio through SIF input */ + /* GP15 nc */ + /* GP14 nc */ + /* GP13 nc */ + /* GP12 Strap "GP5" = High */ + /* GP11 Strap "GP4" = High */ + /* GP10 Strap "GP3" = High */ + /* GP09 Strap "GP2" = Low */ + /* GP08 Strap "GP1" = Low */ + /* GP07.00 nc */ diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/meye.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/meye.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a051152ea --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/meye.txt @@ -0,0 +1,123 @@ +Vaio Picturebook Motion Eye Camera Driver Readme +------------------------------------------------ + Copyright (C) 2001-2004 Stelian Pop <stelian@popies.net> + Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Alcôve <www.alcove.com> + Copyright (C) 2000 Andrew Tridgell <tridge@samba.org> + +This driver enable the use of video4linux compatible applications with the +Motion Eye camera. This driver requires the "Sony Laptop Extras" driver (which +can be found in the "Misc devices" section of the kernel configuration utility) +to be compiled and installed (using its "camera=1" parameter). + +It can do at maximum 30 fps @ 320x240 or 15 fps @ 640x480. + +Grabbing is supported in packed YUV colorspace only. + +MJPEG hardware grabbing is supported via a private API (see below). + +Hardware supported: +------------------- + +This driver supports the 'second' version of the MotionEye camera :) + +The first version was connected directly on the video bus of the Neomagic +video card and is unsupported. + +The second one, made by Kawasaki Steel is fully supported by this +driver (PCI vendor/device is 0x136b/0xff01) + +The third one, present in recent (more or less last year) Picturebooks +(C1M* models), is not supported. The manufacturer has given the specs +to the developers under a NDA (which allows the development of a GPL +driver however), but things are not moving very fast (see +http://r-engine.sourceforge.net/) (PCI vendor/device is 0x10cf/0x2011). + +There is a forth model connected on the USB bus in TR1* Vaio laptops. +This camera is not supported at all by the current driver, in fact +little information if any is available for this camera +(USB vendor/device is 0x054c/0x0107). + +Driver options: +--------------- + +Several options can be passed to the meye driver using the standard +module argument syntax (<param>=<value> when passing the option to the +module or meye.<param>=<value> on the kernel boot line when meye is +statically linked into the kernel). Those options are: + + gbuffers: number of capture buffers, default is 2 (32 max) + + gbufsize: size of each capture buffer, default is 614400 + + video_nr: video device to register (0 = /dev/video0, etc) + +Module use: +----------- + +In order to automatically load the meye module on use, you can put those lines +in your /etc/modprobe.d/meye.conf file: + + alias char-major-81 videodev + alias char-major-81-0 meye + options meye gbuffers=32 + +Usage: +------ + + xawtv >= 3.49 (<http://bytesex.org/xawtv/>) + for display and uncompressed video capture: + + xawtv -c /dev/video0 -geometry 640x480 + or + xawtv -c /dev/video0 -geometry 320x240 + + motioneye (<http://popies.net/meye/>) + for getting ppm or jpg snapshots, mjpeg video + +Private API: +------------ + + The driver supports frame grabbing with the video4linux API, + so all video4linux tools (like xawtv) should work with this driver. + + Besides the video4linux interface, the driver has a private interface + for accessing the Motion Eye extended parameters (camera sharpness, + agc, video framerate), the shapshot and the MJPEG capture facilities. + + This interface consists of several ioctls (prototypes and structures + can be found in include/linux/meye.h): + + MEYEIOC_G_PARAMS + MEYEIOC_S_PARAMS + Get and set the extended parameters of the motion eye camera. + The user should always query the current parameters with + MEYEIOC_G_PARAMS, change what he likes and then issue the + MEYEIOC_S_PARAMS call (checking for -EINVAL). The extended + parameters are described by the meye_params structure. + + + MEYEIOC_QBUF_CAPT + Queue a buffer for capture (the buffers must have been + obtained with a VIDIOCGMBUF call and mmap'ed by the + application). The argument to MEYEIOC_QBUF_CAPT is the + buffer number to queue (or -1 to end capture). The first + call to MEYEIOC_QBUF_CAPT starts the streaming capture. + + MEYEIOC_SYNC + Takes as an argument the buffer number you want to sync. + This ioctl blocks until the buffer is filled and ready + for the application to use. It returns the buffer size. + + MEYEIOC_STILLCAPT + MEYEIOC_STILLJCAPT + Takes a snapshot in an uncompressed or compressed jpeg format. + This ioctl blocks until the snapshot is done and returns (for + jpeg snapshot) the size of the image. The image data is + available from the first mmap'ed buffer. + + Look at the 'motioneye' application code for an actual example. + +Bugs / Todo: +------------ + + - 'motioneye' still uses the meye private v4l1 API extensions. diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/not-in-cx2388x-datasheet.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/not-in-cx2388x-datasheet.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..edbfe744d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/not-in-cx2388x-datasheet.txt @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +================================================================================= +MO_OUTPUT_FORMAT (0x310164) + + Previous default from DScaler: 0x1c1f0008 + Digit 8: 31-28 + 28: PREVREMOD = 1 + + Digit 7: 27-24 (0xc = 12 = b1100 ) + 27: COMBALT = 1 + 26: PAL_INV_PHASE + (DScaler apparently set this to 1, resulted in sucky picture) + + Digits 6,5: 23-16 + 25-16: COMB_RANGE = 0x1f [default] (9 bits -> max 512) + + Digit 4: 15-12 + 15: DISIFX = 0 + 14: INVCBF = 0 + 13: DISADAPT = 0 + 12: NARROWADAPT = 0 + + Digit 3: 11-8 + 11: FORCE2H + 10: FORCEREMD + 9: NCHROMAEN + 8: NREMODEN + + Digit 2: 7-4 + 7-6: YCORE + 5-4: CCORE + + Digit 1: 3-0 + 3: RANGE = 1 + 2: HACTEXT + 1: HSFMT + +0x47 is the sync byte for MPEG-2 transport stream packets. +Datasheet incorrectly states to use 47 decimal. 188 is the length. +All DVB compliant frontends output packets with this start code. + +================================================================================= diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/omap3isp.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/omap3isp.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b9a9f83b1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/omap3isp.txt @@ -0,0 +1,279 @@ +OMAP 3 Image Signal Processor (ISP) driver + +Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation +Copyright (C) 2009 Texas Instruments, Inc. + +Contacts: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> + Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> + David Cohen <dacohen@gmail.com> + + +Introduction +============ + +This file documents the Texas Instruments OMAP 3 Image Signal Processor (ISP) +driver located under drivers/media/platform/omap3isp. The original driver was +written by Texas Instruments but since that it has been rewritten (twice) at +Nokia. + +The driver has been successfully used on the following versions of OMAP 3: + + 3430 + 3530 + 3630 + +The driver implements V4L2, Media controller and v4l2_subdev interfaces. +Sensor, lens and flash drivers using the v4l2_subdev interface in the kernel +are supported. + + +Split to subdevs +================ + +The OMAP 3 ISP is split into V4L2 subdevs, each of the blocks inside the ISP +having one subdev to represent it. Each of the subdevs provide a V4L2 subdev +interface to userspace. + + OMAP3 ISP CCP2 + OMAP3 ISP CSI2a + OMAP3 ISP CCDC + OMAP3 ISP preview + OMAP3 ISP resizer + OMAP3 ISP AEWB + OMAP3 ISP AF + OMAP3 ISP histogram + +Each possible link in the ISP is modelled by a link in the Media controller +interface. For an example program see [2]. + + +Controlling the OMAP 3 ISP +========================== + +In general, the settings given to the OMAP 3 ISP take effect at the beginning +of the following frame. This is done when the module becomes idle during the +vertical blanking period on the sensor. In memory-to-memory operation the pipe +is run one frame at a time. Applying the settings is done between the frames. + +All the blocks in the ISP, excluding the CSI-2 and possibly the CCP2 receiver, +insist on receiving complete frames. Sensors must thus never send the ISP +partial frames. + +Autoidle does have issues with some ISP blocks on the 3430, at least. +Autoidle is only enabled on 3630 when the omap3isp module parameter autoidle +is non-zero. + + +Events +====== + +The OMAP 3 ISP driver does support the V4L2 event interface on CCDC and +statistics (AEWB, AF and histogram) subdevs. + +The CCDC subdev produces V4L2_EVENT_FRAME_SYNC type event on HS_VS +interrupt which is used to signal frame start. Earlier version of this +driver used V4L2_EVENT_OMAP3ISP_HS_VS for this purpose. The event is +triggered exactly when the reception of the first line of the frame starts +in the CCDC module. The event can be subscribed on the CCDC subdev. + +(When using parallel interface one must pay account to correct configuration +of the VS signal polarity. This is automatically correct when using the serial +receivers.) + +Each of the statistics subdevs is able to produce events. An event is +generated whenever a statistics buffer can be dequeued by a user space +application using the VIDIOC_OMAP3ISP_STAT_REQ IOCTL. The events available +are: + + V4L2_EVENT_OMAP3ISP_AEWB + V4L2_EVENT_OMAP3ISP_AF + V4L2_EVENT_OMAP3ISP_HIST + +The type of the event data is struct omap3isp_stat_event_status for these +ioctls. If there is an error calculating the statistics, there will be an +event as usual, but no related statistics buffer. In this case +omap3isp_stat_event_status.buf_err is set to non-zero. + + +Private IOCTLs +============== + +The OMAP 3 ISP driver supports standard V4L2 IOCTLs and controls where +possible and practical. Much of the functions provided by the ISP, however, +does not fall under the standard IOCTLs --- gamma tables and configuration of +statistics collection are examples of such. + +In general, there is a private ioctl for configuring each of the blocks +containing hardware-dependent functions. + +The following private IOCTLs are supported: + + VIDIOC_OMAP3ISP_CCDC_CFG + VIDIOC_OMAP3ISP_PRV_CFG + VIDIOC_OMAP3ISP_AEWB_CFG + VIDIOC_OMAP3ISP_HIST_CFG + VIDIOC_OMAP3ISP_AF_CFG + VIDIOC_OMAP3ISP_STAT_REQ + VIDIOC_OMAP3ISP_STAT_EN + +The parameter structures used by these ioctls are described in +include/linux/omap3isp.h. The detailed functions of the ISP itself related to +a given ISP block is described in the Technical Reference Manuals (TRMs) --- +see the end of the document for those. + +While it is possible to use the ISP driver without any use of these private +IOCTLs it is not possible to obtain optimal image quality this way. The AEWB, +AF and histogram modules cannot be used without configuring them using the +appropriate private IOCTLs. + + +CCDC and preview block IOCTLs +============================= + +The VIDIOC_OMAP3ISP_CCDC_CFG and VIDIOC_OMAP3ISP_PRV_CFG IOCTLs are used to +configure, enable and disable functions in the CCDC and preview blocks, +respectively. Both IOCTLs control several functions in the blocks they +control. VIDIOC_OMAP3ISP_CCDC_CFG IOCTL accepts a pointer to struct +omap3isp_ccdc_update_config as its argument. Similarly VIDIOC_OMAP3ISP_PRV_CFG +accepts a pointer to struct omap3isp_prev_update_config. The definition of +both structures is available in [1]. + +The update field in the structures tells whether to update the configuration +for the specific function and the flag tells whether to enable or disable the +function. + +The update and flag bit masks accept the following values. Each separate +functions in the CCDC and preview blocks is associated with a flag (either +disable or enable; part of the flag field in the structure) and a pointer to +configuration data for the function. + +Valid values for the update and flag fields are listed here for +VIDIOC_OMAP3ISP_CCDC_CFG. Values may be or'ed to configure more than one +function in the same IOCTL call. + + OMAP3ISP_CCDC_ALAW + OMAP3ISP_CCDC_LPF + OMAP3ISP_CCDC_BLCLAMP + OMAP3ISP_CCDC_BCOMP + OMAP3ISP_CCDC_FPC + OMAP3ISP_CCDC_CULL + OMAP3ISP_CCDC_CONFIG_LSC + OMAP3ISP_CCDC_TBL_LSC + +The corresponding values for the VIDIOC_OMAP3ISP_PRV_CFG are here: + + OMAP3ISP_PREV_LUMAENH + OMAP3ISP_PREV_INVALAW + OMAP3ISP_PREV_HRZ_MED + OMAP3ISP_PREV_CFA + OMAP3ISP_PREV_CHROMA_SUPP + OMAP3ISP_PREV_WB + OMAP3ISP_PREV_BLKADJ + OMAP3ISP_PREV_RGB2RGB + OMAP3ISP_PREV_COLOR_CONV + OMAP3ISP_PREV_YC_LIMIT + OMAP3ISP_PREV_DEFECT_COR + OMAP3ISP_PREV_GAMMABYPASS + OMAP3ISP_PREV_DRK_FRM_CAPTURE + OMAP3ISP_PREV_DRK_FRM_SUBTRACT + OMAP3ISP_PREV_LENS_SHADING + OMAP3ISP_PREV_NF + OMAP3ISP_PREV_GAMMA + +The associated configuration pointer for the function may not be NULL when +enabling the function. When disabling a function the configuration pointer is +ignored. + + +Statistic blocks IOCTLs +======================= + +The statistics subdevs do offer more dynamic configuration options than the +other subdevs. They can be enabled, disable and reconfigured when the pipeline +is in streaming state. + +The statistics blocks always get the input image data from the CCDC (as the +histogram memory read isn't implemented). The statistics are dequeueable by +the user from the statistics subdev nodes using private IOCTLs. + +The private IOCTLs offered by the AEWB, AF and histogram subdevs are heavily +reflected by the register level interface offered by the ISP hardware. There +are aspects that are purely related to the driver implementation and these are +discussed next. + +VIDIOC_OMAP3ISP_STAT_EN +----------------------- + +This private IOCTL enables/disables a statistic module. If this request is +done before streaming, it will take effect as soon as the pipeline starts to +stream. If the pipeline is already streaming, it will take effect as soon as +the CCDC becomes idle. + +VIDIOC_OMAP3ISP_AEWB_CFG, VIDIOC_OMAP3ISP_HIST_CFG and VIDIOC_OMAP3ISP_AF_CFG +----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Those IOCTLs are used to configure the modules. They require user applications +to have an in-depth knowledge of the hardware. Most of the fields explanation +can be found on OMAP's TRMs. The two following fields common to all the above +configure private IOCTLs require explanation for better understanding as they +are not part of the TRM. + +omap3isp_[h3a_af/h3a_aewb/hist]_config.buf_size: + +The modules handle their buffers internally. The necessary buffer size for the +module's data output depends on the requested configuration. Although the +driver supports reconfiguration while streaming, it does not support a +reconfiguration which requires bigger buffer size than what is already +internally allocated if the module is enabled. It will return -EBUSY on this +case. In order to avoid such condition, either disable/reconfigure/enable the +module or request the necessary buffer size during the first configuration +while the module is disabled. + +The internal buffer size allocation considers the requested configuration's +minimum buffer size and the value set on buf_size field. If buf_size field is +out of [minimum, maximum] buffer size range, it's clamped to fit in there. +The driver then selects the biggest value. The corrected buf_size value is +written back to user application. + +omap3isp_[h3a_af/h3a_aewb/hist]_config.config_counter: + +As the configuration doesn't take effect synchronously to the request, the +driver must provide a way to track this information to provide more accurate +data. After a configuration is requested, the config_counter returned to user +space application will be an unique value associated to that request. When +user application receives an event for buffer availability or when a new +buffer is requested, this config_counter is used to match a buffer data and a +configuration. + +VIDIOC_OMAP3ISP_STAT_REQ +------------------------ + +Send to user space the oldest data available in the internal buffer queue and +discards such buffer afterwards. The field omap3isp_stat_data.frame_number +matches with the video buffer's field_count. + + +Technical reference manuals (TRMs) and other documentation +========================================================== + +OMAP 3430 TRM: +<URL:http://focus.ti.com/pdfs/wtbu/OMAP34xx_ES3.1.x_PUBLIC_TRM_vZM.zip> +Referenced 2011-03-05. + +OMAP 35xx TRM: +<URL:http://www.ti.com/litv/pdf/spruf98o> Referenced 2011-03-05. + +OMAP 3630 TRM: +<URL:http://focus.ti.com/pdfs/wtbu/OMAP36xx_ES1.x_PUBLIC_TRM_vQ.zip> +Referenced 2011-03-05. + +DM 3730 TRM: +<URL:http://www.ti.com/litv/pdf/sprugn4h> Referenced 2011-03-06. + + +References +========== + +[1] include/linux/omap3isp.h + +[2] http://git.ideasonboard.org/?p=media-ctl.git;a=summary diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/omap4_camera.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/omap4_camera.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..25d9b40a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/omap4_camera.txt @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ + OMAP4 ISS Driver + ================ + +Introduction +------------ + +The OMAP44XX family of chips contains the Imaging SubSystem (a.k.a. ISS), +Which contains several components that can be categorized in 3 big groups: + +- Interfaces (2 Interfaces: CSI2-A & CSI2-B/CCP2) +- ISP (Image Signal Processor) +- SIMCOP (Still Image Coprocessor) + +For more information, please look in [1] for latest version of: + "OMAP4430 Multimedia Device Silicon Revision 2.x" + +As of Revision AB, the ISS is described in detail in section 8. + +This driver is supporting _only_ the CSI2-A/B interfaces for now. + +It makes use of the Media Controller framework [2], and inherited most of the +code from OMAP3 ISP driver (found under drivers/media/platform/omap3isp/*), +except that it doesn't need an IOMMU now for ISS buffers memory mapping. + +Supports usage of MMAP buffers only (for now). + +Tested platforms +---------------- + +- OMAP4430SDP, w/ ES2.1 GP & SEVM4430-CAM-V1-0 (Contains IMX060 & OV5640, in + which only the last one is supported, outputting YUV422 frames). + +- TI Blaze MDP, w/ OMAP4430 ES2.2 EMU (Contains 1 IMX060 & 2 OV5650 sensors, in + which only the OV5650 are supported, outputting RAW10 frames). + +- PandaBoard, Rev. A2, w/ OMAP4430 ES2.1 GP & OV adapter board, tested with + following sensors: + * OV5640 + * OV5650 + +- Tested on mainline kernel: + + http://git.kernel.org/?p=linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux-2.6.git;a=summary + + Tag: v3.3 (commit c16fa4f2ad19908a47c63d8fa436a1178438c7e7) + +File list +--------- +drivers/staging/media/omap4iss/ +include/media/omap4iss.h + +References +---------- + +[1] http://focus.ti.com/general/docs/wtbu/wtbudocumentcenter.tsp?navigationId=12037&templateId=6123#62 +[2] http://lwn.net/Articles/420485/ +[3] http://www.spinics.net/lists/linux-media/msg44370.html +-- +Author: Sergio Aguirre <sergio.a.aguirre@gmail.com> +Copyright (C) 2012, Texas Instruments diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/pxa_camera.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/pxa_camera.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..51ed1578b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/pxa_camera.txt @@ -0,0 +1,174 @@ + PXA-Camera Host Driver + ====================== + +Constraints +----------- + a) Image size for YUV422P format + All YUV422P images are enforced to have width x height % 16 = 0. + This is due to DMA constraints, which transfers only planes of 8 byte + multiples. + + +Global video workflow +--------------------- + a) QCI stopped + Initialy, the QCI interface is stopped. + When a buffer is queued (pxa_videobuf_ops->buf_queue), the QCI starts. + + b) QCI started + More buffers can be queued while the QCI is started without halting the + capture. The new buffers are "appended" at the tail of the DMA chain, and + smoothly captured one frame after the other. + + Once a buffer is filled in the QCI interface, it is marked as "DONE" and + removed from the active buffers list. It can be then requeud or dequeued by + userland application. + + Once the last buffer is filled in, the QCI interface stops. + + c) Capture global finite state machine schema + + +----+ +---+ +----+ + | DQ | | Q | | DQ | + | v | v | v + +-----------+ +------------------------+ + | STOP | | Wait for capture start | + +-----------+ Q +------------------------+ ++-> | QCI: stop | ------------------> | QCI: run | <------------+ +| | DMA: stop | | DMA: stop | | +| +-----------+ +-----> +------------------------+ | +| / | | +| / +---+ +----+ | | +|capture list empty / | Q | | DQ | | QCI Irq EOF | +| / | v | v v | +| +--------------------+ +----------------------+ | +| | DMA hotlink missed | | Capture running | | +| +--------------------+ +----------------------+ | +| | QCI: run | +-----> | QCI: run | <-+ | +| | DMA: stop | / | DMA: run | | | +| +--------------------+ / +----------------------+ | Other | +| ^ /DMA still | | channels | +| | capture list / running | DMA Irq End | not | +| | not empty / | | finished | +| | / v | yet | +| +----------------------+ +----------------------+ | | +| | Videobuf released | | Channel completed | | | +| +----------------------+ +----------------------+ | | ++-- | QCI: run | | QCI: run | --+ | + | DMA: run | | DMA: run | | + +----------------------+ +----------------------+ | + ^ / | | + | no overrun / | overrun | + | / v | + +--------------------+ / +----------------------+ | + | Frame completed | / | Frame overran | | + +--------------------+ <-----+ +----------------------+ restart frame | + | QCI: run | | QCI: stop | --------------+ + | DMA: run | | DMA: stop | + +--------------------+ +----------------------+ + + Legend: - each box is a FSM state + - each arrow is the condition to transition to another state + - an arrow with a comment is a mandatory transition (no condition) + - arrow "Q" means : a buffer was enqueued + - arrow "DQ" means : a buffer was dequeued + - "QCI: stop" means the QCI interface is not enabled + - "DMA: stop" means all 3 DMA channels are stopped + - "DMA: run" means at least 1 DMA channel is still running + +DMA usage +--------- + a) DMA flow + - first buffer queued for capture + Once a first buffer is queued for capture, the QCI is started, but data + transfer is not started. On "End Of Frame" interrupt, the irq handler + starts the DMA chain. + - capture of one videobuffer + The DMA chain starts transferring data into videobuffer RAM pages. + When all pages are transferred, the DMA irq is raised on "ENDINTR" status + - finishing one videobuffer + The DMA irq handler marks the videobuffer as "done", and removes it from + the active running queue + Meanwhile, the next videobuffer (if there is one), is transferred by DMA + - finishing the last videobuffer + On the DMA irq of the last videobuffer, the QCI is stopped. + + b) DMA prepared buffer will have this structure + + +------------+-----+---------------+-----------------+ + | desc-sg[0] | ... | desc-sg[last] | finisher/linker | + +------------+-----+---------------+-----------------+ + + This structure is pointed by dma->sg_cpu. + The descriptors are used as follows : + - desc-sg[i]: i-th descriptor, transferring the i-th sg + element to the video buffer scatter gather + - finisher: has ddadr=DADDR_STOP, dcmd=ENDIRQEN + - linker: has ddadr= desc-sg[0] of next video buffer, dcmd=0 + + For the next schema, let's assume d0=desc-sg[0] .. dN=desc-sg[N], + "f" stands for finisher and "l" for linker. + A typical running chain is : + + Videobuffer 1 Videobuffer 2 + +---------+----+---+ +----+----+----+---+ + | d0 | .. | dN | l | | d0 | .. | dN | f | + +---------+----+-|-+ ^----+----+----+---+ + | | + +----+ + + After the chaining is finished, the chain looks like : + + Videobuffer 1 Videobuffer 2 Videobuffer 3 + +---------+----+---+ +----+----+----+---+ +----+----+----+---+ + | d0 | .. | dN | l | | d0 | .. | dN | l | | d0 | .. | dN | f | + +---------+----+-|-+ ^----+----+----+-|-+ ^----+----+----+---+ + | | | | + +----+ +----+ + new_link + + c) DMA hot chaining timeslice issue + + As DMA chaining is done while DMA _is_ running, the linking may be done + while the DMA jumps from one Videobuffer to another. On the schema, that + would be a problem if the following sequence is encountered : + + - DMA chain is Videobuffer1 + Videobuffer2 + - pxa_videobuf_queue() is called to queue Videobuffer3 + - DMA controller finishes Videobuffer2, and DMA stops + => + Videobuffer 1 Videobuffer 2 + +---------+----+---+ +----+----+----+---+ + | d0 | .. | dN | l | | d0 | .. | dN | f | + +---------+----+-|-+ ^----+----+----+-^-+ + | | | + +----+ +-- DMA DDADR loads DDADR_STOP + + - pxa_dma_add_tail_buf() is called, the Videobuffer2 "finisher" is + replaced by a "linker" to Videobuffer3 (creation of new_link) + - pxa_videobuf_queue() finishes + - the DMA irq handler is called, which terminates Videobuffer2 + - Videobuffer3 capture is not scheduled on DMA chain (as it stopped !!!) + + Videobuffer 1 Videobuffer 2 Videobuffer 3 + +---------+----+---+ +----+----+----+---+ +----+----+----+---+ + | d0 | .. | dN | l | | d0 | .. | dN | l | | d0 | .. | dN | f | + +---------+----+-|-+ ^----+----+----+-|-+ ^----+----+----+---+ + | | | | + +----+ +----+ + new_link + DMA DDADR still is DDADR_STOP + + - pxa_camera_check_link_miss() is called + This checks if the DMA is finished and a buffer is still on the + pcdev->capture list. If that's the case, the capture will be restarted, + and Videobuffer3 is scheduled on DMA chain. + - the DMA irq handler finishes + + Note: if DMA stops just after pxa_camera_check_link_miss() reads DDADR() + value, we have the guarantee that the DMA irq handler will be called back + when the DMA will finish the buffer, and pxa_camera_check_link_miss() will + be called again, to reschedule Videobuffer3. + +-- +Author: Robert Jarzmik <robert.jarzmik@free.fr> diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/radiotrack.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/radiotrack.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d1f3ed199 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/radiotrack.txt @@ -0,0 +1,147 @@ +NOTES ON RADIOTRACK CARD CONTROL +by Stephen M. Benoit (benoits@servicepro.com) Dec 14, 1996 +---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Document version 1.0 + +ACKNOWLEDGMENTS +---------------- +This document was made based on 'C' code for Linux from Gideon le Grange +(legrang@active.co.za or legrang@cs.sun.ac.za) in 1994, and elaborations from +Frans Brinkman (brinkman@esd.nl) in 1996. The results reported here are from +experiments that the author performed on his own setup, so your mileage may +vary... I make no guarantees, claims or warranties to the suitability or +validity of this information. No other documentation on the AIMS +Lab (http://www.aimslab.com/) RadioTrack card was made available to the +author. This document is offered in the hopes that it might help users who +want to use the RadioTrack card in an environment other than MS Windows. + +WHY THIS DOCUMENT? +------------------ +I have a RadioTrack card from back when I ran an MS-Windows platform. After +converting to Linux, I found Gideon le Grange's command-line software for +running the card, and found that it was good! Frans Brinkman made a +comfortable X-windows interface, and added a scanning feature. For hack +value, I wanted to see if the tuner could be tuned beyond the usual FM radio +broadcast band, so I could pick up the audio carriers from North American +broadcast TV channels, situated just below and above the 87.0-109.0 MHz range. +I did not get much success, but I learned about programming ioports under +Linux and gained some insights about the hardware design used for the card. + +So, without further delay, here are the details. + + +PHYSICAL DESCRIPTION +-------------------- +The RadioTrack card is an ISA 8-bit FM radio card. The radio frequency (RF) +input is simply an antenna lead, and the output is a power audio signal +available through a miniature phone plug. Its RF frequencies of operation are +more or less limited from 87.0 to 109.0 MHz (the commercial FM broadcast +band). Although the registers can be programmed to request frequencies beyond +these limits, experiments did not give promising results. The variable +frequency oscillator (VFO) that demodulates the intermediate frequency (IF) +signal probably has a small range of useful frequencies, and wraps around or +gets clipped beyond the limits mentioned above. + + +CONTROLLING THE CARD WITH IOPORT +-------------------------------- +The RadioTrack (base) ioport is configurable for 0x30c or 0x20c. Only one +ioport seems to be involved. The ioport decoding circuitry must be pretty +simple, as individual ioport bits are directly matched to specific functions +(or blocks) of the radio card. This way, many functions can be changed in +parallel with one write to the ioport. The only feedback available through +the ioports appears to be the "Stereo Detect" bit. + +The bits of the ioport are arranged as follows: + + MSb LSb ++------+------+------+--------+--------+-------+---------+--------+ +| VolA | VolB | ???? | Stereo | Radio | TuneA | TuneB | Tune | +| (+) | (-) | | Detect | Audio | (bit) | (latch) | Update | +| | | | Enable | Enable | | | Enable | ++------+------+------+--------+--------+-------+---------+--------+ + + +VolA . VolB [AB......] +----------- +0 0 : audio mute +0 1 : volume + (some delay required) +1 0 : volume - (some delay required) +1 1 : stay at present volume + +Stereo Detect Enable [...S....] +-------------------- +0 : No Detect +1 : Detect + + Results available by reading ioport >60 msec after last port write. + 0xff ==> no stereo detected, 0xfd ==> stereo detected. + +Radio to Audio (path) Enable [....R...] +---------------------------- +0 : Disable path (silence) +1 : Enable path (audio produced) + +TuneA . TuneB [.....AB.] +------------- +0 0 : "zero" bit phase 1 +0 1 : "zero" bit phase 2 + +1 0 : "one" bit phase 1 +1 1 : "one" bit phase 2 + + 24-bit code, where bits = (freq*40) + 10486188. + The Most Significant 11 bits must be 1010 xxxx 0x0 to be valid. + The bits are shifted in LSb first. + +Tune Update Enable [.......T] +------------------ +0 : Tuner held constant +1 : Tuner updating in progress + + +PROGRAMMING EXAMPLES +-------------------- +Default: BASE <-- 0xc8 (current volume, no stereo detect, + radio enable, tuner adjust disable) + +Card Off: BASE <-- 0x00 (audio mute, no stereo detect, + radio disable, tuner adjust disable) + +Card On: BASE <-- 0x00 (see "Card Off", clears any unfinished business) + BASE <-- 0xc8 (see "Default") + +Volume Down: BASE <-- 0x48 (volume down, no stereo detect, + radio enable, tuner adjust disable) + * wait 10 msec * + BASE <-- 0xc8 (see "Default") + +Volume Up: BASE <-- 0x88 (volume up, no stereo detect, + radio enable, tuner adjust disable) + * wait 10 msec * + BASE <-- 0xc8 (see "Default") + +Check Stereo: BASE <-- 0xd8 (current volume, stereo detect, + radio enable, tuner adjust disable) + * wait 100 msec * + x <-- BASE (read ioport) + BASE <-- 0xc8 (see "Default") + + x=0xff ==> "not stereo", x=0xfd ==> "stereo detected" + +Set Frequency: code = (freq*40) + 10486188 + foreach of the 24 bits in code, + (from Least to Most Significant): + to write a "zero" bit, + BASE <-- 0x01 (audio mute, no stereo detect, radio + disable, "zero" bit phase 1, tuner adjust) + BASE <-- 0x03 (audio mute, no stereo detect, radio + disable, "zero" bit phase 2, tuner adjust) + to write a "one" bit, + BASE <-- 0x05 (audio mute, no stereo detect, radio + disable, "one" bit phase 1, tuner adjust) + BASE <-- 0x07 (audio mute, no stereo detect, radio + disable, "one" bit phase 2, tuner adjust) + +---------------------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/sh_mobile_ceu_camera.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/sh_mobile_ceu_camera.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1e96ce6e2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/sh_mobile_ceu_camera.txt @@ -0,0 +1,139 @@ + Cropping and Scaling algorithm, used in the sh_mobile_ceu_camera driver + ======================================================================= + +Terminology +----------- + +sensor scales: horizontal and vertical scales, configured by the sensor driver +host scales: -"- host driver +combined scales: sensor_scale * host_scale + + +Generic scaling / cropping scheme +--------------------------------- + +-1-- +| +-2-- -\ +| --\ +| --\ ++-5-- . -- -3-- -\ +| `... -\ +| `... -4-- . - -7.. +| `. +| `. .6-- +| +| . .6'- +| .´ +| ... -4'- .´ +| ...´ - -7'. ++-5'- .´ -/ +| -- -3'- -/ +| --/ +| --/ +-2'- -/ +| +| +-1'- + +In the above chart minuses and slashes represent "real" data amounts, points and +accents represent "useful" data, basically, CEU scaled and cropped output, +mapped back onto the client's source plane. + +Such a configuration can be produced by user requests: + +S_CROP(left / top = (5) - (1), width / height = (5') - (5)) +S_FMT(width / height = (6') - (6)) + +Here: + +(1) to (1') - whole max width or height +(1) to (2) - sensor cropped left or top +(2) to (2') - sensor cropped width or height +(3) to (3') - sensor scale +(3) to (4) - CEU cropped left or top +(4) to (4') - CEU cropped width or height +(5) to (5') - reverse sensor scale applied to CEU cropped width or height +(2) to (5) - reverse sensor scale applied to CEU cropped left or top +(6) to (6') - CEU scale - user window + + +S_FMT +----- + +Do not touch input rectangle - it is already optimal. + +1. Calculate current sensor scales: + + scale_s = ((2') - (2)) / ((3') - (3)) + +2. Calculate "effective" input crop (sensor subwindow) - CEU crop scaled back at +current sensor scales onto input window - this is user S_CROP: + + width_u = (5') - (5) = ((4') - (4)) * scale_s + +3. Calculate new combined scales from "effective" input window to requested user +window: + + scale_comb = width_u / ((6') - (6)) + +4. Calculate sensor output window by applying combined scales to real input +window: + + width_s_out = ((7') - (7)) = ((2') - (2)) / scale_comb + +5. Apply iterative sensor S_FMT for sensor output window. + + subdev->video_ops->s_fmt(.width = width_s_out) + +6. Retrieve sensor output window (g_fmt) + +7. Calculate new sensor scales: + + scale_s_new = ((3')_new - (3)_new) / ((2') - (2)) + +8. Calculate new CEU crop - apply sensor scales to previously calculated +"effective" crop: + + width_ceu = (4')_new - (4)_new = width_u / scale_s_new + left_ceu = (4)_new - (3)_new = ((5) - (2)) / scale_s_new + +9. Use CEU cropping to crop to the new window: + + ceu_crop(.width = width_ceu, .left = left_ceu) + +10. Use CEU scaling to scale to the requested user window: + + scale_ceu = width_ceu / width + + +S_CROP +------ + +The API at http://v4l2spec.bytesex.org/spec/x1904.htm says: + +"...specification does not define an origin or units. However by convention +drivers should horizontally count unscaled samples relative to 0H." + +We choose to follow the advise and interpret cropping units as client input +pixels. + +Cropping is performed in the following 6 steps: + +1. Request exactly user rectangle from the sensor. + +2. If smaller - iterate until a larger one is obtained. Result: sensor cropped + to 2 : 2', target crop 5 : 5', current output format 6' - 6. + +3. In the previous step the sensor has tried to preserve its output frame as + good as possible, but it could have changed. Retrieve it again. + +4. Sensor scaled to 3 : 3'. Sensor's scale is (2' - 2) / (3' - 3). Calculate + intermediate window: 4' - 4 = (5' - 5) * (3' - 3) / (2' - 2) + +5. Calculate and apply host scale = (6' - 6) / (4' - 4) + +6. Calculate and apply host crop: 6 - 7 = (5 - 2) * (6' - 6) / (5' - 5) + +-- +Author: Guennadi Liakhovetski <g.liakhovetski@gmx.de> diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/si470x.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/si470x.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..98c32925e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/si470x.txt @@ -0,0 +1,129 @@ +Driver for USB radios for the Silicon Labs Si470x FM Radio Receivers + +Copyright (c) 2009 Tobias Lorenz <tobias.lorenz@gmx.net> + + +Information from Silicon Labs +============================= +Silicon Laboratories is the manufacturer of the radio ICs, that nowadays are the +most often used radio receivers in cell phones. Usually they are connected with +I2C. But SiLabs also provides a reference design, which integrates this IC, +together with a small microcontroller C8051F321, to form a USB radio. +Part of this reference design is also a radio application in binary and source +code. The software also contains an automatic firmware upgrade to the most +current version. Information on these can be downloaded here: +http://www.silabs.com/usbradio + + +Supported ICs +============= +The following ICs have a very similar register set, so that they are or will be +supported somewhen by the driver: +- Si4700: FM radio receiver +- Si4701: FM radio receiver, RDS Support +- Si4702: FM radio receiver +- Si4703: FM radio receiver, RDS Support +- Si4704: FM radio receiver, no external antenna required +- Si4705: FM radio receiver, no external antenna required, RDS support, Dig I/O +- Si4706: Enhanced FM RDS/TMC radio receiver, no external antenna required, RDS + Support +- Si4707: Dedicated weather band radio receiver with SAME decoder, RDS Support +- Si4708: Smallest FM receivers +- Si4709: Smallest FM receivers, RDS Support +More information on these can be downloaded here: +http://www.silabs.com/products/mcu/Pages/USBFMRadioRD.aspx + + +Supported USB devices +===================== +Currently the following USB radios (vendor:product) with the Silicon Labs si470x +chips are known to work: +- 10c4:818a: Silicon Labs USB FM Radio Reference Design +- 06e1:a155: ADS/Tech FM Radio Receiver (formerly Instant FM Music) (RDX-155-EF) +- 1b80:d700: KWorld USB FM Radio SnapMusic Mobile 700 (FM700) +- 10c5:819a: Sanei Electric, Inc. FM USB Radio (sold as DealExtreme.com PCear) + + +Software +======== +Testing is usually done with most application under Debian/testing: +- fmtools - Utility for managing FM tuner cards +- gnomeradio - FM-radio tuner for the GNOME desktop +- gradio - GTK FM radio tuner +- kradio - Comfortable Radio Application for KDE +- radio - ncurses-based radio application +- mplayer - The Ultimate Movie Player For Linux +- v4l2-ctl - Collection of command line video4linux utilities +For example, you can use: +v4l2-ctl -d /dev/radio0 --set-ctrl=volume=10,mute=0 --set-freq=95.21 --all + +There is also a library libv4l, which can be used. It's going to have a function +for frequency seeking, either by using hardware functionality as in radio-si470x +or by implementing a function as we currently have in every of the mentioned +programs. Somewhen the radio programs should make use of libv4l. + +For processing RDS information, there is a project ongoing at: +http://rdsd.berlios.de/ + +There is currently no project for making TMC sentences human readable. + + +Audio Listing +============= +USB Audio is provided by the ALSA snd_usb_audio module. It is recommended to +also select SND_USB_AUDIO, as this is required to get sound from the radio. For +listing you have to redirect the sound, for example using one of the following +commands. Please adjust the audio devices to your needs (/dev/dsp* and hw:x,x). + +If you just want to test audio (very poor quality): +cat /dev/dsp1 > /dev/dsp + +If you use sox + OSS try: +sox -2 --endian little -r 96000 -t oss /dev/dsp1 -t oss /dev/dsp +or using sox + alsa: +sox --endian little -c 2 -S -r 96000 -t alsa hw:1 -t alsa -r 96000 hw:0 + +If you use arts try: +arecord -D hw:1,0 -r96000 -c2 -f S16_LE | artsdsp aplay -B - + +If you use mplayer try: +mplayer -radio adevice=hw=1.0:arate=96000 \ + -rawaudio rate=96000 \ + radio://<frequency>/capture + +Module Parameters +================= +After loading the module, you still have access to some of them in the sysfs +mount under /sys/module/radio_si470x/parameters. The contents of read-only files +(0444) are not updated, even if space, band and de are changed using private +video controls. The others are runtime changeable. + + +Errors +====== +Increase tune_timeout, if you often get -EIO errors. + +When timed out or band limit is reached, hw_freq_seek returns -EAGAIN. + +If you get any errors from snd_usb_audio, please report them to the ALSA people. + + +Open Issues +=========== +V4L minor device allocation and parameter setting is not perfect. A solution is +currently under discussion. + +There is an USB interface for downloading/uploading new firmware images. Support +for it can be implemented using the request_firmware interface. + +There is a RDS interrupt mode. The driver is already using the same interface +for polling RDS information, but is currently not using the interrupt mode. + +There is a LED interface, which can be used to override the LED control +programmed in the firmware. This can be made available using the LED support +functions in the kernel. + + +Other useful information and links +================================== +http://www.silabs.com/usbradio diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/si4713.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/si4713.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2e7392a4f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/si4713.txt @@ -0,0 +1,176 @@ +Driver for I2C radios for the Silicon Labs Si4713 FM Radio Transmitters + +Copyright (c) 2009 Nokia Corporation +Contact: Eduardo Valentin <eduardo.valentin@nokia.com> + + +Information about the Device +============================ +This chip is a Silicon Labs product. It is a I2C device, currently on 0x63 address. +Basically, it has transmission and signal noise level measurement features. + +The Si4713 integrates transmit functions for FM broadcast stereo transmission. +The chip also allows integrated receive power scanning to identify low signal +power FM channels. + +The chip is programmed using commands and responses. There are also several +properties which can change the behavior of this chip. + +Users must comply with local regulations on radio frequency (RF) transmission. + +Device driver description +========================= +There are two modules to handle this device. One is a I2C device driver +and the other is a platform driver. + +The I2C device driver exports a v4l2-subdev interface to the kernel. +All properties can also be accessed by v4l2 extended controls interface, by +using the v4l2-subdev calls (g_ext_ctrls, s_ext_ctrls). + +The platform device driver exports a v4l2 radio device interface to user land. +So, it uses the I2C device driver as a sub device in order to send the user +commands to the actual device. Basically it is a wrapper to the I2C device driver. + +Applications can use v4l2 radio API to specify frequency of operation, mute state, +etc. But mostly of its properties will be present in the extended controls. + +When the v4l2 mute property is set to 1 (true), the driver will turn the chip off. + +Properties description +====================== + +The properties can be accessed using v4l2 extended controls. +Here is an output from v4l2-ctl util: +/ # v4l2-ctl -d /dev/radio0 --all -L +Driver Info: + Driver name : radio-si4713 + Card type : Silicon Labs Si4713 Modulator + Bus info : + Driver version: 0 + Capabilities : 0x00080800 + RDS Output + Modulator +Audio output: 0 (FM Modulator Audio Out) +Frequency: 1408000 (88.000000 MHz) +Video Standard = 0x00000000 +Modulator: + Name : FM Modulator + Capabilities : 62.5 Hz stereo rds + Frequency range : 76.0 MHz - 108.0 MHz + Subchannel modulation: stereo+rds + +User Controls + + mute (bool) : default=1 value=0 + +FM Radio Modulator Controls + + rds_signal_deviation (int) : min=0 max=90000 step=10 default=200 value=200 flags=slider + rds_program_id (int) : min=0 max=65535 step=1 default=0 value=0 + rds_program_type (int) : min=0 max=31 step=1 default=0 value=0 + rds_ps_name (str) : min=0 max=96 step=8 value='si4713 ' + rds_radio_text (str) : min=0 max=384 step=32 value='' + audio_limiter_feature_enabled (bool) : default=1 value=1 + audio_limiter_release_time (int) : min=250 max=102390 step=50 default=5010 value=5010 flags=slider + audio_limiter_deviation (int) : min=0 max=90000 step=10 default=66250 value=66250 flags=slider +audio_compression_feature_enabl (bool) : default=1 value=1 + audio_compression_gain (int) : min=0 max=20 step=1 default=15 value=15 flags=slider + audio_compression_threshold (int) : min=-40 max=0 step=1 default=-40 value=-40 flags=slider + audio_compression_attack_time (int) : min=0 max=5000 step=500 default=0 value=0 flags=slider + audio_compression_release_time (int) : min=100000 max=1000000 step=100000 default=1000000 value=1000000 flags=slider + pilot_tone_feature_enabled (bool) : default=1 value=1 + pilot_tone_deviation (int) : min=0 max=90000 step=10 default=6750 value=6750 flags=slider + pilot_tone_frequency (int) : min=0 max=19000 step=1 default=19000 value=19000 flags=slider + pre_emphasis_settings (menu) : min=0 max=2 default=1 value=1 + tune_power_level (int) : min=0 max=120 step=1 default=88 value=88 flags=slider + tune_antenna_capacitor (int) : min=0 max=191 step=1 default=0 value=110 flags=slider +/ # + +Here is a summary of them: + +* Pilot is an audible tone sent by the device. + +pilot_frequency - Configures the frequency of the stereo pilot tone. +pilot_deviation - Configures pilot tone frequency deviation level. +pilot_enabled - Enables or disables the pilot tone feature. + +* The si4713 device is capable of applying audio compression to the transmitted signal. + +acomp_enabled - Enables or disables the audio dynamic range control feature. +acomp_gain - Sets the gain for audio dynamic range control. +acomp_threshold - Sets the threshold level for audio dynamic range control. +acomp_attack_time - Sets the attack time for audio dynamic range control. +acomp_release_time - Sets the release time for audio dynamic range control. + +* Limiter setups audio deviation limiter feature. Once a over deviation occurs, +it is possible to adjust the front-end gain of the audio input and always +prevent over deviation. + +limiter_enabled - Enables or disables the limiter feature. +limiter_deviation - Configures audio frequency deviation level. +limiter_release_time - Sets the limiter release time. + +* Tuning power + +power_level - Sets the output power level for signal transmission. +antenna_capacitor - This selects the value of antenna tuning capacitor manually +or automatically if set to zero. + +* RDS related + +rds_ps_name - Sets the RDS ps name field for transmission. +rds_radio_text - Sets the RDS radio text for transmission. +rds_pi - Sets the RDS PI field for transmission. +rds_pty - Sets the RDS PTY field for transmission. + +* Region related + +preemphasis - sets the preemphasis to be applied for transmission. + +RNL +=== + +This device also has an interface to measure received noise level. To do that, you should +ioctl the device node. Here is an code of example: + +int main (int argc, char *argv[]) +{ + struct si4713_rnl rnl; + int fd = open("/dev/radio0", O_RDWR); + int rval; + + if (argc < 2) + return -EINVAL; + + if (fd < 0) + return fd; + + sscanf(argv[1], "%d", &rnl.frequency); + + rval = ioctl(fd, SI4713_IOC_MEASURE_RNL, &rnl); + if (rval < 0) + return rval; + + printf("received noise level: %d\n", rnl.rnl); + + close(fd); +} + +The struct si4713_rnl and SI4713_IOC_MEASURE_RNL are defined under +include/media/si4713.h. + +Stereo/Mono and RDS subchannels +=============================== + +The device can also be configured using the available sub channels for +transmission. To do that use S/G_MODULATOR ioctl and configure txsubchans properly. +Refer to the V4L2 API specification for proper use of this ioctl. + +Testing +======= +Testing is usually done with v4l2-ctl utility for managing FM tuner cards. +The tool can be found in v4l-dvb repository under v4l2-apps/util directory. + +Example for setting rds ps name: +# v4l2-ctl -d /dev/radio0 --set-ctrl=rds_ps_name="Dummy" + diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/si476x.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/si476x.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..616607955 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/si476x.txt @@ -0,0 +1,187 @@ +SI476x Driver Readme +------------------------------------------------ + Copyright (C) 2013 Andrey Smirnov <andrew.smirnov@gmail.com> + +TODO for the driver +------------------------------ + +- According to the SiLabs' datasheet it is possible to update the + firmware of the radio chip in the run-time, thus bringing it to the + most recent version. Unfortunately I couldn't find any mentioning of + the said firmware update for the old chips that I tested the driver + against, so for chips like that the driver only exposes the old + functionality. + + +Parameters exposed over debugfs +------------------------------- +SI476x allow user to get multiple characteristics that can be very +useful for EoL testing/RF performance estimation, parameters that have +very little to do with V4L2 subsystem. Such parameters are exposed via +debugfs and can be accessed via regular file I/O operations. + +The drivers exposes following files: + +* /sys/kernel/debug/<device-name>/acf + This file contains ACF(Automatically Controlled Features) status + information. The contents of the file is binary data of the + following layout: + + Offset | Name | Description + ==================================================================== + 0x00 | blend_int | Flag, set when stereo separation has + | | crossed below the blend threshold + -------------------------------------------------------------------- + 0x01 | hblend_int | Flag, set when HiBlend cutoff + | | frequency is lower than threshold + -------------------------------------------------------------------- + 0x02 | hicut_int | Flag, set when HiCut cutoff + | | frequency is lower than threshold + -------------------------------------------------------------------- + 0x03 | chbw_int | Flag, set when channel filter + | | bandwidth is less than threshold + -------------------------------------------------------------------- + 0x04 | softmute_int | Flag indicating that softmute + | | attenuation has increased above + | | softmute threshold + -------------------------------------------------------------------- + 0x05 | smute | 0 - Audio is not soft muted + | | 1 - Audio is soft muted + -------------------------------------------------------------------- + 0x06 | smattn | Soft mute attenuation level in dB + -------------------------------------------------------------------- + 0x07 | chbw | Channel filter bandwidth in kHz + -------------------------------------------------------------------- + 0x08 | hicut | HiCut cutoff frequency in units of + | | 100Hz + -------------------------------------------------------------------- + 0x09 | hiblend | HiBlend cutoff frequency in units + | | of 100 Hz + -------------------------------------------------------------------- + 0x10 | pilot | 0 - Stereo pilot is not present + | | 1 - Stereo pilot is present + -------------------------------------------------------------------- + 0x11 | stblend | Stereo blend in % + -------------------------------------------------------------------- + + +* /sys/kernel/debug/<device-name>/rds_blckcnt + This file contains statistics about RDS receptions. It's binary data + has the following layout: + + Offset | Name | Description + ==================================================================== + 0x00 | expected | Number of expected RDS blocks + -------------------------------------------------------------------- + 0x02 | received | Number of received RDS blocks + -------------------------------------------------------------------- + 0x04 | uncorrectable | Number of uncorrectable RDS blocks + -------------------------------------------------------------------- + +* /sys/kernel/debug/<device-name>/agc + This file contains information about parameters pertaining to + AGC(Automatic Gain Control) + + The layout is: + Offset | Name | Description + ==================================================================== + 0x00 | mxhi | 0 - FM Mixer PD high threshold is + | | not tripped + | | 1 - FM Mixer PD high threshold is + | | tripped + -------------------------------------------------------------------- + 0x01 | mxlo | ditto for FM Mixer PD low + -------------------------------------------------------------------- + 0x02 | lnahi | ditto for FM LNA PD high + -------------------------------------------------------------------- + 0x03 | lnalo | ditto for FM LNA PD low + -------------------------------------------------------------------- + 0x04 | fmagc1 | FMAGC1 attenuator resistance + | | (see datasheet for more detail) + -------------------------------------------------------------------- + 0x05 | fmagc2 | ditto for FMAGC2 + -------------------------------------------------------------------- + 0x06 | pgagain | PGA gain in dB + -------------------------------------------------------------------- + 0x07 | fmwblang | FM/WB LNA Gain in dB + -------------------------------------------------------------------- + +* /sys/kernel/debug/<device-name>/rsq + This file contains information about parameters pertaining to + RSQ(Received Signal Quality) + + The layout is: + Offset | Name | Description + ==================================================================== + 0x00 | multhint | 0 - multipath value has not crossed + | | the Multipath high threshold + | | 1 - multipath value has crossed + | | the Multipath high threshold + -------------------------------------------------------------------- + 0x01 | multlint | ditto for Multipath low threshold + -------------------------------------------------------------------- + 0x02 | snrhint | 0 - received signal's SNR has not + | | crossed high threshold + | | 1 - received signal's SNR has + | | crossed high threshold + -------------------------------------------------------------------- + 0x03 | snrlint | ditto for low threshold + -------------------------------------------------------------------- + 0x04 | rssihint | ditto for RSSI high threshold + -------------------------------------------------------------------- + 0x05 | rssilint | ditto for RSSI low threshold + -------------------------------------------------------------------- + 0x06 | bltf | Flag indicating if seek command + | | reached/wrapped seek band limit + -------------------------------------------------------------------- + 0x07 | snr_ready | Indicates that SNR metrics is ready + -------------------------------------------------------------------- + 0x08 | rssiready | ditto for RSSI metrics + -------------------------------------------------------------------- + 0x09 | injside | 0 - Low-side injection is being used + | | 1 - High-side injection is used + -------------------------------------------------------------------- + 0x10 | afcrl | Flag indicating if AFC rails + -------------------------------------------------------------------- + 0x11 | valid | Flag indicating if channel is valid + -------------------------------------------------------------------- + 0x12 | readfreq | Current tuned frequency + -------------------------------------------------------------------- + 0x14 | freqoff | Signed frequency offset in units of + | | 2ppm + -------------------------------------------------------------------- + 0x15 | rssi | Signed value of RSSI in dBuV + -------------------------------------------------------------------- + 0x16 | snr | Signed RF SNR in dB + -------------------------------------------------------------------- + 0x17 | issi | Signed Image Strength Signal + | | indicator + -------------------------------------------------------------------- + 0x18 | lassi | Signed Low side adjacent Channel + | | Strength indicator + -------------------------------------------------------------------- + 0x19 | hassi | ditto fpr High side + -------------------------------------------------------------------- + 0x20 | mult | Multipath indicator + -------------------------------------------------------------------- + 0x21 | dev | Frequency deviation + -------------------------------------------------------------------- + 0x24 | assi | Adjacent channel SSI + -------------------------------------------------------------------- + 0x25 | usn | Ultrasonic noise indicator + -------------------------------------------------------------------- + 0x26 | pilotdev | Pilot deviation in units of 100 Hz + -------------------------------------------------------------------- + 0x27 | rdsdev | ditto for RDS + -------------------------------------------------------------------- + 0x28 | assidev | ditto for ASSI + -------------------------------------------------------------------- + 0x29 | strongdev | Frequency deviation + -------------------------------------------------------------------- + 0x30 | rdspi | RDS PI code + -------------------------------------------------------------------- + +* /sys/kernel/debug/<device-name>/rsq_primary + This file contains information about parameters pertaining to + RSQ(Received Signal Quality) for primary tuner only. Layout is as + the one above. diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/soc-camera.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/soc-camera.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..84f41cf1f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/soc-camera.txt @@ -0,0 +1,164 @@ + Soc-Camera Subsystem + ==================== + +Terminology +----------- + +The following terms are used in this document: + - camera / camera device / camera sensor - a video-camera sensor chip, capable + of connecting to a variety of systems and interfaces, typically uses i2c for + control and configuration, and a parallel or a serial bus for data. + - camera host - an interface, to which a camera is connected. Typically a + specialised interface, present on many SoCs, e.g. PXA27x and PXA3xx, SuperH, + AVR32, i.MX27, i.MX31. + - camera host bus - a connection between a camera host and a camera. Can be + parallel or serial, consists of data and control lines, e.g. clock, vertical + and horizontal synchronization signals. + +Purpose of the soc-camera subsystem +----------------------------------- + +The soc-camera subsystem initially provided a unified API between camera host +drivers and camera sensor drivers. Later the soc-camera sensor API has been +replaced with the V4L2 standard subdev API. This also made camera driver re-use +with non-soc-camera hosts possible. The camera host API to the soc-camera core +has been preserved. + +Soc-camera implements a V4L2 interface to the user, currently only the "mmap" +method is supported by host drivers. However, the soc-camera core also provides +support for the "read" method. + +The subsystem has been designed to support multiple camera host interfaces and +multiple cameras per interface, although most applications have only one camera +sensor. + +Existing drivers +---------------- + +As of 3.7 there are seven host drivers in the mainline: atmel-isi.c, +mx1_camera.c (broken, scheduled for removal), mx2_camera.c, mx3_camera.c, +omap1_camera.c, pxa_camera.c, sh_mobile_ceu_camera.c, and multiple sensor +drivers under drivers/media/i2c/soc_camera/. + +Camera host API +--------------- + +A host camera driver is registered using the + +soc_camera_host_register(struct soc_camera_host *); + +function. The host object can be initialized as follows: + + struct soc_camera_host *ici; + ici->drv_name = DRV_NAME; + ici->ops = &camera_host_ops; + ici->priv = pcdev; + ici->v4l2_dev.dev = &pdev->dev; + ici->nr = pdev->id; + +All camera host methods are passed in a struct soc_camera_host_ops: + +static struct soc_camera_host_ops camera_host_ops = { + .owner = THIS_MODULE, + .add = camera_add_device, + .remove = camera_remove_device, + .set_fmt = camera_set_fmt_cap, + .try_fmt = camera_try_fmt_cap, + .init_videobuf2 = camera_init_videobuf2, + .poll = camera_poll, + .querycap = camera_querycap, + .set_bus_param = camera_set_bus_param, + /* The rest of host operations are optional */ +}; + +.add and .remove methods are called when a sensor is attached to or detached +from the host. .set_bus_param is used to configure physical connection +parameters between the host and the sensor. .init_videobuf2 is called by +soc-camera core when a video-device is opened, the host driver would typically +call vb2_queue_init() in this method. Further video-buffer management is +implemented completely by the specific camera host driver. If the host driver +supports non-standard pixel format conversion, it should implement a +.get_formats and, possibly, a .put_formats operations. See below for more +details about format conversion. The rest of the methods are called from +respective V4L2 operations. + +Camera API +---------- + +Sensor drivers can use struct soc_camera_link, typically provided by the +platform, and used to specify to which camera host bus the sensor is connected, +and optionally provide platform .power and .reset methods for the camera. This +struct is provided to the camera driver via the I2C client device platform data +and can be obtained, using the soc_camera_i2c_to_link() macro. Care should be +taken, when using soc_camera_vdev_to_subdev() and when accessing struct +soc_camera_device, using v4l2_get_subdev_hostdata(): both only work, when +running on an soc-camera host. The actual camera driver operation is implemented +using the V4L2 subdev API. Additionally soc-camera camera drivers can use +auxiliary soc-camera helper functions like soc_camera_power_on() and +soc_camera_power_off(), which switch regulators, provided by the platform and call +board-specific power switching methods. soc_camera_apply_board_flags() takes +camera bus configuration capability flags and applies any board transformations, +e.g. signal polarity inversion. soc_mbus_get_fmtdesc() can be used to obtain a +pixel format descriptor, corresponding to a certain media-bus pixel format code. +soc_camera_limit_side() can be used to restrict beginning and length of a frame +side, based on camera capabilities. + +VIDIOC_S_CROP and VIDIOC_S_FMT behaviour +---------------------------------------- + +Above user ioctls modify image geometry as follows: + +VIDIOC_S_CROP: sets location and sizes of the sensor window. Unit is one sensor +pixel. Changing sensor window sizes preserves any scaling factors, therefore +user window sizes change as well. + +VIDIOC_S_FMT: sets user window. Should preserve previously set sensor window as +much as possible by modifying scaling factors. If the sensor window cannot be +preserved precisely, it may be changed too. + +In soc-camera there are two locations, where scaling and cropping can take +place: in the camera driver and in the host driver. User ioctls are first passed +to the host driver, which then generally passes them down to the camera driver. +It is more efficient to perform scaling and cropping in the camera driver to +save camera bus bandwidth and maximise the framerate. However, if the camera +driver failed to set the required parameters with sufficient precision, the host +driver may decide to also use its own scaling and cropping to fulfill the user's +request. + +Camera drivers are interfaced to the soc-camera core and to host drivers over +the v4l2-subdev API, which is completely functional, it doesn't pass any data. +Therefore all camera drivers shall reply to .g_fmt() requests with their current +output geometry. This is necessary to correctly configure the camera bus. +.s_fmt() and .try_fmt() have to be implemented too. Sensor window and scaling +factors have to be maintained by camera drivers internally. According to the +V4L2 API all capture drivers must support the VIDIOC_CROPCAP ioctl, hence we +rely on camera drivers implementing .cropcap(). If the camera driver does not +support cropping, it may choose to not implement .s_crop(), but to enable +cropping support by the camera host driver at least the .g_crop method must be +implemented. + +User window geometry is kept in .user_width and .user_height fields in struct +soc_camera_device and used by the soc-camera core and host drivers. The core +updates these fields upon successful completion of a .s_fmt() call, but if these +fields change elsewhere, e.g. during .s_crop() processing, the host driver is +responsible for updating them. + +Format conversion +----------------- + +V4L2 distinguishes between pixel formats, as they are stored in memory, and as +they are transferred over a media bus. Soc-camera provides support to +conveniently manage these formats. A table of standard transformations is +maintained by soc-camera core, which describes, what FOURCC pixel format will +be obtained, if a media-bus pixel format is stored in memory according to +certain rules. E.g. if MEDIA_BUS_FMT_YUYV8_2X8 data is sampled with 8 bits per +sample and stored in memory in the little-endian order with no gaps between +bytes, data in memory will represent the V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUYV FOURCC format. These +standard transformations will be used by soc-camera or by camera host drivers to +configure camera drivers to produce the FOURCC format, requested by the user, +using the VIDIOC_S_FMT ioctl(). Apart from those standard format conversions, +host drivers can also provide their own conversion rules by implementing a +.get_formats and, if required, a .put_formats methods. + +-- +Author: Guennadi Liakhovetski <g.liakhovetski@gmx.de> diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/uvcvideo.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/uvcvideo.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..35ce19cdd --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/uvcvideo.txt @@ -0,0 +1,239 @@ +Linux USB Video Class (UVC) driver +================================== + +This file documents some driver-specific aspects of the UVC driver, such as +driver-specific ioctls and implementation notes. + +Questions and remarks can be sent to the Linux UVC development mailing list at +linux-uvc-devel@lists.berlios.de. + + +Extension Unit (XU) support +--------------------------- + +1. Introduction + +The UVC specification allows for vendor-specific extensions through extension +units (XUs). The Linux UVC driver supports extension unit controls (XU controls) +through two separate mechanisms: + + - through mappings of XU controls to V4L2 controls + - through a driver-specific ioctl interface + +The first one allows generic V4L2 applications to use XU controls by mapping +certain XU controls onto V4L2 controls, which then show up during ordinary +control enumeration. + +The second mechanism requires uvcvideo-specific knowledge for the application to +access XU controls but exposes the entire UVC XU concept to user space for +maximum flexibility. + +Both mechanisms complement each other and are described in more detail below. + + +2. Control mappings + +The UVC driver provides an API for user space applications to define so-called +control mappings at runtime. These allow for individual XU controls or byte +ranges thereof to be mapped to new V4L2 controls. Such controls appear and +function exactly like normal V4L2 controls (i.e. the stock controls, such as +brightness, contrast, etc.). However, reading or writing of such a V4L2 controls +triggers a read or write of the associated XU control. + +The ioctl used to create these control mappings is called UVCIOC_CTRL_MAP. +Previous driver versions (before 0.2.0) required another ioctl to be used +beforehand (UVCIOC_CTRL_ADD) to pass XU control information to the UVC driver. +This is no longer necessary as newer uvcvideo versions query the information +directly from the device. + +For details on the UVCIOC_CTRL_MAP ioctl please refer to the section titled +"IOCTL reference" below. + + +3. Driver specific XU control interface + +For applications that need to access XU controls directly, e.g. for testing +purposes, firmware upload, or accessing binary controls, a second mechanism to +access XU controls is provided in the form of a driver-specific ioctl, namely +UVCIOC_CTRL_QUERY. + +A call to this ioctl allows applications to send queries to the UVC driver that +directly map to the low-level UVC control requests. + +In order to make such a request the UVC unit ID of the control's extension unit +and the control selector need to be known. This information either needs to be +hardcoded in the application or queried using other ways such as by parsing the +UVC descriptor or, if available, using the media controller API to enumerate a +device's entities. + +Unless the control size is already known it is necessary to first make a +UVC_GET_LEN requests in order to be able to allocate a sufficiently large buffer +and set the buffer size to the correct value. Similarly, to find out whether +UVC_GET_CUR or UVC_SET_CUR are valid requests for a given control, a +UVC_GET_INFO request should be made. The bits 0 (GET supported) and 1 (SET +supported) of the resulting byte indicate which requests are valid. + +With the addition of the UVCIOC_CTRL_QUERY ioctl the UVCIOC_CTRL_GET and +UVCIOC_CTRL_SET ioctls have become obsolete since their functionality is a +subset of the former ioctl. For the time being they are still supported but +application developers are encouraged to use UVCIOC_CTRL_QUERY instead. + +For details on the UVCIOC_CTRL_QUERY ioctl please refer to the section titled +"IOCTL reference" below. + + +4. Security + +The API doesn't currently provide a fine-grained access control facility. The +UVCIOC_CTRL_ADD and UVCIOC_CTRL_MAP ioctls require super user permissions. + +Suggestions on how to improve this are welcome. + + +5. Debugging + +In order to debug problems related to XU controls or controls in general it is +recommended to enable the UVC_TRACE_CONTROL bit in the module parameter 'trace'. +This causes extra output to be written into the system log. + + +6. IOCTL reference + +---- UVCIOC_CTRL_MAP - Map a UVC control to a V4L2 control ---- + +Argument: struct uvc_xu_control_mapping + +Description: + This ioctl creates a mapping between a UVC control or part of a UVC + control and a V4L2 control. Once mappings are defined, userspace + applications can access vendor-defined UVC control through the V4L2 + control API. + + To create a mapping, applications fill the uvc_xu_control_mapping + structure with information about an existing UVC control defined with + UVCIOC_CTRL_ADD and a new V4L2 control. + + A UVC control can be mapped to several V4L2 controls. For instance, + a UVC pan/tilt control could be mapped to separate pan and tilt V4L2 + controls. The UVC control is divided into non overlapping fields using + the 'size' and 'offset' fields and are then independently mapped to + V4L2 control. + + For signed integer V4L2 controls the data_type field should be set to + UVC_CTRL_DATA_TYPE_SIGNED. Other values are currently ignored. + +Return value: + On success 0 is returned. On error -1 is returned and errno is set + appropriately. + + ENOMEM + Not enough memory to perform the operation. + EPERM + Insufficient privileges (super user privileges are required). + EINVAL + No such UVC control. + EOVERFLOW + The requested offset and size would overflow the UVC control. + EEXIST + Mapping already exists. + +Data types: + * struct uvc_xu_control_mapping + + __u32 id V4L2 control identifier + __u8 name[32] V4L2 control name + __u8 entity[16] UVC extension unit GUID + __u8 selector UVC control selector + __u8 size V4L2 control size (in bits) + __u8 offset V4L2 control offset (in bits) + enum v4l2_ctrl_type + v4l2_type V4L2 control type + enum uvc_control_data_type + data_type UVC control data type + struct uvc_menu_info + *menu_info Array of menu entries (for menu controls only) + __u32 menu_count Number of menu entries (for menu controls only) + + * struct uvc_menu_info + + __u32 value Menu entry value used by the device + __u8 name[32] Menu entry name + + + * enum uvc_control_data_type + + UVC_CTRL_DATA_TYPE_RAW Raw control (byte array) + UVC_CTRL_DATA_TYPE_SIGNED Signed integer + UVC_CTRL_DATA_TYPE_UNSIGNED Unsigned integer + UVC_CTRL_DATA_TYPE_BOOLEAN Boolean + UVC_CTRL_DATA_TYPE_ENUM Enumeration + UVC_CTRL_DATA_TYPE_BITMASK Bitmask + + +---- UVCIOC_CTRL_QUERY - Query a UVC XU control ---- + +Argument: struct uvc_xu_control_query + +Description: + This ioctl queries a UVC XU control identified by its extension unit ID + and control selector. + + There are a number of different queries available that closely + correspond to the low-level control requests described in the UVC + specification. These requests are: + + UVC_GET_CUR + Obtain the current value of the control. + UVC_GET_MIN + Obtain the minimum value of the control. + UVC_GET_MAX + Obtain the maximum value of the control. + UVC_GET_DEF + Obtain the default value of the control. + UVC_GET_RES + Query the resolution of the control, i.e. the step size of the + allowed control values. + UVC_GET_LEN + Query the size of the control in bytes. + UVC_GET_INFO + Query the control information bitmap, which indicates whether + get/set requests are supported. + UVC_SET_CUR + Update the value of the control. + + Applications must set the 'size' field to the correct length for the + control. Exceptions are the UVC_GET_LEN and UVC_GET_INFO queries, for + which the size must be set to 2 and 1, respectively. The 'data' field + must point to a valid writable buffer big enough to hold the indicated + number of data bytes. + + Data is copied directly from the device without any driver-side + processing. Applications are responsible for data buffer formatting, + including little-endian/big-endian conversion. This is particularly + important for the result of the UVC_GET_LEN requests, which is always + returned as a little-endian 16-bit integer by the device. + +Return value: + On success 0 is returned. On error -1 is returned and errno is set + appropriately. + + ENOENT + The device does not support the given control or the specified + extension unit could not be found. + ENOBUFS + The specified buffer size is incorrect (too big or too small). + EINVAL + An invalid request code was passed. + EBADRQC + The given request is not supported by the given control. + EFAULT + The data pointer references an inaccessible memory area. + +Data types: + * struct uvc_xu_control_query + + __u8 unit Extension unit ID + __u8 selector Control selector + __u8 query Request code to send to the device + __u16 size Control data size (in bytes) + __u8 *data Control value diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-controls.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-controls.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5517db602 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-controls.txt @@ -0,0 +1,752 @@ +Introduction +============ + +The V4L2 control API seems simple enough, but quickly becomes very hard to +implement correctly in drivers. But much of the code needed to handle controls +is actually not driver specific and can be moved to the V4L core framework. + +After all, the only part that a driver developer is interested in is: + +1) How do I add a control? +2) How do I set the control's value? (i.e. s_ctrl) + +And occasionally: + +3) How do I get the control's value? (i.e. g_volatile_ctrl) +4) How do I validate the user's proposed control value? (i.e. try_ctrl) + +All the rest is something that can be done centrally. + +The control framework was created in order to implement all the rules of the +V4L2 specification with respect to controls in a central place. And to make +life as easy as possible for the driver developer. + +Note that the control framework relies on the presence of a struct v4l2_device +for V4L2 drivers and struct v4l2_subdev for sub-device drivers. + + +Objects in the framework +======================== + +There are two main objects: + +The v4l2_ctrl object describes the control properties and keeps track of the +control's value (both the current value and the proposed new value). + +v4l2_ctrl_handler is the object that keeps track of controls. It maintains a +list of v4l2_ctrl objects that it owns and another list of references to +controls, possibly to controls owned by other handlers. + + +Basic usage for V4L2 and sub-device drivers +=========================================== + +1) Prepare the driver: + +1.1) Add the handler to your driver's top-level struct: + + struct foo_dev { + ... + struct v4l2_ctrl_handler ctrl_handler; + ... + }; + + struct foo_dev *foo; + +1.2) Initialize the handler: + + v4l2_ctrl_handler_init(&foo->ctrl_handler, nr_of_controls); + + The second argument is a hint telling the function how many controls this + handler is expected to handle. It will allocate a hashtable based on this + information. It is a hint only. + +1.3) Hook the control handler into the driver: + +1.3.1) For V4L2 drivers do this: + + struct foo_dev { + ... + struct v4l2_device v4l2_dev; + ... + struct v4l2_ctrl_handler ctrl_handler; + ... + }; + + foo->v4l2_dev.ctrl_handler = &foo->ctrl_handler; + + Where foo->v4l2_dev is of type struct v4l2_device. + + Finally, remove all control functions from your v4l2_ioctl_ops (if any): + vidioc_queryctrl, vidioc_query_ext_ctrl, vidioc_querymenu, vidioc_g_ctrl, + vidioc_s_ctrl, vidioc_g_ext_ctrls, vidioc_try_ext_ctrls and vidioc_s_ext_ctrls. + Those are now no longer needed. + +1.3.2) For sub-device drivers do this: + + struct foo_dev { + ... + struct v4l2_subdev sd; + ... + struct v4l2_ctrl_handler ctrl_handler; + ... + }; + + foo->sd.ctrl_handler = &foo->ctrl_handler; + + Where foo->sd is of type struct v4l2_subdev. + + And set all core control ops in your struct v4l2_subdev_core_ops to these + helpers: + + .queryctrl = v4l2_subdev_queryctrl, + .querymenu = v4l2_subdev_querymenu, + .g_ctrl = v4l2_subdev_g_ctrl, + .s_ctrl = v4l2_subdev_s_ctrl, + .g_ext_ctrls = v4l2_subdev_g_ext_ctrls, + .try_ext_ctrls = v4l2_subdev_try_ext_ctrls, + .s_ext_ctrls = v4l2_subdev_s_ext_ctrls, + + Note: this is a temporary solution only. Once all V4L2 drivers that depend + on subdev drivers are converted to the control framework these helpers will + no longer be needed. + +1.4) Clean up the handler at the end: + + v4l2_ctrl_handler_free(&foo->ctrl_handler); + + +2) Add controls: + +You add non-menu controls by calling v4l2_ctrl_new_std: + + struct v4l2_ctrl *v4l2_ctrl_new_std(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl, + const struct v4l2_ctrl_ops *ops, + u32 id, s32 min, s32 max, u32 step, s32 def); + +Menu and integer menu controls are added by calling v4l2_ctrl_new_std_menu: + + struct v4l2_ctrl *v4l2_ctrl_new_std_menu(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl, + const struct v4l2_ctrl_ops *ops, + u32 id, s32 max, s32 skip_mask, s32 def); + +Menu controls with a driver specific menu are added by calling +v4l2_ctrl_new_std_menu_items: + + struct v4l2_ctrl *v4l2_ctrl_new_std_menu_items( + struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl, + const struct v4l2_ctrl_ops *ops, u32 id, s32 max, + s32 skip_mask, s32 def, const char * const *qmenu); + +Integer menu controls with a driver specific menu can be added by calling +v4l2_ctrl_new_int_menu: + + struct v4l2_ctrl *v4l2_ctrl_new_int_menu(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl, + const struct v4l2_ctrl_ops *ops, + u32 id, s32 max, s32 def, const s64 *qmenu_int); + +These functions are typically called right after the v4l2_ctrl_handler_init: + + static const s64 exp_bias_qmenu[] = { + -2, -1, 0, 1, 2 + }; + static const char * const test_pattern[] = { + "Disabled", + "Vertical Bars", + "Solid Black", + "Solid White", + }; + + v4l2_ctrl_handler_init(&foo->ctrl_handler, nr_of_controls); + v4l2_ctrl_new_std(&foo->ctrl_handler, &foo_ctrl_ops, + V4L2_CID_BRIGHTNESS, 0, 255, 1, 128); + v4l2_ctrl_new_std(&foo->ctrl_handler, &foo_ctrl_ops, + V4L2_CID_CONTRAST, 0, 255, 1, 128); + v4l2_ctrl_new_std_menu(&foo->ctrl_handler, &foo_ctrl_ops, + V4L2_CID_POWER_LINE_FREQUENCY, + V4L2_CID_POWER_LINE_FREQUENCY_60HZ, 0, + V4L2_CID_POWER_LINE_FREQUENCY_DISABLED); + v4l2_ctrl_new_int_menu(&foo->ctrl_handler, &foo_ctrl_ops, + V4L2_CID_EXPOSURE_BIAS, + ARRAY_SIZE(exp_bias_qmenu) - 1, + ARRAY_SIZE(exp_bias_qmenu) / 2 - 1, + exp_bias_qmenu); + v4l2_ctrl_new_std_menu_items(&foo->ctrl_handler, &foo_ctrl_ops, + V4L2_CID_TEST_PATTERN, ARRAY_SIZE(test_pattern) - 1, 0, + 0, test_pattern); + ... + if (foo->ctrl_handler.error) { + int err = foo->ctrl_handler.error; + + v4l2_ctrl_handler_free(&foo->ctrl_handler); + return err; + } + +The v4l2_ctrl_new_std function returns the v4l2_ctrl pointer to the new +control, but if you do not need to access the pointer outside the control ops, +then there is no need to store it. + +The v4l2_ctrl_new_std function will fill in most fields based on the control +ID except for the min, max, step and default values. These are passed in the +last four arguments. These values are driver specific while control attributes +like type, name, flags are all global. The control's current value will be set +to the default value. + +The v4l2_ctrl_new_std_menu function is very similar but it is used for menu +controls. There is no min argument since that is always 0 for menu controls, +and instead of a step there is a skip_mask argument: if bit X is 1, then menu +item X is skipped. + +The v4l2_ctrl_new_int_menu function creates a new standard integer menu +control with driver-specific items in the menu. It differs from +v4l2_ctrl_new_std_menu in that it doesn't have the mask argument and takes +as the last argument an array of signed 64-bit integers that form an exact +menu item list. + +The v4l2_ctrl_new_std_menu_items function is very similar to +v4l2_ctrl_new_std_menu but takes an extra parameter qmenu, which is the driver +specific menu for an otherwise standard menu control. A good example for this +control is the test pattern control for capture/display/sensors devices that +have the capability to generate test patterns. These test patterns are hardware +specific, so the contents of the menu will vary from device to device. + +Note that if something fails, the function will return NULL or an error and +set ctrl_handler->error to the error code. If ctrl_handler->error was already +set, then it will just return and do nothing. This is also true for +v4l2_ctrl_handler_init if it cannot allocate the internal data structure. + +This makes it easy to init the handler and just add all controls and only check +the error code at the end. Saves a lot of repetitive error checking. + +It is recommended to add controls in ascending control ID order: it will be +a bit faster that way. + +3) Optionally force initial control setup: + + v4l2_ctrl_handler_setup(&foo->ctrl_handler); + +This will call s_ctrl for all controls unconditionally. Effectively this +initializes the hardware to the default control values. It is recommended +that you do this as this ensures that both the internal data structures and +the hardware are in sync. + +4) Finally: implement the v4l2_ctrl_ops + + static const struct v4l2_ctrl_ops foo_ctrl_ops = { + .s_ctrl = foo_s_ctrl, + }; + +Usually all you need is s_ctrl: + + static int foo_s_ctrl(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl) + { + struct foo *state = container_of(ctrl->handler, struct foo, ctrl_handler); + + switch (ctrl->id) { + case V4L2_CID_BRIGHTNESS: + write_reg(0x123, ctrl->val); + break; + case V4L2_CID_CONTRAST: + write_reg(0x456, ctrl->val); + break; + } + return 0; + } + +The control ops are called with the v4l2_ctrl pointer as argument. +The new control value has already been validated, so all you need to do is +to actually update the hardware registers. + +You're done! And this is sufficient for most of the drivers we have. No need +to do any validation of control values, or implement QUERYCTRL, QUERY_EXT_CTRL +and QUERYMENU. And G/S_CTRL as well as G/TRY/S_EXT_CTRLS are automatically supported. + + +============================================================================== + +The remainder of this document deals with more advanced topics and scenarios. +In practice the basic usage as described above is sufficient for most drivers. + +=============================================================================== + + +Inheriting Controls +=================== + +When a sub-device is registered with a V4L2 driver by calling +v4l2_device_register_subdev() and the ctrl_handler fields of both v4l2_subdev +and v4l2_device are set, then the controls of the subdev will become +automatically available in the V4L2 driver as well. If the subdev driver +contains controls that already exist in the V4L2 driver, then those will be +skipped (so a V4L2 driver can always override a subdev control). + +What happens here is that v4l2_device_register_subdev() calls +v4l2_ctrl_add_handler() adding the controls of the subdev to the controls +of v4l2_device. + + +Accessing Control Values +======================== + +The following union is used inside the control framework to access control +values: + +union v4l2_ctrl_ptr { + s32 *p_s32; + s64 *p_s64; + char *p_char; + void *p; +}; + +The v4l2_ctrl struct contains these fields that can be used to access both +current and new values: + + s32 val; + struct { + s32 val; + } cur; + + + union v4l2_ctrl_ptr p_new; + union v4l2_ctrl_ptr p_cur; + +If the control has a simple s32 type type, then: + + &ctrl->val == ctrl->p_new.p_s32 + &ctrl->cur.val == ctrl->p_cur.p_s32 + +For all other types use ctrl->p_cur.p<something>. Basically the val +and cur.val fields can be considered an alias since these are used so often. + +Within the control ops you can freely use these. The val and cur.val speak for +themselves. The p_char pointers point to character buffers of length +ctrl->maximum + 1, and are always 0-terminated. + +Unless the control is marked volatile the p_cur field points to the the +current cached control value. When you create a new control this value is made +identical to the default value. After calling v4l2_ctrl_handler_setup() this +value is passed to the hardware. It is generally a good idea to call this +function. + +Whenever a new value is set that new value is automatically cached. This means +that most drivers do not need to implement the g_volatile_ctrl() op. The +exception is for controls that return a volatile register such as a signal +strength read-out that changes continuously. In that case you will need to +implement g_volatile_ctrl like this: + + static int foo_g_volatile_ctrl(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl) + { + switch (ctrl->id) { + case V4L2_CID_BRIGHTNESS: + ctrl->val = read_reg(0x123); + break; + } + } + +Note that you use the 'new value' union as well in g_volatile_ctrl. In general +controls that need to implement g_volatile_ctrl are read-only controls. If they +are not, a V4L2_EVENT_CTRL_CH_VALUE will not be generated when the control +changes. + +To mark a control as volatile you have to set V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_VOLATILE: + + ctrl = v4l2_ctrl_new_std(&sd->ctrl_handler, ...); + if (ctrl) + ctrl->flags |= V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_VOLATILE; + +For try/s_ctrl the new values (i.e. as passed by the user) are filled in and +you can modify them in try_ctrl or set them in s_ctrl. The 'cur' union +contains the current value, which you can use (but not change!) as well. + +If s_ctrl returns 0 (OK), then the control framework will copy the new final +values to the 'cur' union. + +While in g_volatile/s/try_ctrl you can access the value of all controls owned +by the same handler since the handler's lock is held. If you need to access +the value of controls owned by other handlers, then you have to be very careful +not to introduce deadlocks. + +Outside of the control ops you have to go through to helper functions to get +or set a single control value safely in your driver: + + s32 v4l2_ctrl_g_ctrl(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl); + int v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, s32 val); + +These functions go through the control framework just as VIDIOC_G/S_CTRL ioctls +do. Don't use these inside the control ops g_volatile/s/try_ctrl, though, that +will result in a deadlock since these helpers lock the handler as well. + +You can also take the handler lock yourself: + + mutex_lock(&state->ctrl_handler.lock); + pr_info("String value is '%s'\n", ctrl1->p_cur.p_char); + pr_info("Integer value is '%s'\n", ctrl2->cur.val); + mutex_unlock(&state->ctrl_handler.lock); + + +Menu Controls +============= + +The v4l2_ctrl struct contains this union: + + union { + u32 step; + u32 menu_skip_mask; + }; + +For menu controls menu_skip_mask is used. What it does is that it allows you +to easily exclude certain menu items. This is used in the VIDIOC_QUERYMENU +implementation where you can return -EINVAL if a certain menu item is not +present. Note that VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL always returns a step value of 1 for +menu controls. + +A good example is the MPEG Audio Layer II Bitrate menu control where the +menu is a list of standardized possible bitrates. But in practice hardware +implementations will only support a subset of those. By setting the skip +mask you can tell the framework which menu items should be skipped. Setting +it to 0 means that all menu items are supported. + +You set this mask either through the v4l2_ctrl_config struct for a custom +control, or by calling v4l2_ctrl_new_std_menu(). + + +Custom Controls +=============== + +Driver specific controls can be created using v4l2_ctrl_new_custom(): + + static const struct v4l2_ctrl_config ctrl_filter = { + .ops = &ctrl_custom_ops, + .id = V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_SPATIAL_FILTER, + .name = "Spatial Filter", + .type = V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER, + .flags = V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_SLIDER, + .max = 15, + .step = 1, + }; + + ctrl = v4l2_ctrl_new_custom(&foo->ctrl_handler, &ctrl_filter, NULL); + +The last argument is the priv pointer which can be set to driver-specific +private data. + +The v4l2_ctrl_config struct also has a field to set the is_private flag. + +If the name field is not set, then the framework will assume this is a standard +control and will fill in the name, type and flags fields accordingly. + + +Active and Grabbed Controls +=========================== + +If you get more complex relationships between controls, then you may have to +activate and deactivate controls. For example, if the Chroma AGC control is +on, then the Chroma Gain control is inactive. That is, you may set it, but +the value will not be used by the hardware as long as the automatic gain +control is on. Typically user interfaces can disable such input fields. + +You can set the 'active' status using v4l2_ctrl_activate(). By default all +controls are active. Note that the framework does not check for this flag. +It is meant purely for GUIs. The function is typically called from within +s_ctrl. + +The other flag is the 'grabbed' flag. A grabbed control means that you cannot +change it because it is in use by some resource. Typical examples are MPEG +bitrate controls that cannot be changed while capturing is in progress. + +If a control is set to 'grabbed' using v4l2_ctrl_grab(), then the framework +will return -EBUSY if an attempt is made to set this control. The +v4l2_ctrl_grab() function is typically called from the driver when it +starts or stops streaming. + + +Control Clusters +================ + +By default all controls are independent from the others. But in more +complex scenarios you can get dependencies from one control to another. +In that case you need to 'cluster' them: + + struct foo { + struct v4l2_ctrl_handler ctrl_handler; +#define AUDIO_CL_VOLUME (0) +#define AUDIO_CL_MUTE (1) + struct v4l2_ctrl *audio_cluster[2]; + ... + }; + + state->audio_cluster[AUDIO_CL_VOLUME] = + v4l2_ctrl_new_std(&state->ctrl_handler, ...); + state->audio_cluster[AUDIO_CL_MUTE] = + v4l2_ctrl_new_std(&state->ctrl_handler, ...); + v4l2_ctrl_cluster(ARRAY_SIZE(state->audio_cluster), state->audio_cluster); + +From now on whenever one or more of the controls belonging to the same +cluster is set (or 'gotten', or 'tried'), only the control ops of the first +control ('volume' in this example) is called. You effectively create a new +composite control. Similar to how a 'struct' works in C. + +So when s_ctrl is called with V4L2_CID_AUDIO_VOLUME as argument, you should set +all two controls belonging to the audio_cluster: + + static int foo_s_ctrl(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl) + { + struct foo *state = container_of(ctrl->handler, struct foo, ctrl_handler); + + switch (ctrl->id) { + case V4L2_CID_AUDIO_VOLUME: { + struct v4l2_ctrl *mute = ctrl->cluster[AUDIO_CL_MUTE]; + + write_reg(0x123, mute->val ? 0 : ctrl->val); + break; + } + case V4L2_CID_CONTRAST: + write_reg(0x456, ctrl->val); + break; + } + return 0; + } + +In the example above the following are equivalent for the VOLUME case: + + ctrl == ctrl->cluster[AUDIO_CL_VOLUME] == state->audio_cluster[AUDIO_CL_VOLUME] + ctrl->cluster[AUDIO_CL_MUTE] == state->audio_cluster[AUDIO_CL_MUTE] + +In practice using cluster arrays like this becomes very tiresome. So instead +the following equivalent method is used: + + struct { + /* audio cluster */ + struct v4l2_ctrl *volume; + struct v4l2_ctrl *mute; + }; + +The anonymous struct is used to clearly 'cluster' these two control pointers, +but it serves no other purpose. The effect is the same as creating an +array with two control pointers. So you can just do: + + state->volume = v4l2_ctrl_new_std(&state->ctrl_handler, ...); + state->mute = v4l2_ctrl_new_std(&state->ctrl_handler, ...); + v4l2_ctrl_cluster(2, &state->volume); + +And in foo_s_ctrl you can use these pointers directly: state->mute->val. + +Note that controls in a cluster may be NULL. For example, if for some +reason mute was never added (because the hardware doesn't support that +particular feature), then mute will be NULL. So in that case we have a +cluster of 2 controls, of which only 1 is actually instantiated. The +only restriction is that the first control of the cluster must always be +present, since that is the 'master' control of the cluster. The master +control is the one that identifies the cluster and that provides the +pointer to the v4l2_ctrl_ops struct that is used for that cluster. + +Obviously, all controls in the cluster array must be initialized to either +a valid control or to NULL. + +In rare cases you might want to know which controls of a cluster actually +were set explicitly by the user. For this you can check the 'is_new' flag of +each control. For example, in the case of a volume/mute cluster the 'is_new' +flag of the mute control would be set if the user called VIDIOC_S_CTRL for +mute only. If the user would call VIDIOC_S_EXT_CTRLS for both mute and volume +controls, then the 'is_new' flag would be 1 for both controls. + +The 'is_new' flag is always 1 when called from v4l2_ctrl_handler_setup(). + + +Handling autogain/gain-type Controls with Auto Clusters +======================================================= + +A common type of control cluster is one that handles 'auto-foo/foo'-type +controls. Typical examples are autogain/gain, autoexposure/exposure, +autowhitebalance/red balance/blue balance. In all cases you have one control +that determines whether another control is handled automatically by the hardware, +or whether it is under manual control from the user. + +If the cluster is in automatic mode, then the manual controls should be +marked inactive and volatile. When the volatile controls are read the +g_volatile_ctrl operation should return the value that the hardware's automatic +mode set up automatically. + +If the cluster is put in manual mode, then the manual controls should become +active again and the volatile flag is cleared (so g_volatile_ctrl is no longer +called while in manual mode). In addition just before switching to manual mode +the current values as determined by the auto mode are copied as the new manual +values. + +Finally the V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_UPDATE should be set for the auto control since +changing that control affects the control flags of the manual controls. + +In order to simplify this a special variation of v4l2_ctrl_cluster was +introduced: + +void v4l2_ctrl_auto_cluster(unsigned ncontrols, struct v4l2_ctrl **controls, + u8 manual_val, bool set_volatile); + +The first two arguments are identical to v4l2_ctrl_cluster. The third argument +tells the framework which value switches the cluster into manual mode. The +last argument will optionally set V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_VOLATILE for the non-auto controls. +If it is false, then the manual controls are never volatile. You would typically +use that if the hardware does not give you the option to read back to values as +determined by the auto mode (e.g. if autogain is on, the hardware doesn't allow +you to obtain the current gain value). + +The first control of the cluster is assumed to be the 'auto' control. + +Using this function will ensure that you don't need to handle all the complex +flag and volatile handling. + + +VIDIOC_LOG_STATUS Support +========================= + +This ioctl allow you to dump the current status of a driver to the kernel log. +The v4l2_ctrl_handler_log_status(ctrl_handler, prefix) can be used to dump the +value of the controls owned by the given handler to the log. You can supply a +prefix as well. If the prefix didn't end with a space, then ': ' will be added +for you. + + +Different Handlers for Different Video Nodes +============================================ + +Usually the V4L2 driver has just one control handler that is global for +all video nodes. But you can also specify different control handlers for +different video nodes. You can do that by manually setting the ctrl_handler +field of struct video_device. + +That is no problem if there are no subdevs involved but if there are, then +you need to block the automatic merging of subdev controls to the global +control handler. You do that by simply setting the ctrl_handler field in +struct v4l2_device to NULL. Now v4l2_device_register_subdev() will no longer +merge subdev controls. + +After each subdev was added, you will then have to call v4l2_ctrl_add_handler +manually to add the subdev's control handler (sd->ctrl_handler) to the desired +control handler. This control handler may be specific to the video_device or +for a subset of video_device's. For example: the radio device nodes only have +audio controls, while the video and vbi device nodes share the same control +handler for the audio and video controls. + +If you want to have one handler (e.g. for a radio device node) have a subset +of another handler (e.g. for a video device node), then you should first add +the controls to the first handler, add the other controls to the second +handler and finally add the first handler to the second. For example: + + v4l2_ctrl_new_std(&radio_ctrl_handler, &radio_ops, V4L2_CID_AUDIO_VOLUME, ...); + v4l2_ctrl_new_std(&radio_ctrl_handler, &radio_ops, V4L2_CID_AUDIO_MUTE, ...); + v4l2_ctrl_new_std(&video_ctrl_handler, &video_ops, V4L2_CID_BRIGHTNESS, ...); + v4l2_ctrl_new_std(&video_ctrl_handler, &video_ops, V4L2_CID_CONTRAST, ...); + v4l2_ctrl_add_handler(&video_ctrl_handler, &radio_ctrl_handler, NULL); + +The last argument to v4l2_ctrl_add_handler() is a filter function that allows +you to filter which controls will be added. Set it to NULL if you want to add +all controls. + +Or you can add specific controls to a handler: + + volume = v4l2_ctrl_new_std(&video_ctrl_handler, &ops, V4L2_CID_AUDIO_VOLUME, ...); + v4l2_ctrl_new_std(&video_ctrl_handler, &ops, V4L2_CID_BRIGHTNESS, ...); + v4l2_ctrl_new_std(&video_ctrl_handler, &ops, V4L2_CID_CONTRAST, ...); + v4l2_ctrl_add_ctrl(&radio_ctrl_handler, volume); + +What you should not do is make two identical controls for two handlers. +For example: + + v4l2_ctrl_new_std(&radio_ctrl_handler, &radio_ops, V4L2_CID_AUDIO_MUTE, ...); + v4l2_ctrl_new_std(&video_ctrl_handler, &video_ops, V4L2_CID_AUDIO_MUTE, ...); + +This would be bad since muting the radio would not change the video mute +control. The rule is to have one control for each hardware 'knob' that you +can twiddle. + + +Finding Controls +================ + +Normally you have created the controls yourself and you can store the struct +v4l2_ctrl pointer into your own struct. + +But sometimes you need to find a control from another handler that you do +not own. For example, if you have to find a volume control from a subdev. + +You can do that by calling v4l2_ctrl_find: + + struct v4l2_ctrl *volume; + + volume = v4l2_ctrl_find(sd->ctrl_handler, V4L2_CID_AUDIO_VOLUME); + +Since v4l2_ctrl_find will lock the handler you have to be careful where you +use it. For example, this is not a good idea: + + struct v4l2_ctrl_handler ctrl_handler; + + v4l2_ctrl_new_std(&ctrl_handler, &video_ops, V4L2_CID_BRIGHTNESS, ...); + v4l2_ctrl_new_std(&ctrl_handler, &video_ops, V4L2_CID_CONTRAST, ...); + +...and in video_ops.s_ctrl: + + case V4L2_CID_BRIGHTNESS: + contrast = v4l2_find_ctrl(&ctrl_handler, V4L2_CID_CONTRAST); + ... + +When s_ctrl is called by the framework the ctrl_handler.lock is already taken, so +attempting to find another control from the same handler will deadlock. + +It is recommended not to use this function from inside the control ops. + + +Inheriting Controls +=================== + +When one control handler is added to another using v4l2_ctrl_add_handler, then +by default all controls from one are merged to the other. But a subdev might +have low-level controls that make sense for some advanced embedded system, but +not when it is used in consumer-level hardware. In that case you want to keep +those low-level controls local to the subdev. You can do this by simply +setting the 'is_private' flag of the control to 1: + + static const struct v4l2_ctrl_config ctrl_private = { + .ops = &ctrl_custom_ops, + .id = V4L2_CID_..., + .name = "Some Private Control", + .type = V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER, + .max = 15, + .step = 1, + .is_private = 1, + }; + + ctrl = v4l2_ctrl_new_custom(&foo->ctrl_handler, &ctrl_private, NULL); + +These controls will now be skipped when v4l2_ctrl_add_handler is called. + + +V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_CTRL_CLASS Controls +================================== + +Controls of this type can be used by GUIs to get the name of the control class. +A fully featured GUI can make a dialog with multiple tabs with each tab +containing the controls belonging to a particular control class. The name of +each tab can be found by querying a special control with ID <control class | 1>. + +Drivers do not have to care about this. The framework will automatically add +a control of this type whenever the first control belonging to a new control +class is added. + + +Adding Notify Callbacks +======================= + +Sometimes the platform or bridge driver needs to be notified when a control +from a sub-device driver changes. You can set a notify callback by calling +this function: + +void v4l2_ctrl_notify(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, + void (*notify)(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, void *priv), void *priv); + +Whenever the give control changes value the notify callback will be called +with a pointer to the control and the priv pointer that was passed with +v4l2_ctrl_notify. Note that the control's handler lock is held when the +notify function is called. + +There can be only one notify function per control handler. Any attempt +to set another notify function will cause a WARN_ON. diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-framework.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-framework.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..59e619f9b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-framework.txt @@ -0,0 +1,1156 @@ +Overview of the V4L2 driver framework +===================================== + +This text documents the various structures provided by the V4L2 framework and +their relationships. + + +Introduction +------------ + +The V4L2 drivers tend to be very complex due to the complexity of the +hardware: most devices have multiple ICs, export multiple device nodes in +/dev, and create also non-V4L2 devices such as DVB, ALSA, FB, I2C and input +(IR) devices. + +Especially the fact that V4L2 drivers have to setup supporting ICs to +do audio/video muxing/encoding/decoding makes it more complex than most. +Usually these ICs are connected to the main bridge driver through one or +more I2C busses, but other busses can also be used. Such devices are +called 'sub-devices'. + +For a long time the framework was limited to the video_device struct for +creating V4L device nodes and video_buf for handling the video buffers +(note that this document does not discuss the video_buf framework). + +This meant that all drivers had to do the setup of device instances and +connecting to sub-devices themselves. Some of this is quite complicated +to do right and many drivers never did do it correctly. + +There is also a lot of common code that could never be refactored due to +the lack of a framework. + +So this framework sets up the basic building blocks that all drivers +need and this same framework should make it much easier to refactor +common code into utility functions shared by all drivers. + +A good example to look at as a reference is the v4l2-pci-skeleton.c +source that is available in this directory. It is a skeleton driver for +a PCI capture card, and demonstrates how to use the V4L2 driver +framework. It can be used as a template for real PCI video capture driver. + +Structure of a driver +--------------------- + +All drivers have the following structure: + +1) A struct for each device instance containing the device state. + +2) A way of initializing and commanding sub-devices (if any). + +3) Creating V4L2 device nodes (/dev/videoX, /dev/vbiX and /dev/radioX) + and keeping track of device-node specific data. + +4) Filehandle-specific structs containing per-filehandle data; + +5) video buffer handling. + +This is a rough schematic of how it all relates: + + device instances + | + +-sub-device instances + | + \-V4L2 device nodes + | + \-filehandle instances + + +Structure of the framework +-------------------------- + +The framework closely resembles the driver structure: it has a v4l2_device +struct for the device instance data, a v4l2_subdev struct to refer to +sub-device instances, the video_device struct stores V4L2 device node data +and the v4l2_fh struct keeps track of filehandle instances. + +The V4L2 framework also optionally integrates with the media framework. If a +driver sets the struct v4l2_device mdev field, sub-devices and video nodes +will automatically appear in the media framework as entities. + + +struct v4l2_device +------------------ + +Each device instance is represented by a struct v4l2_device (v4l2-device.h). +Very simple devices can just allocate this struct, but most of the time you +would embed this struct inside a larger struct. + +You must register the device instance: + + v4l2_device_register(struct device *dev, struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev); + +Registration will initialize the v4l2_device struct. If the dev->driver_data +field is NULL, it will be linked to v4l2_dev. + +Drivers that want integration with the media device framework need to set +dev->driver_data manually to point to the driver-specific device structure +that embed the struct v4l2_device instance. This is achieved by a +dev_set_drvdata() call before registering the V4L2 device instance. They must +also set the struct v4l2_device mdev field to point to a properly initialized +and registered media_device instance. + +If v4l2_dev->name is empty then it will be set to a value derived from dev +(driver name followed by the bus_id, to be precise). If you set it up before +calling v4l2_device_register then it will be untouched. If dev is NULL, then +you *must* setup v4l2_dev->name before calling v4l2_device_register. + +You can use v4l2_device_set_name() to set the name based on a driver name and +a driver-global atomic_t instance. This will generate names like ivtv0, ivtv1, +etc. If the name ends with a digit, then it will insert a dash: cx18-0, +cx18-1, etc. This function returns the instance number. + +The first 'dev' argument is normally the struct device pointer of a pci_dev, +usb_interface or platform_device. It is rare for dev to be NULL, but it happens +with ISA devices or when one device creates multiple PCI devices, thus making +it impossible to associate v4l2_dev with a particular parent. + +You can also supply a notify() callback that can be called by sub-devices to +notify you of events. Whether you need to set this depends on the sub-device. +Any notifications a sub-device supports must be defined in a header in +include/media/<subdevice>.h. + +You unregister with: + + v4l2_device_unregister(struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev); + +If the dev->driver_data field points to v4l2_dev, it will be reset to NULL. +Unregistering will also automatically unregister all subdevs from the device. + +If you have a hotpluggable device (e.g. a USB device), then when a disconnect +happens the parent device becomes invalid. Since v4l2_device has a pointer to +that parent device it has to be cleared as well to mark that the parent is +gone. To do this call: + + v4l2_device_disconnect(struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev); + +This does *not* unregister the subdevs, so you still need to call the +v4l2_device_unregister() function for that. If your driver is not hotpluggable, +then there is no need to call v4l2_device_disconnect(). + +Sometimes you need to iterate over all devices registered by a specific +driver. This is usually the case if multiple device drivers use the same +hardware. E.g. the ivtvfb driver is a framebuffer driver that uses the ivtv +hardware. The same is true for alsa drivers for example. + +You can iterate over all registered devices as follows: + +static int callback(struct device *dev, void *p) +{ + struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev = dev_get_drvdata(dev); + + /* test if this device was inited */ + if (v4l2_dev == NULL) + return 0; + ... + return 0; +} + +int iterate(void *p) +{ + struct device_driver *drv; + int err; + + /* Find driver 'ivtv' on the PCI bus. + pci_bus_type is a global. For USB busses use usb_bus_type. */ + drv = driver_find("ivtv", &pci_bus_type); + /* iterate over all ivtv device instances */ + err = driver_for_each_device(drv, NULL, p, callback); + put_driver(drv); + return err; +} + +Sometimes you need to keep a running counter of the device instance. This is +commonly used to map a device instance to an index of a module option array. + +The recommended approach is as follows: + +static atomic_t drv_instance = ATOMIC_INIT(0); + +static int drv_probe(struct pci_dev *pdev, const struct pci_device_id *pci_id) +{ + ... + state->instance = atomic_inc_return(&drv_instance) - 1; +} + +If you have multiple device nodes then it can be difficult to know when it is +safe to unregister v4l2_device for hotpluggable devices. For this purpose +v4l2_device has refcounting support. The refcount is increased whenever +video_register_device is called and it is decreased whenever that device node +is released. When the refcount reaches zero, then the v4l2_device release() +callback is called. You can do your final cleanup there. + +If other device nodes (e.g. ALSA) are created, then you can increase and +decrease the refcount manually as well by calling: + +void v4l2_device_get(struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev); + +or: + +int v4l2_device_put(struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev); + +Since the initial refcount is 1 you also need to call v4l2_device_put in the +disconnect() callback (for USB devices) or in the remove() callback (for e.g. +PCI devices), otherwise the refcount will never reach 0. + +struct v4l2_subdev +------------------ + +Many drivers need to communicate with sub-devices. These devices can do all +sort of tasks, but most commonly they handle audio and/or video muxing, +encoding or decoding. For webcams common sub-devices are sensors and camera +controllers. + +Usually these are I2C devices, but not necessarily. In order to provide the +driver with a consistent interface to these sub-devices the v4l2_subdev struct +(v4l2-subdev.h) was created. + +Each sub-device driver must have a v4l2_subdev struct. This struct can be +stand-alone for simple sub-devices or it might be embedded in a larger struct +if more state information needs to be stored. Usually there is a low-level +device struct (e.g. i2c_client) that contains the device data as setup +by the kernel. It is recommended to store that pointer in the private +data of v4l2_subdev using v4l2_set_subdevdata(). That makes it easy to go +from a v4l2_subdev to the actual low-level bus-specific device data. + +You also need a way to go from the low-level struct to v4l2_subdev. For the +common i2c_client struct the i2c_set_clientdata() call is used to store a +v4l2_subdev pointer, for other busses you may have to use other methods. + +Bridges might also need to store per-subdev private data, such as a pointer to +bridge-specific per-subdev private data. The v4l2_subdev structure provides +host private data for that purpose that can be accessed with +v4l2_get_subdev_hostdata() and v4l2_set_subdev_hostdata(). + +From the bridge driver perspective you load the sub-device module and somehow +obtain the v4l2_subdev pointer. For i2c devices this is easy: you call +i2c_get_clientdata(). For other busses something similar needs to be done. +Helper functions exists for sub-devices on an I2C bus that do most of this +tricky work for you. + +Each v4l2_subdev contains function pointers that sub-device drivers can +implement (or leave NULL if it is not applicable). Since sub-devices can do +so many different things and you do not want to end up with a huge ops struct +of which only a handful of ops are commonly implemented, the function pointers +are sorted according to category and each category has its own ops struct. + +The top-level ops struct contains pointers to the category ops structs, which +may be NULL if the subdev driver does not support anything from that category. + +It looks like this: + +struct v4l2_subdev_core_ops { + int (*log_status)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd); + int (*init)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, u32 val); + ... +}; + +struct v4l2_subdev_tuner_ops { + ... +}; + +struct v4l2_subdev_audio_ops { + ... +}; + +struct v4l2_subdev_video_ops { + ... +}; + +struct v4l2_subdev_pad_ops { + ... +}; + +struct v4l2_subdev_ops { + const struct v4l2_subdev_core_ops *core; + const struct v4l2_subdev_tuner_ops *tuner; + const struct v4l2_subdev_audio_ops *audio; + const struct v4l2_subdev_video_ops *video; + const struct v4l2_subdev_pad_ops *video; +}; + +The core ops are common to all subdevs, the other categories are implemented +depending on the sub-device. E.g. a video device is unlikely to support the +audio ops and vice versa. + +This setup limits the number of function pointers while still making it easy +to add new ops and categories. + +A sub-device driver initializes the v4l2_subdev struct using: + + v4l2_subdev_init(sd, &ops); + +Afterwards you need to initialize subdev->name with a unique name and set the +module owner. This is done for you if you use the i2c helper functions. + +If integration with the media framework is needed, you must initialize the +media_entity struct embedded in the v4l2_subdev struct (entity field) by +calling media_entity_init(): + + struct media_pad *pads = &my_sd->pads; + int err; + + err = media_entity_init(&sd->entity, npads, pads, 0); + +The pads array must have been previously initialized. There is no need to +manually set the struct media_entity type and name fields, but the revision +field must be initialized if needed. + +A reference to the entity will be automatically acquired/released when the +subdev device node (if any) is opened/closed. + +Don't forget to cleanup the media entity before the sub-device is destroyed: + + media_entity_cleanup(&sd->entity); + +If the subdev driver intends to process video and integrate with the media +framework, it must implement format related functionality using +v4l2_subdev_pad_ops instead of v4l2_subdev_video_ops. + +In that case, the subdev driver may set the link_validate field to provide +its own link validation function. The link validation function is called for +every link in the pipeline where both of the ends of the links are V4L2 +sub-devices. The driver is still responsible for validating the correctness +of the format configuration between sub-devices and video nodes. + +If link_validate op is not set, the default function +v4l2_subdev_link_validate_default() is used instead. This function ensures +that width, height and the media bus pixel code are equal on both source and +sink of the link. Subdev drivers are also free to use this function to +perform the checks mentioned above in addition to their own checks. + +There are currently two ways to register subdevices with the V4L2 core. The +first (traditional) possibility is to have subdevices registered by bridge +drivers. This can be done when the bridge driver has the complete information +about subdevices connected to it and knows exactly when to register them. This +is typically the case for internal subdevices, like video data processing units +within SoCs or complex PCI(e) boards, camera sensors in USB cameras or connected +to SoCs, which pass information about them to bridge drivers, usually in their +platform data. + +There are however also situations where subdevices have to be registered +asynchronously to bridge devices. An example of such a configuration is a Device +Tree based system where information about subdevices is made available to the +system independently from the bridge devices, e.g. when subdevices are defined +in DT as I2C device nodes. The API used in this second case is described further +below. + +Using one or the other registration method only affects the probing process, the +run-time bridge-subdevice interaction is in both cases the same. + +In the synchronous case a device (bridge) driver needs to register the +v4l2_subdev with the v4l2_device: + + int err = v4l2_device_register_subdev(v4l2_dev, sd); + +This can fail if the subdev module disappeared before it could be registered. +After this function was called successfully the subdev->dev field points to +the v4l2_device. + +If the v4l2_device parent device has a non-NULL mdev field, the sub-device +entity will be automatically registered with the media device. + +You can unregister a sub-device using: + + v4l2_device_unregister_subdev(sd); + +Afterwards the subdev module can be unloaded and sd->dev == NULL. + +You can call an ops function either directly: + + err = sd->ops->core->g_std(sd, &norm); + +but it is better and easier to use this macro: + + err = v4l2_subdev_call(sd, core, g_std, &norm); + +The macro will to the right NULL pointer checks and returns -ENODEV if subdev +is NULL, -ENOIOCTLCMD if either subdev->core or subdev->core->g_std is +NULL, or the actual result of the subdev->ops->core->g_std ops. + +It is also possible to call all or a subset of the sub-devices: + + v4l2_device_call_all(v4l2_dev, 0, core, g_std, &norm); + +Any subdev that does not support this ops is skipped and error results are +ignored. If you want to check for errors use this: + + err = v4l2_device_call_until_err(v4l2_dev, 0, core, g_std, &norm); + +Any error except -ENOIOCTLCMD will exit the loop with that error. If no +errors (except -ENOIOCTLCMD) occurred, then 0 is returned. + +The second argument to both calls is a group ID. If 0, then all subdevs are +called. If non-zero, then only those whose group ID match that value will +be called. Before a bridge driver registers a subdev it can set sd->grp_id +to whatever value it wants (it's 0 by default). This value is owned by the +bridge driver and the sub-device driver will never modify or use it. + +The group ID gives the bridge driver more control how callbacks are called. +For example, there may be multiple audio chips on a board, each capable of +changing the volume. But usually only one will actually be used when the +user want to change the volume. You can set the group ID for that subdev to +e.g. AUDIO_CONTROLLER and specify that as the group ID value when calling +v4l2_device_call_all(). That ensures that it will only go to the subdev +that needs it. + +If the sub-device needs to notify its v4l2_device parent of an event, then +it can call v4l2_subdev_notify(sd, notification, arg). This macro checks +whether there is a notify() callback defined and returns -ENODEV if not. +Otherwise the result of the notify() call is returned. + +The advantage of using v4l2_subdev is that it is a generic struct and does +not contain any knowledge about the underlying hardware. So a driver might +contain several subdevs that use an I2C bus, but also a subdev that is +controlled through GPIO pins. This distinction is only relevant when setting +up the device, but once the subdev is registered it is completely transparent. + + +In the asynchronous case subdevice probing can be invoked independently of the +bridge driver availability. The subdevice driver then has to verify whether all +the requirements for a successful probing are satisfied. This can include a +check for a master clock availability. If any of the conditions aren't satisfied +the driver might decide to return -EPROBE_DEFER to request further reprobing +attempts. Once all conditions are met the subdevice shall be registered using +the v4l2_async_register_subdev() function. Unregistration is performed using +the v4l2_async_unregister_subdev() call. Subdevices registered this way are +stored in a global list of subdevices, ready to be picked up by bridge drivers. + +Bridge drivers in turn have to register a notifier object with an array of +subdevice descriptors that the bridge device needs for its operation. This is +performed using the v4l2_async_notifier_register() call. To unregister the +notifier the driver has to call v4l2_async_notifier_unregister(). The former of +the two functions takes two arguments: a pointer to struct v4l2_device and a +pointer to struct v4l2_async_notifier. The latter contains a pointer to an array +of pointers to subdevice descriptors of type struct v4l2_async_subdev type. The +V4L2 core will then use these descriptors to match asynchronously registered +subdevices to them. If a match is detected the .bound() notifier callback is +called. After all subdevices have been located the .complete() callback is +called. When a subdevice is removed from the system the .unbind() method is +called. All three callbacks are optional. + + +V4L2 sub-device userspace API +----------------------------- + +Beside exposing a kernel API through the v4l2_subdev_ops structure, V4L2 +sub-devices can also be controlled directly by userspace applications. + +Device nodes named v4l-subdevX can be created in /dev to access sub-devices +directly. If a sub-device supports direct userspace configuration it must set +the V4L2_SUBDEV_FL_HAS_DEVNODE flag before being registered. + +After registering sub-devices, the v4l2_device driver can create device nodes +for all registered sub-devices marked with V4L2_SUBDEV_FL_HAS_DEVNODE by calling +v4l2_device_register_subdev_nodes(). Those device nodes will be automatically +removed when sub-devices are unregistered. + +The device node handles a subset of the V4L2 API. + +VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL +VIDIOC_QUERYMENU +VIDIOC_G_CTRL +VIDIOC_S_CTRL +VIDIOC_G_EXT_CTRLS +VIDIOC_S_EXT_CTRLS +VIDIOC_TRY_EXT_CTRLS + + The controls ioctls are identical to the ones defined in V4L2. They + behave identically, with the only exception that they deal only with + controls implemented in the sub-device. Depending on the driver, those + controls can be also be accessed through one (or several) V4L2 device + nodes. + +VIDIOC_DQEVENT +VIDIOC_SUBSCRIBE_EVENT +VIDIOC_UNSUBSCRIBE_EVENT + + The events ioctls are identical to the ones defined in V4L2. They + behave identically, with the only exception that they deal only with + events generated by the sub-device. Depending on the driver, those + events can also be reported by one (or several) V4L2 device nodes. + + Sub-device drivers that want to use events need to set the + V4L2_SUBDEV_USES_EVENTS v4l2_subdev::flags and initialize + v4l2_subdev::nevents to events queue depth before registering the + sub-device. After registration events can be queued as usual on the + v4l2_subdev::devnode device node. + + To properly support events, the poll() file operation is also + implemented. + +Private ioctls + + All ioctls not in the above list are passed directly to the sub-device + driver through the core::ioctl operation. + + +I2C sub-device drivers +---------------------- + +Since these drivers are so common, special helper functions are available to +ease the use of these drivers (v4l2-common.h). + +The recommended method of adding v4l2_subdev support to an I2C driver is to +embed the v4l2_subdev struct into the state struct that is created for each +I2C device instance. Very simple devices have no state struct and in that case +you can just create a v4l2_subdev directly. + +A typical state struct would look like this (where 'chipname' is replaced by +the name of the chip): + +struct chipname_state { + struct v4l2_subdev sd; + ... /* additional state fields */ +}; + +Initialize the v4l2_subdev struct as follows: + + v4l2_i2c_subdev_init(&state->sd, client, subdev_ops); + +This function will fill in all the fields of v4l2_subdev and ensure that the +v4l2_subdev and i2c_client both point to one another. + +You should also add a helper inline function to go from a v4l2_subdev pointer +to a chipname_state struct: + +static inline struct chipname_state *to_state(struct v4l2_subdev *sd) +{ + return container_of(sd, struct chipname_state, sd); +} + +Use this to go from the v4l2_subdev struct to the i2c_client struct: + + struct i2c_client *client = v4l2_get_subdevdata(sd); + +And this to go from an i2c_client to a v4l2_subdev struct: + + struct v4l2_subdev *sd = i2c_get_clientdata(client); + +Make sure to call v4l2_device_unregister_subdev(sd) when the remove() callback +is called. This will unregister the sub-device from the bridge driver. It is +safe to call this even if the sub-device was never registered. + +You need to do this because when the bridge driver destroys the i2c adapter +the remove() callbacks are called of the i2c devices on that adapter. +After that the corresponding v4l2_subdev structures are invalid, so they +have to be unregistered first. Calling v4l2_device_unregister_subdev(sd) +from the remove() callback ensures that this is always done correctly. + + +The bridge driver also has some helper functions it can use: + +struct v4l2_subdev *sd = v4l2_i2c_new_subdev(v4l2_dev, adapter, + "module_foo", "chipid", 0x36, NULL); + +This loads the given module (can be NULL if no module needs to be loaded) and +calls i2c_new_device() with the given i2c_adapter and chip/address arguments. +If all goes well, then it registers the subdev with the v4l2_device. + +You can also use the last argument of v4l2_i2c_new_subdev() to pass an array +of possible I2C addresses that it should probe. These probe addresses are +only used if the previous argument is 0. A non-zero argument means that you +know the exact i2c address so in that case no probing will take place. + +Both functions return NULL if something went wrong. + +Note that the chipid you pass to v4l2_i2c_new_subdev() is usually +the same as the module name. It allows you to specify a chip variant, e.g. +"saa7114" or "saa7115". In general though the i2c driver autodetects this. +The use of chipid is something that needs to be looked at more closely at a +later date. It differs between i2c drivers and as such can be confusing. +To see which chip variants are supported you can look in the i2c driver code +for the i2c_device_id table. This lists all the possibilities. + +There are two more helper functions: + +v4l2_i2c_new_subdev_cfg: this function adds new irq and platform_data +arguments and has both 'addr' and 'probed_addrs' arguments: if addr is not +0 then that will be used (non-probing variant), otherwise the probed_addrs +are probed. + +For example: this will probe for address 0x10: + +struct v4l2_subdev *sd = v4l2_i2c_new_subdev_cfg(v4l2_dev, adapter, + "module_foo", "chipid", 0, NULL, 0, I2C_ADDRS(0x10)); + +v4l2_i2c_new_subdev_board uses an i2c_board_info struct which is passed +to the i2c driver and replaces the irq, platform_data and addr arguments. + +If the subdev supports the s_config core ops, then that op is called with +the irq and platform_data arguments after the subdev was setup. The older +v4l2_i2c_new_(probed_)subdev functions will call s_config as well, but with +irq set to 0 and platform_data set to NULL. + +struct video_device +------------------- + +The actual device nodes in the /dev directory are created using the +video_device struct (v4l2-dev.h). This struct can either be allocated +dynamically or embedded in a larger struct. + +To allocate it dynamically use: + + struct video_device *vdev = video_device_alloc(); + + if (vdev == NULL) + return -ENOMEM; + + vdev->release = video_device_release; + +If you embed it in a larger struct, then you must set the release() +callback to your own function: + + struct video_device *vdev = &my_vdev->vdev; + + vdev->release = my_vdev_release; + +The release callback must be set and it is called when the last user +of the video device exits. + +The default video_device_release() callback just calls kfree to free the +allocated memory. + +There is also a video_device_release_empty() function that does nothing +(is empty) and can be used if the struct is embedded and there is nothing +to do when it is released. + +You should also set these fields: + +- v4l2_dev: must be set to the v4l2_device parent device. + +- name: set to something descriptive and unique. + +- vfl_dir: set this to VFL_DIR_RX for capture devices (VFL_DIR_RX has value 0, + so this is normally already the default), set to VFL_DIR_TX for output + devices and VFL_DIR_M2M for mem2mem (codec) devices. + +- fops: set to the v4l2_file_operations struct. + +- ioctl_ops: if you use the v4l2_ioctl_ops to simplify ioctl maintenance + (highly recommended to use this and it might become compulsory in the + future!), then set this to your v4l2_ioctl_ops struct. The vfl_type and + vfl_dir fields are used to disable ops that do not match the type/dir + combination. E.g. VBI ops are disabled for non-VBI nodes, and output ops + are disabled for a capture device. This makes it possible to provide + just one v4l2_ioctl_ops struct for both vbi and video nodes. + +- lock: leave to NULL if you want to do all the locking in the driver. + Otherwise you give it a pointer to a struct mutex_lock and before the + unlocked_ioctl file operation is called this lock will be taken by the + core and released afterwards. See the next section for more details. + +- queue: a pointer to the struct vb2_queue associated with this device node. + If queue is non-NULL, and queue->lock is non-NULL, then queue->lock is + used for the queuing ioctls (VIDIOC_REQBUFS, CREATE_BUFS, QBUF, DQBUF, + QUERYBUF, PREPARE_BUF, STREAMON and STREAMOFF) instead of the lock above. + That way the vb2 queuing framework does not have to wait for other ioctls. + This queue pointer is also used by the vb2 helper functions to check for + queuing ownership (i.e. is the filehandle calling it allowed to do the + operation). + +- prio: keeps track of the priorities. Used to implement VIDIOC_G/S_PRIORITY. + If left to NULL, then it will use the struct v4l2_prio_state in v4l2_device. + If you want to have a separate priority state per (group of) device node(s), + then you can point it to your own struct v4l2_prio_state. + +- dev_parent: you only set this if v4l2_device was registered with NULL as + the parent device struct. This only happens in cases where one hardware + device has multiple PCI devices that all share the same v4l2_device core. + + The cx88 driver is an example of this: one core v4l2_device struct, but + it is used by both a raw video PCI device (cx8800) and a MPEG PCI device + (cx8802). Since the v4l2_device cannot be associated with two PCI devices + at the same time it is setup without a parent device. But when the struct + video_device is initialized you *do* know which parent PCI device to use and + so you set dev_device to the correct PCI device. + +If you use v4l2_ioctl_ops, then you should set .unlocked_ioctl to video_ioctl2 +in your v4l2_file_operations struct. + +Do not use .ioctl! This is deprecated and will go away in the future. + +In some cases you want to tell the core that a function you had specified in +your v4l2_ioctl_ops should be ignored. You can mark such ioctls by calling this +function before video_device_register is called: + +void v4l2_disable_ioctl(struct video_device *vdev, unsigned int cmd); + +This tends to be needed if based on external factors (e.g. which card is +being used) you want to turns off certain features in v4l2_ioctl_ops without +having to make a new struct. + +The v4l2_file_operations struct is a subset of file_operations. The main +difference is that the inode argument is omitted since it is never used. + +If integration with the media framework is needed, you must initialize the +media_entity struct embedded in the video_device struct (entity field) by +calling media_entity_init(): + + struct media_pad *pad = &my_vdev->pad; + int err; + + err = media_entity_init(&vdev->entity, 1, pad, 0); + +The pads array must have been previously initialized. There is no need to +manually set the struct media_entity type and name fields. + +A reference to the entity will be automatically acquired/released when the +video device is opened/closed. + +ioctls and locking +------------------ + +The V4L core provides optional locking services. The main service is the +lock field in struct video_device, which is a pointer to a mutex. If you set +this pointer, then that will be used by unlocked_ioctl to serialize all ioctls. + +If you are using the videobuf2 framework, then there is a second lock that you +can set: video_device->queue->lock. If set, then this lock will be used instead +of video_device->lock to serialize all queuing ioctls (see the previous section +for the full list of those ioctls). + +The advantage of using a different lock for the queuing ioctls is that for some +drivers (particularly USB drivers) certain commands such as setting controls +can take a long time, so you want to use a separate lock for the buffer queuing +ioctls. That way your VIDIOC_DQBUF doesn't stall because the driver is busy +changing the e.g. exposure of the webcam. + +Of course, you can always do all the locking yourself by leaving both lock +pointers at NULL. + +If you use the old videobuf then you must pass the video_device lock to the +videobuf queue initialize function: if videobuf has to wait for a frame to +arrive, then it will temporarily unlock the lock and relock it afterwards. If +your driver also waits in the code, then you should do the same to allow other +processes to access the device node while the first process is waiting for +something. + +In the case of videobuf2 you will need to implement the wait_prepare and +wait_finish callbacks to unlock/lock if applicable. If you use the queue->lock +pointer, then you can use the helper functions vb2_ops_wait_prepare/finish. + +The implementation of a hotplug disconnect should also take the lock from +video_device before calling v4l2_device_disconnect. If you are also using +video_device->queue->lock, then you have to first lock video_device->queue->lock +followed by video_device->lock. That way you can be sure no ioctl is running +when you call v4l2_device_disconnect. + +video_device registration +------------------------- + +Next you register the video device: this will create the character device +for you. + + err = video_register_device(vdev, VFL_TYPE_GRABBER, -1); + if (err) { + video_device_release(vdev); /* or kfree(my_vdev); */ + return err; + } + +If the v4l2_device parent device has a non-NULL mdev field, the video device +entity will be automatically registered with the media device. + +Which device is registered depends on the type argument. The following +types exist: + +VFL_TYPE_GRABBER: videoX for video input/output devices +VFL_TYPE_VBI: vbiX for vertical blank data (i.e. closed captions, teletext) +VFL_TYPE_RADIO: radioX for radio tuners +VFL_TYPE_SDR: swradioX for Software Defined Radio tuners + +The last argument gives you a certain amount of control over the device +device node number used (i.e. the X in videoX). Normally you will pass -1 +to let the v4l2 framework pick the first free number. But sometimes users +want to select a specific node number. It is common that drivers allow +the user to select a specific device node number through a driver module +option. That number is then passed to this function and video_register_device +will attempt to select that device node number. If that number was already +in use, then the next free device node number will be selected and it +will send a warning to the kernel log. + +Another use-case is if a driver creates many devices. In that case it can +be useful to place different video devices in separate ranges. For example, +video capture devices start at 0, video output devices start at 16. +So you can use the last argument to specify a minimum device node number +and the v4l2 framework will try to pick the first free number that is equal +or higher to what you passed. If that fails, then it will just pick the +first free number. + +Since in this case you do not care about a warning about not being able +to select the specified device node number, you can call the function +video_register_device_no_warn() instead. + +Whenever a device node is created some attributes are also created for you. +If you look in /sys/class/video4linux you see the devices. Go into e.g. +video0 and you will see 'name', 'dev_debug' and 'index' attributes. The 'name' +attribute is the 'name' field of the video_device struct. The 'dev_debug' attribute +can be used to enable core debugging. See the next section for more detailed +information on this. + +The 'index' attribute is the index of the device node: for each call to +video_register_device() the index is just increased by 1. The first video +device node you register always starts with index 0. + +Users can setup udev rules that utilize the index attribute to make fancy +device names (e.g. 'mpegX' for MPEG video capture device nodes). + +After the device was successfully registered, then you can use these fields: + +- vfl_type: the device type passed to video_register_device. +- minor: the assigned device minor number. +- num: the device node number (i.e. the X in videoX). +- index: the device index number. + +If the registration failed, then you need to call video_device_release() +to free the allocated video_device struct, or free your own struct if the +video_device was embedded in it. The vdev->release() callback will never +be called if the registration failed, nor should you ever attempt to +unregister the device if the registration failed. + +video device debugging +---------------------- + +The 'dev_debug' attribute that is created for each video, vbi, radio or swradio +device in /sys/class/video4linux/<devX>/ allows you to enable logging of +file operations. + +It is a bitmask and the following bits can be set: + +0x01: Log the ioctl name and error code. VIDIOC_(D)QBUF ioctls are only logged + if bit 0x08 is also set. +0x02: Log the ioctl name arguments and error code. VIDIOC_(D)QBUF ioctls are + only logged if bit 0x08 is also set. +0x04: Log the file operations open, release, read, write, mmap and + get_unmapped_area. The read and write operations are only logged if + bit 0x08 is also set. +0x08: Log the read and write file operations and the VIDIOC_QBUF and + VIDIOC_DQBUF ioctls. +0x10: Log the poll file operation. + +video_device cleanup +-------------------- + +When the video device nodes have to be removed, either during the unload +of the driver or because the USB device was disconnected, then you should +unregister them: + + video_unregister_device(vdev); + +This will remove the device nodes from sysfs (causing udev to remove them +from /dev). + +After video_unregister_device() returns no new opens can be done. However, +in the case of USB devices some application might still have one of these +device nodes open. So after the unregister all file operations (except +release, of course) will return an error as well. + +When the last user of the video device node exits, then the vdev->release() +callback is called and you can do the final cleanup there. + +Don't forget to cleanup the media entity associated with the video device if +it has been initialized: + + media_entity_cleanup(&vdev->entity); + +This can be done from the release callback. + + +video_device helper functions +----------------------------- + +There are a few useful helper functions: + +- file/video_device private data + +You can set/get driver private data in the video_device struct using: + +void *video_get_drvdata(struct video_device *vdev); +void video_set_drvdata(struct video_device *vdev, void *data); + +Note that you can safely call video_set_drvdata() before calling +video_register_device(). + +And this function: + +struct video_device *video_devdata(struct file *file); + +returns the video_device belonging to the file struct. + +The video_drvdata function combines video_get_drvdata with video_devdata: + +void *video_drvdata(struct file *file); + +You can go from a video_device struct to the v4l2_device struct using: + +struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev = vdev->v4l2_dev; + +- Device node name + +The video_device node kernel name can be retrieved using + +const char *video_device_node_name(struct video_device *vdev); + +The name is used as a hint by userspace tools such as udev. The function +should be used where possible instead of accessing the video_device::num and +video_device::minor fields. + + +video buffer helper functions +----------------------------- + +The v4l2 core API provides a set of standard methods (called "videobuf") +for dealing with video buffers. Those methods allow a driver to implement +read(), mmap() and overlay() in a consistent way. There are currently +methods for using video buffers on devices that supports DMA with +scatter/gather method (videobuf-dma-sg), DMA with linear access +(videobuf-dma-contig), and vmalloced buffers, mostly used on USB drivers +(videobuf-vmalloc). + +Please see Documentation/video4linux/videobuf for more information on how +to use the videobuf layer. + +struct v4l2_fh +-------------- + +struct v4l2_fh provides a way to easily keep file handle specific data +that is used by the V4L2 framework. New drivers must use struct v4l2_fh +since it is also used to implement priority handling (VIDIOC_G/S_PRIORITY). + +The users of v4l2_fh (in the V4L2 framework, not the driver) know +whether a driver uses v4l2_fh as its file->private_data pointer by +testing the V4L2_FL_USES_V4L2_FH bit in video_device->flags. This bit is +set whenever v4l2_fh_init() is called. + +struct v4l2_fh is allocated as a part of the driver's own file handle +structure and file->private_data is set to it in the driver's open +function by the driver. + +In many cases the struct v4l2_fh will be embedded in a larger structure. +In that case you should call v4l2_fh_init+v4l2_fh_add in open() and +v4l2_fh_del+v4l2_fh_exit in release(). + +Drivers can extract their own file handle structure by using the container_of +macro. Example: + +struct my_fh { + int blah; + struct v4l2_fh fh; +}; + +... + +int my_open(struct file *file) +{ + struct my_fh *my_fh; + struct video_device *vfd; + int ret; + + ... + + my_fh = kzalloc(sizeof(*my_fh), GFP_KERNEL); + + ... + + v4l2_fh_init(&my_fh->fh, vfd); + + ... + + file->private_data = &my_fh->fh; + v4l2_fh_add(&my_fh->fh); + return 0; +} + +int my_release(struct file *file) +{ + struct v4l2_fh *fh = file->private_data; + struct my_fh *my_fh = container_of(fh, struct my_fh, fh); + + ... + v4l2_fh_del(&my_fh->fh); + v4l2_fh_exit(&my_fh->fh); + kfree(my_fh); + return 0; +} + +Below is a short description of the v4l2_fh functions used: + +void v4l2_fh_init(struct v4l2_fh *fh, struct video_device *vdev) + + Initialise the file handle. This *MUST* be performed in the driver's + v4l2_file_operations->open() handler. + +void v4l2_fh_add(struct v4l2_fh *fh) + + Add a v4l2_fh to video_device file handle list. Must be called once the + file handle is completely initialized. + +void v4l2_fh_del(struct v4l2_fh *fh) + + Unassociate the file handle from video_device(). The file handle + exit function may now be called. + +void v4l2_fh_exit(struct v4l2_fh *fh) + + Uninitialise the file handle. After uninitialisation the v4l2_fh + memory can be freed. + + +If struct v4l2_fh is not embedded, then you can use these helper functions: + +int v4l2_fh_open(struct file *filp) + + This allocates a struct v4l2_fh, initializes it and adds it to the struct + video_device associated with the file struct. + +int v4l2_fh_release(struct file *filp) + + This deletes it from the struct video_device associated with the file + struct, uninitialised the v4l2_fh and frees it. + +These two functions can be plugged into the v4l2_file_operation's open() and +release() ops. + + +Several drivers need to do something when the first file handle is opened and +when the last file handle closes. Two helper functions were added to check +whether the v4l2_fh struct is the only open filehandle of the associated +device node: + +int v4l2_fh_is_singular(struct v4l2_fh *fh) + + Returns 1 if the file handle is the only open file handle, else 0. + +int v4l2_fh_is_singular_file(struct file *filp) + + Same, but it calls v4l2_fh_is_singular with filp->private_data. + + +V4L2 events +----------- + +The V4L2 events provide a generic way to pass events to user space. +The driver must use v4l2_fh to be able to support V4L2 events. + +Events are defined by a type and an optional ID. The ID may refer to a V4L2 +object such as a control ID. If unused, then the ID is 0. + +When the user subscribes to an event the driver will allocate a number of +kevent structs for that event. So every (type, ID) event tuple will have +its own set of kevent structs. This guarantees that if a driver is generating +lots of events of one type in a short time, then that will not overwrite +events of another type. + +But if you get more events of one type than the number of kevents that were +reserved, then the oldest event will be dropped and the new one added. + +Furthermore, the internal struct v4l2_subscribed_event has merge() and +replace() callbacks which drivers can set. These callbacks are called when +a new event is raised and there is no more room. The replace() callback +allows you to replace the payload of the old event with that of the new event, +merging any relevant data from the old payload into the new payload that +replaces it. It is called when this event type has only one kevent struct +allocated. The merge() callback allows you to merge the oldest event payload +into that of the second-oldest event payload. It is called when there are two +or more kevent structs allocated. + +This way no status information is lost, just the intermediate steps leading +up to that state. + +A good example of these replace/merge callbacks is in v4l2-event.c: +ctrls_replace() and ctrls_merge() callbacks for the control event. + +Note: these callbacks can be called from interrupt context, so they must be +fast. + +Useful functions: + +void v4l2_event_queue(struct video_device *vdev, const struct v4l2_event *ev) + + Queue events to video device. The driver's only responsibility is to fill + in the type and the data fields. The other fields will be filled in by + V4L2. + +int v4l2_event_subscribe(struct v4l2_fh *fh, + struct v4l2_event_subscription *sub, unsigned elems, + const struct v4l2_subscribed_event_ops *ops) + + The video_device->ioctl_ops->vidioc_subscribe_event must check the driver + is able to produce events with specified event id. Then it calls + v4l2_event_subscribe() to subscribe the event. + + The elems argument is the size of the event queue for this event. If it is 0, + then the framework will fill in a default value (this depends on the event + type). + + The ops argument allows the driver to specify a number of callbacks: + * add: called when a new listener gets added (subscribing to the same + event twice will only cause this callback to get called once) + * del: called when a listener stops listening + * replace: replace event 'old' with event 'new'. + * merge: merge event 'old' into event 'new'. + All 4 callbacks are optional, if you don't want to specify any callbacks + the ops argument itself maybe NULL. + +int v4l2_event_unsubscribe(struct v4l2_fh *fh, + struct v4l2_event_subscription *sub) + + vidioc_unsubscribe_event in struct v4l2_ioctl_ops. A driver may use + v4l2_event_unsubscribe() directly unless it wants to be involved in + unsubscription process. + + The special type V4L2_EVENT_ALL may be used to unsubscribe all events. The + drivers may want to handle this in a special way. + +int v4l2_event_pending(struct v4l2_fh *fh) + + Returns the number of pending events. Useful when implementing poll. + +Events are delivered to user space through the poll system call. The driver +can use v4l2_fh->wait (a wait_queue_head_t) as the argument for poll_wait(). + +There are standard and private events. New standard events must use the +smallest available event type. The drivers must allocate their events from +their own class starting from class base. Class base is +V4L2_EVENT_PRIVATE_START + n * 1000 where n is the lowest available number. +The first event type in the class is reserved for future use, so the first +available event type is 'class base + 1'. + +An example on how the V4L2 events may be used can be found in the OMAP +3 ISP driver (drivers/media/platform/omap3isp). + + +V4L2 clocks +----------- + +Many subdevices, like camera sensors, TV decoders and encoders, need a clock +signal to be supplied by the system. Often this clock is supplied by the +respective bridge device. The Linux kernel provides a Common Clock Framework for +this purpose. However, it is not (yet) available on all architectures. Besides, +the nature of the multi-functional (clock, data + synchronisation, I2C control) +connection of subdevices to the system might impose special requirements on the +clock API usage. E.g. V4L2 has to support clock provider driver unregistration +while a subdevice driver is holding a reference to the clock. For these reasons +a V4L2 clock helper API has been developed and is provided to bridge and +subdevice drivers. + +The API consists of two parts: two functions to register and unregister a V4L2 +clock source: v4l2_clk_register() and v4l2_clk_unregister() and calls to control +a clock object, similar to the respective generic clock API calls: +v4l2_clk_get(), v4l2_clk_put(), v4l2_clk_enable(), v4l2_clk_disable(), +v4l2_clk_get_rate(), and v4l2_clk_set_rate(). Clock suppliers have to provide +clock operations that will be called when clock users invoke respective API +methods. + +It is expected that once the CCF becomes available on all relevant +architectures this API will be removed. diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-pci-skeleton.c b/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-pci-skeleton.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7bd1b975b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-pci-skeleton.c @@ -0,0 +1,924 @@ +/* + * This is a V4L2 PCI Skeleton Driver. It gives an initial skeleton source + * for use with other PCI drivers. + * + * This skeleton PCI driver assumes that the card has an S-Video connector as + * input 0 and an HDMI connector as input 1. + * + * Copyright 2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. + * + * This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS + * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN + * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN + * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE + * SOFTWARE. + */ + +#include <linux/types.h> +#include <linux/kernel.h> +#include <linux/module.h> +#include <linux/init.h> +#include <linux/kmod.h> +#include <linux/mutex.h> +#include <linux/pci.h> +#include <linux/interrupt.h> +#include <linux/videodev2.h> +#include <linux/v4l2-dv-timings.h> +#include <media/v4l2-device.h> +#include <media/v4l2-dev.h> +#include <media/v4l2-ioctl.h> +#include <media/v4l2-dv-timings.h> +#include <media/v4l2-ctrls.h> +#include <media/v4l2-event.h> +#include <media/videobuf2-dma-contig.h> + +MODULE_DESCRIPTION("V4L2 PCI Skeleton Driver"); +MODULE_AUTHOR("Hans Verkuil"); +MODULE_LICENSE("GPL v2"); + +/** + * struct skeleton - All internal data for one instance of device + * @pdev: PCI device + * @v4l2_dev: top-level v4l2 device struct + * @vdev: video node structure + * @ctrl_handler: control handler structure + * @lock: ioctl serialization mutex + * @std: current SDTV standard + * @timings: current HDTV timings + * @format: current pix format + * @input: current video input (0 = SDTV, 1 = HDTV) + * @queue: vb2 video capture queue + * @alloc_ctx: vb2 contiguous DMA context + * @qlock: spinlock controlling access to buf_list and sequence + * @buf_list: list of buffers queued for DMA + * @sequence: frame sequence counter + */ +struct skeleton { + struct pci_dev *pdev; + struct v4l2_device v4l2_dev; + struct video_device vdev; + struct v4l2_ctrl_handler ctrl_handler; + struct mutex lock; + v4l2_std_id std; + struct v4l2_dv_timings timings; + struct v4l2_pix_format format; + unsigned input; + + struct vb2_queue queue; + struct vb2_alloc_ctx *alloc_ctx; + + spinlock_t qlock; + struct list_head buf_list; + unsigned field; + unsigned sequence; +}; + +struct skel_buffer { + struct vb2_buffer vb; + struct list_head list; +}; + +static inline struct skel_buffer *to_skel_buffer(struct vb2_buffer *vb2) +{ + return container_of(vb2, struct skel_buffer, vb); +} + +static const struct pci_device_id skeleton_pci_tbl[] = { + /* { PCI_DEVICE(PCI_VENDOR_ID_, PCI_DEVICE_ID_) }, */ + { 0, } +}; +MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE(pci, skeleton_pci_tbl); + +/* + * HDTV: this structure has the capabilities of the HDTV receiver. + * It is used to constrain the huge list of possible formats based + * upon the hardware capabilities. + */ +static const struct v4l2_dv_timings_cap skel_timings_cap = { + .type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, + /* keep this initialization for compatibility with GCC < 4.4.6 */ + .reserved = { 0 }, + V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS( + 720, 1920, /* min/max width */ + 480, 1080, /* min/max height */ + 27000000, 74250000, /* min/max pixelclock*/ + V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CEA861, /* Supported standards */ + /* capabilities */ + V4L2_DV_BT_CAP_INTERLACED | V4L2_DV_BT_CAP_PROGRESSIVE + ) +}; + +/* + * Supported SDTV standards. This does the same job as skel_timings_cap, but + * for standard TV formats. + */ +#define SKEL_TVNORMS V4L2_STD_ALL + +/* + * Interrupt handler: typically interrupts happen after a new frame has been + * captured. It is the job of the handler to remove the new frame from the + * internal list and give it back to the vb2 framework, updating the sequence + * counter, field and timestamp at the same time. + */ +static irqreturn_t skeleton_irq(int irq, void *dev_id) +{ +#ifdef TODO + struct skeleton *skel = dev_id; + + /* handle interrupt */ + + /* Once a new frame has been captured, mark it as done like this: */ + if (captured_new_frame) { + ... + spin_lock(&skel->qlock); + list_del(&new_buf->list); + spin_unlock(&skel->qlock); + v4l2_get_timestamp(&new_buf->vb.v4l2_buf.timestamp); + new_buf->vb.v4l2_buf.sequence = skel->sequence++; + new_buf->vb.v4l2_buf.field = skel->field; + if (skel->format.field == V4L2_FIELD_ALTERNATE) { + if (skel->field == V4L2_FIELD_BOTTOM) + skel->field = V4L2_FIELD_TOP; + else if (skel->field == V4L2_FIELD_TOP) + skel->field = V4L2_FIELD_BOTTOM; + } + vb2_buffer_done(&new_buf->vb, VB2_BUF_STATE_DONE); + } +#endif + return IRQ_HANDLED; +} + +/* + * Setup the constraints of the queue: besides setting the number of planes + * per buffer and the size and allocation context of each plane, it also + * checks if sufficient buffers have been allocated. Usually 3 is a good + * minimum number: many DMA engines need a minimum of 2 buffers in the + * queue and you need to have another available for userspace processing. + */ +static int queue_setup(struct vb2_queue *vq, const struct v4l2_format *fmt, + unsigned int *nbuffers, unsigned int *nplanes, + unsigned int sizes[], void *alloc_ctxs[]) +{ + struct skeleton *skel = vb2_get_drv_priv(vq); + + skel->field = skel->format.field; + if (skel->field == V4L2_FIELD_ALTERNATE) { + /* + * You cannot use read() with FIELD_ALTERNATE since the field + * information (TOP/BOTTOM) cannot be passed back to the user. + */ + if (vb2_fileio_is_active(vq)) + return -EINVAL; + skel->field = V4L2_FIELD_TOP; + } + + if (vq->num_buffers + *nbuffers < 3) + *nbuffers = 3 - vq->num_buffers; + + if (fmt && fmt->fmt.pix.sizeimage < skel->format.sizeimage) + return -EINVAL; + *nplanes = 1; + sizes[0] = fmt ? fmt->fmt.pix.sizeimage : skel->format.sizeimage; + alloc_ctxs[0] = skel->alloc_ctx; + return 0; +} + +/* + * Prepare the buffer for queueing to the DMA engine: check and set the + * payload size. + */ +static int buffer_prepare(struct vb2_buffer *vb) +{ + struct skeleton *skel = vb2_get_drv_priv(vb->vb2_queue); + unsigned long size = skel->format.sizeimage; + + if (vb2_plane_size(vb, 0) < size) { + dev_err(&skel->pdev->dev, "buffer too small (%lu < %lu)\n", + vb2_plane_size(vb, 0), size); + return -EINVAL; + } + + vb2_set_plane_payload(vb, 0, size); + return 0; +} + +/* + * Queue this buffer to the DMA engine. + */ +static void buffer_queue(struct vb2_buffer *vb) +{ + struct skeleton *skel = vb2_get_drv_priv(vb->vb2_queue); + struct skel_buffer *buf = to_skel_buffer(vb); + unsigned long flags; + + spin_lock_irqsave(&skel->qlock, flags); + list_add_tail(&buf->list, &skel->buf_list); + + /* TODO: Update any DMA pointers if necessary */ + + spin_unlock_irqrestore(&skel->qlock, flags); +} + +static void return_all_buffers(struct skeleton *skel, + enum vb2_buffer_state state) +{ + struct skel_buffer *buf, *node; + unsigned long flags; + + spin_lock_irqsave(&skel->qlock, flags); + list_for_each_entry_safe(buf, node, &skel->buf_list, list) { + vb2_buffer_done(&buf->vb, state); + list_del(&buf->list); + } + spin_unlock_irqrestore(&skel->qlock, flags); +} + +/* + * Start streaming. First check if the minimum number of buffers have been + * queued. If not, then return -ENOBUFS and the vb2 framework will call + * this function again the next time a buffer has been queued until enough + * buffers are available to actually start the DMA engine. + */ +static int start_streaming(struct vb2_queue *vq, unsigned int count) +{ + struct skeleton *skel = vb2_get_drv_priv(vq); + int ret = 0; + + skel->sequence = 0; + + /* TODO: start DMA */ + + if (ret) { + /* + * In case of an error, return all active buffers to the + * QUEUED state + */ + return_all_buffers(skel, VB2_BUF_STATE_QUEUED); + } + return ret; +} + +/* + * Stop the DMA engine. Any remaining buffers in the DMA queue are dequeued + * and passed on to the vb2 framework marked as STATE_ERROR. + */ +static void stop_streaming(struct vb2_queue *vq) +{ + struct skeleton *skel = vb2_get_drv_priv(vq); + + /* TODO: stop DMA */ + + /* Release all active buffers */ + return_all_buffers(skel, VB2_BUF_STATE_ERROR); +} + +/* + * The vb2 queue ops. Note that since q->lock is set we can use the standard + * vb2_ops_wait_prepare/finish helper functions. If q->lock would be NULL, + * then this driver would have to provide these ops. + */ +static struct vb2_ops skel_qops = { + .queue_setup = queue_setup, + .buf_prepare = buffer_prepare, + .buf_queue = buffer_queue, + .start_streaming = start_streaming, + .stop_streaming = stop_streaming, + .wait_prepare = vb2_ops_wait_prepare, + .wait_finish = vb2_ops_wait_finish, +}; + +/* + * Required ioctl querycap. Note that the version field is prefilled with + * the version of the kernel. + */ +static int skeleton_querycap(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_capability *cap) +{ + struct skeleton *skel = video_drvdata(file); + + strlcpy(cap->driver, KBUILD_MODNAME, sizeof(cap->driver)); + strlcpy(cap->card, "V4L2 PCI Skeleton", sizeof(cap->card)); + snprintf(cap->bus_info, sizeof(cap->bus_info), "PCI:%s", + pci_name(skel->pdev)); + cap->device_caps = V4L2_CAP_VIDEO_CAPTURE | V4L2_CAP_READWRITE | + V4L2_CAP_STREAMING; + cap->capabilities = cap->device_caps | V4L2_CAP_DEVICE_CAPS; + return 0; +} + +/* + * Helper function to check and correct struct v4l2_pix_format. It's used + * not only in VIDIOC_TRY/S_FMT, but also elsewhere if changes to the SDTV + * standard, HDTV timings or the video input would require updating the + * current format. + */ +static void skeleton_fill_pix_format(struct skeleton *skel, + struct v4l2_pix_format *pix) +{ + pix->pixelformat = V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUYV; + if (skel->input == 0) { + /* S-Video input */ + pix->width = 720; + pix->height = (skel->std & V4L2_STD_525_60) ? 480 : 576; + pix->field = V4L2_FIELD_INTERLACED; + pix->colorspace = V4L2_COLORSPACE_SMPTE170M; + } else { + /* HDMI input */ + pix->width = skel->timings.bt.width; + pix->height = skel->timings.bt.height; + if (skel->timings.bt.interlaced) { + pix->field = V4L2_FIELD_ALTERNATE; + pix->height /= 2; + } else { + pix->field = V4L2_FIELD_NONE; + } + pix->colorspace = V4L2_COLORSPACE_REC709; + } + + /* + * The YUYV format is four bytes for every two pixels, so bytesperline + * is width * 2. + */ + pix->bytesperline = pix->width * 2; + pix->sizeimage = pix->bytesperline * pix->height; + pix->priv = 0; +} + +static int skeleton_try_fmt_vid_cap(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_format *f) +{ + struct skeleton *skel = video_drvdata(file); + struct v4l2_pix_format *pix = &f->fmt.pix; + + /* + * Due to historical reasons providing try_fmt with an unsupported + * pixelformat will return -EINVAL for video receivers. Webcam drivers, + * however, will silently correct the pixelformat. Some video capture + * applications rely on this behavior... + */ + if (pix->pixelformat != V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUYV) + return -EINVAL; + skeleton_fill_pix_format(skel, pix); + return 0; +} + +static int skeleton_s_fmt_vid_cap(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_format *f) +{ + struct skeleton *skel = video_drvdata(file); + int ret; + + ret = skeleton_try_fmt_vid_cap(file, priv, f); + if (ret) + return ret; + + /* + * It is not allowed to change the format while buffers for use with + * streaming have already been allocated. + */ + if (vb2_is_busy(&skel->queue)) + return -EBUSY; + + /* TODO: change format */ + skel->format = f->fmt.pix; + return 0; +} + +static int skeleton_g_fmt_vid_cap(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_format *f) +{ + struct skeleton *skel = video_drvdata(file); + + f->fmt.pix = skel->format; + return 0; +} + +static int skeleton_enum_fmt_vid_cap(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_fmtdesc *f) +{ + if (f->index != 0) + return -EINVAL; + + strlcpy(f->description, "4:2:2, packed, YUYV", sizeof(f->description)); + f->pixelformat = V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUYV; + f->flags = 0; + return 0; +} + +static int skeleton_s_std(struct file *file, void *priv, v4l2_std_id std) +{ + struct skeleton *skel = video_drvdata(file); + + /* S_STD is not supported on the HDMI input */ + if (skel->input) + return -ENODATA; + + /* + * No change, so just return. Some applications call S_STD again after + * the buffers for streaming have been set up, so we have to allow for + * this behavior. + */ + if (std == skel->std) + return 0; + + /* + * Changing the standard implies a format change, which is not allowed + * while buffers for use with streaming have already been allocated. + */ + if (vb2_is_busy(&skel->queue)) + return -EBUSY; + + /* TODO: handle changing std */ + + skel->std = std; + + /* Update the internal format */ + skeleton_fill_pix_format(skel, &skel->format); + return 0; +} + +static int skeleton_g_std(struct file *file, void *priv, v4l2_std_id *std) +{ + struct skeleton *skel = video_drvdata(file); + + /* G_STD is not supported on the HDMI input */ + if (skel->input) + return -ENODATA; + + *std = skel->std; + return 0; +} + +/* + * Query the current standard as seen by the hardware. This function shall + * never actually change the standard, it just detects and reports. + * The framework will initially set *std to tvnorms (i.e. the set of + * supported standards by this input), and this function should just AND + * this value. If there is no signal, then *std should be set to 0. + */ +static int skeleton_querystd(struct file *file, void *priv, v4l2_std_id *std) +{ + struct skeleton *skel = video_drvdata(file); + + /* QUERY_STD is not supported on the HDMI input */ + if (skel->input) + return -ENODATA; + +#ifdef TODO + /* + * Query currently seen standard. Initial value of *std is + * V4L2_STD_ALL. This function should look something like this: + */ + get_signal_info(); + if (no_signal) { + *std = 0; + return 0; + } + /* Use signal information to reduce the number of possible standards */ + if (signal_has_525_lines) + *std &= V4L2_STD_525_60; + else + *std &= V4L2_STD_625_50; +#endif + return 0; +} + +static int skeleton_s_dv_timings(struct file *file, void *_fh, + struct v4l2_dv_timings *timings) +{ + struct skeleton *skel = video_drvdata(file); + + /* S_DV_TIMINGS is not supported on the S-Video input */ + if (skel->input == 0) + return -ENODATA; + + /* Quick sanity check */ + if (!v4l2_valid_dv_timings(timings, &skel_timings_cap, NULL, NULL)) + return -EINVAL; + + /* Check if the timings are part of the CEA-861 timings. */ + if (!v4l2_find_dv_timings_cap(timings, &skel_timings_cap, + 0, NULL, NULL)) + return -EINVAL; + + /* Return 0 if the new timings are the same as the current timings. */ + if (v4l2_match_dv_timings(timings, &skel->timings, 0)) + return 0; + + /* + * Changing the timings implies a format change, which is not allowed + * while buffers for use with streaming have already been allocated. + */ + if (vb2_is_busy(&skel->queue)) + return -EBUSY; + + /* TODO: Configure new timings */ + + /* Save timings */ + skel->timings = *timings; + + /* Update the internal format */ + skeleton_fill_pix_format(skel, &skel->format); + return 0; +} + +static int skeleton_g_dv_timings(struct file *file, void *_fh, + struct v4l2_dv_timings *timings) +{ + struct skeleton *skel = video_drvdata(file); + + /* G_DV_TIMINGS is not supported on the S-Video input */ + if (skel->input == 0) + return -ENODATA; + + *timings = skel->timings; + return 0; +} + +static int skeleton_enum_dv_timings(struct file *file, void *_fh, + struct v4l2_enum_dv_timings *timings) +{ + struct skeleton *skel = video_drvdata(file); + + /* ENUM_DV_TIMINGS is not supported on the S-Video input */ + if (skel->input == 0) + return -ENODATA; + + return v4l2_enum_dv_timings_cap(timings, &skel_timings_cap, + NULL, NULL); +} + +/* + * Query the current timings as seen by the hardware. This function shall + * never actually change the timings, it just detects and reports. + * If no signal is detected, then return -ENOLINK. If the hardware cannot + * lock to the signal, then return -ENOLCK. If the signal is out of range + * of the capabilities of the system (e.g., it is possible that the receiver + * can lock but that the DMA engine it is connected to cannot handle + * pixelclocks above a certain frequency), then -ERANGE is returned. + */ +static int skeleton_query_dv_timings(struct file *file, void *_fh, + struct v4l2_dv_timings *timings) +{ + struct skeleton *skel = video_drvdata(file); + + /* QUERY_DV_TIMINGS is not supported on the S-Video input */ + if (skel->input == 0) + return -ENODATA; + +#ifdef TODO + /* + * Query currently seen timings. This function should look + * something like this: + */ + detect_timings(); + if (no_signal) + return -ENOLINK; + if (cannot_lock_to_signal) + return -ENOLCK; + if (signal_out_of_range_of_capabilities) + return -ERANGE; + + /* Useful for debugging */ + v4l2_print_dv_timings(skel->v4l2_dev.name, "query_dv_timings:", + timings, true); +#endif + return 0; +} + +static int skeleton_dv_timings_cap(struct file *file, void *fh, + struct v4l2_dv_timings_cap *cap) +{ + struct skeleton *skel = video_drvdata(file); + + /* DV_TIMINGS_CAP is not supported on the S-Video input */ + if (skel->input == 0) + return -ENODATA; + *cap = skel_timings_cap; + return 0; +} + +static int skeleton_enum_input(struct file *file, void *priv, + struct v4l2_input *i) +{ + if (i->index > 1) + return -EINVAL; + + i->type = V4L2_INPUT_TYPE_CAMERA; + if (i->index == 0) { + i->std = SKEL_TVNORMS; + strlcpy(i->name, "S-Video", sizeof(i->name)); + i->capabilities = V4L2_IN_CAP_STD; + } else { + i->std = 0; + strlcpy(i->name, "HDMI", sizeof(i->name)); + i->capabilities = V4L2_IN_CAP_DV_TIMINGS; + } + return 0; +} + +static int skeleton_s_input(struct file *file, void *priv, unsigned int i) +{ + struct skeleton *skel = video_drvdata(file); + + if (i > 1) + return -EINVAL; + + /* + * Changing the input implies a format change, which is not allowed + * while buffers for use with streaming have already been allocated. + */ + if (vb2_is_busy(&skel->queue)) + return -EBUSY; + + skel->input = i; + /* + * Update tvnorms. The tvnorms value is used by the core to implement + * VIDIOC_ENUMSTD so it has to be correct. If tvnorms == 0, then + * ENUMSTD will return -ENODATA. + */ + skel->vdev.tvnorms = i ? 0 : SKEL_TVNORMS; + + /* Update the internal format */ + skeleton_fill_pix_format(skel, &skel->format); + return 0; +} + +static int skeleton_g_input(struct file *file, void *priv, unsigned int *i) +{ + struct skeleton *skel = video_drvdata(file); + + *i = skel->input; + return 0; +} + +/* The control handler. */ +static int skeleton_s_ctrl(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl) +{ + /*struct skeleton *skel = + container_of(ctrl->handler, struct skeleton, ctrl_handler);*/ + + switch (ctrl->id) { + case V4L2_CID_BRIGHTNESS: + /* TODO: set brightness to ctrl->val */ + break; + case V4L2_CID_CONTRAST: + /* TODO: set contrast to ctrl->val */ + break; + case V4L2_CID_SATURATION: + /* TODO: set saturation to ctrl->val */ + break; + case V4L2_CID_HUE: + /* TODO: set hue to ctrl->val */ + break; + default: + return -EINVAL; + } + return 0; +} + +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ + File operations for the device + ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +static const struct v4l2_ctrl_ops skel_ctrl_ops = { + .s_ctrl = skeleton_s_ctrl, +}; + +/* + * The set of all supported ioctls. Note that all the streaming ioctls + * use the vb2 helper functions that take care of all the locking and + * that also do ownership tracking (i.e. only the filehandle that requested + * the buffers can call the streaming ioctls, all other filehandles will + * receive -EBUSY if they attempt to call the same streaming ioctls). + * + * The last three ioctls also use standard helper functions: these implement + * standard behavior for drivers with controls. + */ +static const struct v4l2_ioctl_ops skel_ioctl_ops = { + .vidioc_querycap = skeleton_querycap, + .vidioc_try_fmt_vid_cap = skeleton_try_fmt_vid_cap, + .vidioc_s_fmt_vid_cap = skeleton_s_fmt_vid_cap, + .vidioc_g_fmt_vid_cap = skeleton_g_fmt_vid_cap, + .vidioc_enum_fmt_vid_cap = skeleton_enum_fmt_vid_cap, + + .vidioc_g_std = skeleton_g_std, + .vidioc_s_std = skeleton_s_std, + .vidioc_querystd = skeleton_querystd, + + .vidioc_s_dv_timings = skeleton_s_dv_timings, + .vidioc_g_dv_timings = skeleton_g_dv_timings, + .vidioc_enum_dv_timings = skeleton_enum_dv_timings, + .vidioc_query_dv_timings = skeleton_query_dv_timings, + .vidioc_dv_timings_cap = skeleton_dv_timings_cap, + + .vidioc_enum_input = skeleton_enum_input, + .vidioc_g_input = skeleton_g_input, + .vidioc_s_input = skeleton_s_input, + + .vidioc_reqbufs = vb2_ioctl_reqbufs, + .vidioc_create_bufs = vb2_ioctl_create_bufs, + .vidioc_querybuf = vb2_ioctl_querybuf, + .vidioc_qbuf = vb2_ioctl_qbuf, + .vidioc_dqbuf = vb2_ioctl_dqbuf, + .vidioc_expbuf = vb2_ioctl_expbuf, + .vidioc_streamon = vb2_ioctl_streamon, + .vidioc_streamoff = vb2_ioctl_streamoff, + + .vidioc_log_status = v4l2_ctrl_log_status, + .vidioc_subscribe_event = v4l2_ctrl_subscribe_event, + .vidioc_unsubscribe_event = v4l2_event_unsubscribe, +}; + +/* + * The set of file operations. Note that all these ops are standard core + * helper functions. + */ +static const struct v4l2_file_operations skel_fops = { + .owner = THIS_MODULE, + .open = v4l2_fh_open, + .release = vb2_fop_release, + .unlocked_ioctl = video_ioctl2, + .read = vb2_fop_read, + .mmap = vb2_fop_mmap, + .poll = vb2_fop_poll, +}; + +/* + * The initial setup of this device instance. Note that the initial state of + * the driver should be complete. So the initial format, standard, timings + * and video input should all be initialized to some reasonable value. + */ +static int skeleton_probe(struct pci_dev *pdev, const struct pci_device_id *ent) +{ + /* The initial timings are chosen to be 720p60. */ + static const struct v4l2_dv_timings timings_def = + V4L2_DV_BT_CEA_1280X720P60; + struct skeleton *skel; + struct video_device *vdev; + struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl; + struct vb2_queue *q; + int ret; + + /* Enable PCI */ + ret = pci_enable_device(pdev); + if (ret) + return ret; + ret = pci_set_dma_mask(pdev, DMA_BIT_MASK(32)); + if (ret) { + dev_err(&pdev->dev, "no suitable DMA available.\n"); + goto disable_pci; + } + + /* Allocate a new instance */ + skel = devm_kzalloc(&pdev->dev, sizeof(struct skeleton), GFP_KERNEL); + if (!skel) + return -ENOMEM; + + /* Allocate the interrupt */ + ret = devm_request_irq(&pdev->dev, pdev->irq, + skeleton_irq, 0, KBUILD_MODNAME, skel); + if (ret) { + dev_err(&pdev->dev, "request_irq failed\n"); + goto disable_pci; + } + skel->pdev = pdev; + + /* Fill in the initial format-related settings */ + skel->timings = timings_def; + skel->std = V4L2_STD_625_50; + skeleton_fill_pix_format(skel, &skel->format); + + /* Initialize the top-level structure */ + ret = v4l2_device_register(&pdev->dev, &skel->v4l2_dev); + if (ret) + goto disable_pci; + + mutex_init(&skel->lock); + + /* Add the controls */ + hdl = &skel->ctrl_handler; + v4l2_ctrl_handler_init(hdl, 4); + v4l2_ctrl_new_std(hdl, &skel_ctrl_ops, + V4L2_CID_BRIGHTNESS, 0, 255, 1, 127); + v4l2_ctrl_new_std(hdl, &skel_ctrl_ops, + V4L2_CID_CONTRAST, 0, 255, 1, 16); + v4l2_ctrl_new_std(hdl, &skel_ctrl_ops, + V4L2_CID_SATURATION, 0, 255, 1, 127); + v4l2_ctrl_new_std(hdl, &skel_ctrl_ops, + V4L2_CID_HUE, -128, 127, 1, 0); + if (hdl->error) { + ret = hdl->error; + goto free_hdl; + } + skel->v4l2_dev.ctrl_handler = hdl; + + /* Initialize the vb2 queue */ + q = &skel->queue; + q->type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE; + q->io_modes = VB2_MMAP | VB2_DMABUF | VB2_READ; + q->drv_priv = skel; + q->buf_struct_size = sizeof(struct skel_buffer); + q->ops = &skel_qops; + q->mem_ops = &vb2_dma_contig_memops; + q->timestamp_flags = V4L2_BUF_FLAG_TIMESTAMP_MONOTONIC; + /* + * Assume that this DMA engine needs to have at least two buffers + * available before it can be started. The start_streaming() op + * won't be called until at least this many buffers are queued up. + */ + q->min_buffers_needed = 2; + /* + * The serialization lock for the streaming ioctls. This is the same + * as the main serialization lock, but if some of the non-streaming + * ioctls could take a long time to execute, then you might want to + * have a different lock here to prevent VIDIOC_DQBUF from being + * blocked while waiting for another action to finish. This is + * generally not needed for PCI devices, but USB devices usually do + * want a separate lock here. + */ + q->lock = &skel->lock; + /* + * Since this driver can only do 32-bit DMA we must make sure that + * the vb2 core will allocate the buffers in 32-bit DMA memory. + */ + q->gfp_flags = GFP_DMA32; + ret = vb2_queue_init(q); + if (ret) + goto free_hdl; + + skel->alloc_ctx = vb2_dma_contig_init_ctx(&pdev->dev); + if (IS_ERR(skel->alloc_ctx)) { + dev_err(&pdev->dev, "Can't allocate buffer context"); + ret = PTR_ERR(skel->alloc_ctx); + goto free_hdl; + } + INIT_LIST_HEAD(&skel->buf_list); + spin_lock_init(&skel->qlock); + + /* Initialize the video_device structure */ + vdev = &skel->vdev; + strlcpy(vdev->name, KBUILD_MODNAME, sizeof(vdev->name)); + /* + * There is nothing to clean up, so release is set to an empty release + * function. The release callback must be non-NULL. + */ + vdev->release = video_device_release_empty; + vdev->fops = &skel_fops, + vdev->ioctl_ops = &skel_ioctl_ops, + /* + * The main serialization lock. All ioctls are serialized by this + * lock. Exception: if q->lock is set, then the streaming ioctls + * are serialized by that separate lock. + */ + vdev->lock = &skel->lock; + vdev->queue = q; + vdev->v4l2_dev = &skel->v4l2_dev; + /* Supported SDTV standards, if any */ + vdev->tvnorms = SKEL_TVNORMS; + video_set_drvdata(vdev, skel); + + ret = video_register_device(vdev, VFL_TYPE_GRABBER, -1); + if (ret) + goto free_ctx; + + dev_info(&pdev->dev, "V4L2 PCI Skeleton Driver loaded\n"); + return 0; + +free_ctx: + vb2_dma_contig_cleanup_ctx(skel->alloc_ctx); +free_hdl: + v4l2_ctrl_handler_free(&skel->ctrl_handler); + v4l2_device_unregister(&skel->v4l2_dev); +disable_pci: + pci_disable_device(pdev); + return ret; +} + +static void skeleton_remove(struct pci_dev *pdev) +{ + struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev = pci_get_drvdata(pdev); + struct skeleton *skel = container_of(v4l2_dev, struct skeleton, v4l2_dev); + + video_unregister_device(&skel->vdev); + v4l2_ctrl_handler_free(&skel->ctrl_handler); + vb2_dma_contig_cleanup_ctx(skel->alloc_ctx); + v4l2_device_unregister(&skel->v4l2_dev); + pci_disable_device(skel->pdev); +} + +static struct pci_driver skeleton_driver = { + .name = KBUILD_MODNAME, + .probe = skeleton_probe, + .remove = skeleton_remove, + .id_table = skeleton_pci_tbl, +}; + +module_pci_driver(skeleton_driver); diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/videobuf b/Documentation/video4linux/videobuf new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3ffe9e960 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/videobuf @@ -0,0 +1,355 @@ +An introduction to the videobuf layer +Jonathan Corbet <corbet@lwn.net> +Current as of 2.6.33 + +The videobuf layer functions as a sort of glue layer between a V4L2 driver +and user space. It handles the allocation and management of buffers for +the storage of video frames. There is a set of functions which can be used +to implement many of the standard POSIX I/O system calls, including read(), +poll(), and, happily, mmap(). Another set of functions can be used to +implement the bulk of the V4L2 ioctl() calls related to streaming I/O, +including buffer allocation, queueing and dequeueing, and streaming +control. Using videobuf imposes a few design decisions on the driver +author, but the payback comes in the form of reduced code in the driver and +a consistent implementation of the V4L2 user-space API. + +Buffer types + +Not all video devices use the same kind of buffers. In fact, there are (at +least) three common variations: + + - Buffers which are scattered in both the physical and (kernel) virtual + address spaces. (Almost) all user-space buffers are like this, but it + makes great sense to allocate kernel-space buffers this way as well when + it is possible. Unfortunately, it is not always possible; working with + this kind of buffer normally requires hardware which can do + scatter/gather DMA operations. + + - Buffers which are physically scattered, but which are virtually + contiguous; buffers allocated with vmalloc(), in other words. These + buffers are just as hard to use for DMA operations, but they can be + useful in situations where DMA is not available but virtually-contiguous + buffers are convenient. + + - Buffers which are physically contiguous. Allocation of this kind of + buffer can be unreliable on fragmented systems, but simpler DMA + controllers cannot deal with anything else. + +Videobuf can work with all three types of buffers, but the driver author +must pick one at the outset and design the driver around that decision. + +[It's worth noting that there's a fourth kind of buffer: "overlay" buffers +which are located within the system's video memory. The overlay +functionality is considered to be deprecated for most use, but it still +shows up occasionally in system-on-chip drivers where the performance +benefits merit the use of this technique. Overlay buffers can be handled +as a form of scattered buffer, but there are very few implementations in +the kernel and a description of this technique is currently beyond the +scope of this document.] + +Data structures, callbacks, and initialization + +Depending on which type of buffers are being used, the driver should +include one of the following files: + + <media/videobuf-dma-sg.h> /* Physically scattered */ + <media/videobuf-vmalloc.h> /* vmalloc() buffers */ + <media/videobuf-dma-contig.h> /* Physically contiguous */ + +The driver's data structure describing a V4L2 device should include a +struct videobuf_queue instance for the management of the buffer queue, +along with a list_head for the queue of available buffers. There will also +need to be an interrupt-safe spinlock which is used to protect (at least) +the queue. + +The next step is to write four simple callbacks to help videobuf deal with +the management of buffers: + + struct videobuf_queue_ops { + int (*buf_setup)(struct videobuf_queue *q, + unsigned int *count, unsigned int *size); + int (*buf_prepare)(struct videobuf_queue *q, + struct videobuf_buffer *vb, + enum v4l2_field field); + void (*buf_queue)(struct videobuf_queue *q, + struct videobuf_buffer *vb); + void (*buf_release)(struct videobuf_queue *q, + struct videobuf_buffer *vb); + }; + +buf_setup() is called early in the I/O process, when streaming is being +initiated; its purpose is to tell videobuf about the I/O stream. The count +parameter will be a suggested number of buffers to use; the driver should +check it for rationality and adjust it if need be. As a practical rule, a +minimum of two buffers are needed for proper streaming, and there is +usually a maximum (which cannot exceed 32) which makes sense for each +device. The size parameter should be set to the expected (maximum) size +for each frame of data. + +Each buffer (in the form of a struct videobuf_buffer pointer) will be +passed to buf_prepare(), which should set the buffer's size, width, height, +and field fields properly. If the buffer's state field is +VIDEOBUF_NEEDS_INIT, the driver should pass it to: + + int videobuf_iolock(struct videobuf_queue* q, struct videobuf_buffer *vb, + struct v4l2_framebuffer *fbuf); + +Among other things, this call will usually allocate memory for the buffer. +Finally, the buf_prepare() function should set the buffer's state to +VIDEOBUF_PREPARED. + +When a buffer is queued for I/O, it is passed to buf_queue(), which should +put it onto the driver's list of available buffers and set its state to +VIDEOBUF_QUEUED. Note that this function is called with the queue spinlock +held; if it tries to acquire it as well things will come to a screeching +halt. Yes, this is the voice of experience. Note also that videobuf may +wait on the first buffer in the queue; placing other buffers in front of it +could again gum up the works. So use list_add_tail() to enqueue buffers. + +Finally, buf_release() is called when a buffer is no longer intended to be +used. The driver should ensure that there is no I/O active on the buffer, +then pass it to the appropriate free routine(s): + + /* Scatter/gather drivers */ + int videobuf_dma_unmap(struct videobuf_queue *q, + struct videobuf_dmabuf *dma); + int videobuf_dma_free(struct videobuf_dmabuf *dma); + + /* vmalloc drivers */ + void videobuf_vmalloc_free (struct videobuf_buffer *buf); + + /* Contiguous drivers */ + void videobuf_dma_contig_free(struct videobuf_queue *q, + struct videobuf_buffer *buf); + +One way to ensure that a buffer is no longer under I/O is to pass it to: + + int videobuf_waiton(struct videobuf_buffer *vb, int non_blocking, int intr); + +Here, vb is the buffer, non_blocking indicates whether non-blocking I/O +should be used (it should be zero in the buf_release() case), and intr +controls whether an interruptible wait is used. + +File operations + +At this point, much of the work is done; much of the rest is slipping +videobuf calls into the implementation of the other driver callbacks. The +first step is in the open() function, which must initialize the +videobuf queue. The function to use depends on the type of buffer used: + + void videobuf_queue_sg_init(struct videobuf_queue *q, + struct videobuf_queue_ops *ops, + struct device *dev, + spinlock_t *irqlock, + enum v4l2_buf_type type, + enum v4l2_field field, + unsigned int msize, + void *priv); + + void videobuf_queue_vmalloc_init(struct videobuf_queue *q, + struct videobuf_queue_ops *ops, + struct device *dev, + spinlock_t *irqlock, + enum v4l2_buf_type type, + enum v4l2_field field, + unsigned int msize, + void *priv); + + void videobuf_queue_dma_contig_init(struct videobuf_queue *q, + struct videobuf_queue_ops *ops, + struct device *dev, + spinlock_t *irqlock, + enum v4l2_buf_type type, + enum v4l2_field field, + unsigned int msize, + void *priv); + +In each case, the parameters are the same: q is the queue structure for the +device, ops is the set of callbacks as described above, dev is the device +structure for this video device, irqlock is an interrupt-safe spinlock to +protect access to the data structures, type is the buffer type used by the +device (cameras will use V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE, for example), field +describes which field is being captured (often V4L2_FIELD_NONE for +progressive devices), msize is the size of any containing structure used +around struct videobuf_buffer, and priv is a private data pointer which +shows up in the priv_data field of struct videobuf_queue. Note that these +are void functions which, evidently, are immune to failure. + +V4L2 capture drivers can be written to support either of two APIs: the +read() system call and the rather more complicated streaming mechanism. As +a general rule, it is necessary to support both to ensure that all +applications have a chance of working with the device. Videobuf makes it +easy to do that with the same code. To implement read(), the driver need +only make a call to one of: + + ssize_t videobuf_read_one(struct videobuf_queue *q, + char __user *data, size_t count, + loff_t *ppos, int nonblocking); + + ssize_t videobuf_read_stream(struct videobuf_queue *q, + char __user *data, size_t count, + loff_t *ppos, int vbihack, int nonblocking); + +Either one of these functions will read frame data into data, returning the +amount actually read; the difference is that videobuf_read_one() will only +read a single frame, while videobuf_read_stream() will read multiple frames +if they are needed to satisfy the count requested by the application. A +typical driver read() implementation will start the capture engine, call +one of the above functions, then stop the engine before returning (though a +smarter implementation might leave the engine running for a little while in +anticipation of another read() call happening in the near future). + +The poll() function can usually be implemented with a direct call to: + + unsigned int videobuf_poll_stream(struct file *file, + struct videobuf_queue *q, + poll_table *wait); + +Note that the actual wait queue eventually used will be the one associated +with the first available buffer. + +When streaming I/O is done to kernel-space buffers, the driver must support +the mmap() system call to enable user space to access the data. In many +V4L2 drivers, the often-complex mmap() implementation simplifies to a +single call to: + + int videobuf_mmap_mapper(struct videobuf_queue *q, + struct vm_area_struct *vma); + +Everything else is handled by the videobuf code. + +The release() function requires two separate videobuf calls: + + void videobuf_stop(struct videobuf_queue *q); + int videobuf_mmap_free(struct videobuf_queue *q); + +The call to videobuf_stop() terminates any I/O in progress - though it is +still up to the driver to stop the capture engine. The call to +videobuf_mmap_free() will ensure that all buffers have been unmapped; if +so, they will all be passed to the buf_release() callback. If buffers +remain mapped, videobuf_mmap_free() returns an error code instead. The +purpose is clearly to cause the closing of the file descriptor to fail if +buffers are still mapped, but every driver in the 2.6.32 kernel cheerfully +ignores its return value. + +ioctl() operations + +The V4L2 API includes a very long list of driver callbacks to respond to +the many ioctl() commands made available to user space. A number of these +- those associated with streaming I/O - turn almost directly into videobuf +calls. The relevant helper functions are: + + int videobuf_reqbufs(struct videobuf_queue *q, + struct v4l2_requestbuffers *req); + int videobuf_querybuf(struct videobuf_queue *q, struct v4l2_buffer *b); + int videobuf_qbuf(struct videobuf_queue *q, struct v4l2_buffer *b); + int videobuf_dqbuf(struct videobuf_queue *q, struct v4l2_buffer *b, + int nonblocking); + int videobuf_streamon(struct videobuf_queue *q); + int videobuf_streamoff(struct videobuf_queue *q); + +So, for example, a VIDIOC_REQBUFS call turns into a call to the driver's +vidioc_reqbufs() callback which, in turn, usually only needs to locate the +proper struct videobuf_queue pointer and pass it to videobuf_reqbufs(). +These support functions can replace a great deal of buffer management +boilerplate in a lot of V4L2 drivers. + +The vidioc_streamon() and vidioc_streamoff() functions will be a bit more +complex, of course, since they will also need to deal with starting and +stopping the capture engine. + +Buffer allocation + +Thus far, we have talked about buffers, but have not looked at how they are +allocated. The scatter/gather case is the most complex on this front. For +allocation, the driver can leave buffer allocation entirely up to the +videobuf layer; in this case, buffers will be allocated as anonymous +user-space pages and will be very scattered indeed. If the application is +using user-space buffers, no allocation is needed; the videobuf layer will +take care of calling get_user_pages() and filling in the scatterlist array. + +If the driver needs to do its own memory allocation, it should be done in +the vidioc_reqbufs() function, *after* calling videobuf_reqbufs(). The +first step is a call to: + + struct videobuf_dmabuf *videobuf_to_dma(struct videobuf_buffer *buf); + +The returned videobuf_dmabuf structure (defined in +<media/videobuf-dma-sg.h>) includes a couple of relevant fields: + + struct scatterlist *sglist; + int sglen; + +The driver must allocate an appropriately-sized scatterlist array and +populate it with pointers to the pieces of the allocated buffer; sglen +should be set to the length of the array. + +Drivers using the vmalloc() method need not (and cannot) concern themselves +with buffer allocation at all; videobuf will handle those details. The +same is normally true of contiguous-DMA drivers as well; videobuf will +allocate the buffers (with dma_alloc_coherent()) when it sees fit. That +means that these drivers may be trying to do high-order allocations at any +time, an operation which is not always guaranteed to work. Some drivers +play tricks by allocating DMA space at system boot time; videobuf does not +currently play well with those drivers. + +As of 2.6.31, contiguous-DMA drivers can work with a user-supplied buffer, +as long as that buffer is physically contiguous. Normal user-space +allocations will not meet that criterion, but buffers obtained from other +kernel drivers, or those contained within huge pages, will work with these +drivers. + +Filling the buffers + +The final part of a videobuf implementation has no direct callback - it's +the portion of the code which actually puts frame data into the buffers, +usually in response to interrupts from the device. For all types of +drivers, this process works approximately as follows: + + - Obtain the next available buffer and make sure that somebody is actually + waiting for it. + + - Get a pointer to the memory and put video data there. + + - Mark the buffer as done and wake up the process waiting for it. + +Step (1) above is done by looking at the driver-managed list_head structure +- the one which is filled in the buf_queue() callback. Because starting +the engine and enqueueing buffers are done in separate steps, it's possible +for the engine to be running without any buffers available - in the +vmalloc() case especially. So the driver should be prepared for the list +to be empty. It is equally possible that nobody is yet interested in the +buffer; the driver should not remove it from the list or fill it until a +process is waiting on it. That test can be done by examining the buffer's +done field (a wait_queue_head_t structure) with waitqueue_active(). + +A buffer's state should be set to VIDEOBUF_ACTIVE before being mapped for +DMA; that ensures that the videobuf layer will not try to do anything with +it while the device is transferring data. + +For scatter/gather drivers, the needed memory pointers will be found in the +scatterlist structure described above. Drivers using the vmalloc() method +can get a memory pointer with: + + void *videobuf_to_vmalloc(struct videobuf_buffer *buf); + +For contiguous DMA drivers, the function to use is: + + dma_addr_t videobuf_to_dma_contig(struct videobuf_buffer *buf); + +The contiguous DMA API goes out of its way to hide the kernel-space address +of the DMA buffer from drivers. + +The final step is to set the size field of the relevant videobuf_buffer +structure to the actual size of the captured image, set state to +VIDEOBUF_DONE, then call wake_up() on the done queue. At this point, the +buffer is owned by the videobuf layer and the driver should not touch it +again. + +Developers who are interested in more information can go into the relevant +header files; there are a few low-level functions declared there which have +not been talked about here. Also worthwhile is the vivi driver +(drivers/media/platform/vivi.c), which is maintained as an example of how V4L2 +drivers should be written. Vivi only uses the vmalloc() API, but it's good +enough to get started with. Note also that all of these calls are exported +GPL-only, so they will not be available to non-GPL kernel modules. diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/vivid.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/vivid.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cd4b5a1ac --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/vivid.txt @@ -0,0 +1,1129 @@ +vivid: Virtual Video Test Driver +================================ + +This driver emulates video4linux hardware of various types: video capture, video +output, vbi capture and output, radio receivers and transmitters and a software +defined radio receiver. In addition a simple framebuffer device is available for +testing capture and output overlays. + +Up to 64 vivid instances can be created, each with up to 16 inputs and 16 outputs. + +Each input can be a webcam, TV capture device, S-Video capture device or an HDMI +capture device. Each output can be an S-Video output device or an HDMI output +device. + +These inputs and outputs act exactly as a real hardware device would behave. This +allows you to use this driver as a test input for application development, since +you can test the various features without requiring special hardware. + +This document describes the features implemented by this driver: + +- Support for read()/write(), MMAP, USERPTR and DMABUF streaming I/O. +- A large list of test patterns and variations thereof +- Working brightness, contrast, saturation and hue controls +- Support for the alpha color component +- Full colorspace support, including limited/full RGB range +- All possible control types are present +- Support for various pixel aspect ratios and video aspect ratios +- Error injection to test what happens if errors occur +- Supports crop/compose/scale in any combination for both input and output +- Can emulate up to 4K resolutions +- All Field settings are supported for testing interlaced capturing +- Supports all standard YUV and RGB formats, including two multiplanar YUV formats +- Raw and Sliced VBI capture and output support +- Radio receiver and transmitter support, including RDS support +- Software defined radio (SDR) support +- Capture and output overlay support + +These features will be described in more detail below. + + +Table of Contents +----------------- + +Section 1: Configuring the driver +Section 2: Video Capture +Section 2.1: Webcam Input +Section 2.2: TV and S-Video Inputs +Section 2.3: HDMI Input +Section 3: Video Output +Section 3.1: S-Video Output +Section 3.2: HDMI Output +Section 4: VBI Capture +Section 5: VBI Output +Section 6: Radio Receiver +Section 7: Radio Transmitter +Section 8: Software Defined Radio Receiver +Section 9: Controls +Section 9.1: User Controls - Test Controls +Section 9.2: User Controls - Video Capture +Section 9.3: User Controls - Audio +Section 9.4: Vivid Controls +Section 9.4.1: Test Pattern Controls +Section 9.4.2: Capture Feature Selection Controls +Section 9.4.3: Output Feature Selection Controls +Section 9.4.4: Error Injection Controls +Section 9.4.5: VBI Raw Capture Controls +Section 9.5: Digital Video Controls +Section 9.6: FM Radio Receiver Controls +Section 9.7: FM Radio Modulator +Section 10: Video, VBI and RDS Looping +Section 10.1: Video and Sliced VBI looping +Section 10.2: Radio & RDS Looping +Section 11: Cropping, Composing, Scaling +Section 12: Formats +Section 13: Capture Overlay +Section 14: Output Overlay +Section 15: Some Future Improvements + + +Section 1: Configuring the driver +--------------------------------- + +By default the driver will create a single instance that has a video capture +device with webcam, TV, S-Video and HDMI inputs, a video output device with +S-Video and HDMI outputs, one vbi capture device, one vbi output device, one +radio receiver device, one radio transmitter device and one SDR device. + +The number of instances, devices, video inputs and outputs and their types are +all configurable using the following module options: + +n_devs: number of driver instances to create. By default set to 1. Up to 64 + instances can be created. + +node_types: which devices should each driver instance create. An array of + hexadecimal values, one for each instance. The default is 0x1d3d. + Each value is a bitmask with the following meaning: + bit 0: Video Capture node + bit 2-3: VBI Capture node: 0 = none, 1 = raw vbi, 2 = sliced vbi, 3 = both + bit 4: Radio Receiver node + bit 5: Software Defined Radio Receiver node + bit 8: Video Output node + bit 10-11: VBI Output node: 0 = none, 1 = raw vbi, 2 = sliced vbi, 3 = both + bit 12: Radio Transmitter node + bit 16: Framebuffer for testing overlays + + So to create four instances, the first two with just one video capture + device, the second two with just one video output device you would pass + these module options to vivid: + + n_devs=4 node_types=0x1,0x1,0x100,0x100 + +num_inputs: the number of inputs, one for each instance. By default 4 inputs + are created for each video capture device. At most 16 inputs can be created, + and there must be at least one. + +input_types: the input types for each instance, the default is 0xe4. This defines + what the type of each input is when the inputs are created for each driver + instance. This is a hexadecimal value with up to 16 pairs of bits, each + pair gives the type and bits 0-1 map to input 0, bits 2-3 map to input 1, + 30-31 map to input 15. Each pair of bits has the following meaning: + + 00: this is a webcam input + 01: this is a TV tuner input + 10: this is an S-Video input + 11: this is an HDMI input + + So to create a video capture device with 8 inputs where input 0 is a TV + tuner, inputs 1-3 are S-Video inputs and inputs 4-7 are HDMI inputs you + would use the following module options: + + num_inputs=8 input_types=0xffa9 + +num_outputs: the number of outputs, one for each instance. By default 2 outputs + are created for each video output device. At most 16 outputs can be + created, and there must be at least one. + +output_types: the output types for each instance, the default is 0x02. This defines + what the type of each output is when the outputs are created for each + driver instance. This is a hexadecimal value with up to 16 bits, each bit + gives the type and bit 0 maps to output 0, bit 1 maps to output 1, bit + 15 maps to output 15. The meaning of each bit is as follows: + + 0: this is an S-Video output + 1: this is an HDMI output + + So to create a video output device with 8 outputs where outputs 0-3 are + S-Video outputs and outputs 4-7 are HDMI outputs you would use the + following module options: + + num_outputs=8 output_types=0xf0 + +vid_cap_nr: give the desired videoX start number for each video capture device. + The default is -1 which will just take the first free number. This allows + you to map capture video nodes to specific videoX device nodes. Example: + + n_devs=4 vid_cap_nr=2,4,6,8 + + This will attempt to assign /dev/video2 for the video capture device of + the first vivid instance, video4 for the next up to video8 for the last + instance. If it can't succeed, then it will just take the next free + number. + +vid_out_nr: give the desired videoX start number for each video output device. + The default is -1 which will just take the first free number. + +vbi_cap_nr: give the desired vbiX start number for each vbi capture device. + The default is -1 which will just take the first free number. + +vbi_out_nr: give the desired vbiX start number for each vbi output device. + The default is -1 which will just take the first free number. + +radio_rx_nr: give the desired radioX start number for each radio receiver device. + The default is -1 which will just take the first free number. + +radio_tx_nr: give the desired radioX start number for each radio transmitter + device. The default is -1 which will just take the first free number. + +sdr_cap_nr: give the desired swradioX start number for each SDR capture device. + The default is -1 which will just take the first free number. + +ccs_cap_mode: specify the allowed video capture crop/compose/scaling combination + for each driver instance. Video capture devices can have any combination + of cropping, composing and scaling capabilities and this will tell the + vivid driver which of those is should emulate. By default the user can + select this through controls. + + The value is either -1 (controlled by the user) or a set of three bits, + each enabling (1) or disabling (0) one of the features: + + bit 0: Enable crop support. Cropping will take only part of the + incoming picture. + bit 1: Enable compose support. Composing will copy the incoming + picture into a larger buffer. + bit 2: Enable scaling support. Scaling can scale the incoming + picture. The scaler of the vivid driver can enlarge up + or down to four times the original size. The scaler is + very simple and low-quality. Simplicity and speed were + key, not quality. + + Note that this value is ignored by webcam inputs: those enumerate + discrete framesizes and that is incompatible with cropping, composing + or scaling. + +ccs_out_mode: specify the allowed video output crop/compose/scaling combination + for each driver instance. Video output devices can have any combination + of cropping, composing and scaling capabilities and this will tell the + vivid driver which of those is should emulate. By default the user can + select this through controls. + + The value is either -1 (controlled by the user) or a set of three bits, + each enabling (1) or disabling (0) one of the features: + + bit 0: Enable crop support. Cropping will take only part of the + outgoing buffer. + bit 1: Enable compose support. Composing will copy the incoming + buffer into a larger picture frame. + bit 2: Enable scaling support. Scaling can scale the incoming + buffer. The scaler of the vivid driver can enlarge up + or down to four times the original size. The scaler is + very simple and low-quality. Simplicity and speed were + key, not quality. + +multiplanar: select whether each device instance supports multi-planar formats, + and thus the V4L2 multi-planar API. By default device instances are + single-planar. + + This module option can override that for each instance. Values are: + + 1: this is a single-planar instance. + 2: this is a multi-planar instance. + +vivid_debug: enable driver debugging info + +no_error_inj: if set disable the error injecting controls. This option is + needed in order to run a tool like v4l2-compliance. Tools like that + exercise all controls including a control like 'Disconnect' which + emulates a USB disconnect, making the device inaccessible and so + all tests that v4l2-compliance is doing will fail afterwards. + + There may be other situations as well where you want to disable the + error injection support of vivid. When this option is set, then the + controls that select crop, compose and scale behavior are also + removed. Unless overridden by ccs_cap_mode and/or ccs_out_mode the + will default to enabling crop, compose and scaling. + +Taken together, all these module options allow you to precisely customize +the driver behavior and test your application with all sorts of permutations. +It is also very suitable to emulate hardware that is not yet available, e.g. +when developing software for a new upcoming device. + + +Section 2: Video Capture +------------------------ + +This is probably the most frequently used feature. The video capture device +can be configured by using the module options num_inputs, input_types and +ccs_cap_mode (see section 1 for more detailed information), but by default +four inputs are configured: a webcam, a TV tuner, an S-Video and an HDMI +input, one input for each input type. Those are described in more detail +below. + +Special attention has been given to the rate at which new frames become +available. The jitter will be around 1 jiffie (that depends on the HZ +configuration of your kernel, so usually 1/100, 1/250 or 1/1000 of a second), +but the long-term behavior is exactly following the framerate. So a +framerate of 59.94 Hz is really different from 60 Hz. If the framerate +exceeds your kernel's HZ value, then you will get dropped frames, but the +frame/field sequence counting will keep track of that so the sequence +count will skip whenever frames are dropped. + + +Section 2.1: Webcam Input +------------------------- + +The webcam input supports three framesizes: 320x180, 640x360 and 1280x720. It +supports frames per second settings of 10, 15, 25, 30, 50 and 60 fps. Which ones +are available depends on the chosen framesize: the larger the framesize, the +lower the maximum frames per second. + +The initially selected colorspace when you switch to the webcam input will be +sRGB. + + +Section 2.2: TV and S-Video Inputs +---------------------------------- + +The only difference between the TV and S-Video input is that the TV has a +tuner. Otherwise they behave identically. + +These inputs support audio inputs as well: one TV and one Line-In. They +both support all TV standards. If the standard is queried, then the Vivid +controls 'Standard Signal Mode' and 'Standard' determine what +the result will be. + +These inputs support all combinations of the field setting. Special care has +been taken to faithfully reproduce how fields are handled for the different +TV standards. This is particularly noticable when generating a horizontally +moving image so the temporal effect of using interlaced formats becomes clearly +visible. For 50 Hz standards the top field is the oldest and the bottom field +is the newest in time. For 60 Hz standards that is reversed: the bottom field +is the oldest and the top field is the newest in time. + +When you start capturing in V4L2_FIELD_ALTERNATE mode the first buffer will +contain the top field for 50 Hz standards and the bottom field for 60 Hz +standards. This is what capture hardware does as well. + +Finally, for PAL/SECAM standards the first half of the top line contains noise. +This simulates the Wide Screen Signal that is commonly placed there. + +The initially selected colorspace when you switch to the TV or S-Video input +will be SMPTE-170M. + +The pixel aspect ratio will depend on the TV standard. The video aspect ratio +can be selected through the 'Standard Aspect Ratio' Vivid control. +Choices are '4x3', '16x9' which will give letterboxed widescreen video and +'16x9 Anomorphic' which will give full screen squashed anamorphic widescreen +video that will need to be scaled accordingly. + +The TV 'tuner' supports a frequency range of 44-958 MHz. Channels are available +every 6 MHz, starting from 49.25 MHz. For each channel the generated image +will be in color for the +/- 0.25 MHz around it, and in grayscale for ++/- 1 MHz around the channel. Beyond that it is just noise. The VIDIOC_G_TUNER +ioctl will return 100% signal strength for +/- 0.25 MHz and 50% for +/- 1 MHz. +It will also return correct afc values to show whether the frequency is too +low or too high. + +The audio subchannels that are returned are MONO for the +/- 1 MHz range around +a valid channel frequency. When the frequency is within +/- 0.25 MHz of the +channel it will return either MONO, STEREO, either MONO | SAP (for NTSC) or +LANG1 | LANG2 (for others), or STEREO | SAP. + +Which one is returned depends on the chosen channel, each next valid channel +will cycle through the possible audio subchannel combinations. This allows +you to test the various combinations by just switching channels.. + +Finally, for these inputs the v4l2_timecode struct is filled in in the +dequeued v4l2_buffer struct. + + +Section 2.3: HDMI Input +----------------------- + +The HDMI inputs supports all CEA-861 and DMT timings, both progressive and +interlaced, for pixelclock frequencies between 25 and 600 MHz. The field +mode for interlaced formats is always V4L2_FIELD_ALTERNATE. For HDMI the +field order is always top field first, and when you start capturing an +interlaced format you will receive the top field first. + +The initially selected colorspace when you switch to the HDMI input or +select an HDMI timing is based on the format resolution: for resolutions +less than or equal to 720x576 the colorspace is set to SMPTE-170M, for +others it is set to REC-709 (CEA-861 timings) or sRGB (VESA DMT timings). + +The pixel aspect ratio will depend on the HDMI timing: for 720x480 is it +set as for the NTSC TV standard, for 720x576 it is set as for the PAL TV +standard, and for all others a 1:1 pixel aspect ratio is returned. + +The video aspect ratio can be selected through the 'DV Timings Aspect Ratio' +Vivid control. Choices are 'Source Width x Height' (just use the +same ratio as the chosen format), '4x3' or '16x9', either of which can +result in pillarboxed or letterboxed video. + +For HDMI inputs it is possible to set the EDID. By default a simple EDID +is provided. You can only set the EDID for HDMI inputs. Internally, however, +the EDID is shared between all HDMI inputs. + +No interpretation is done of the EDID data. + + +Section 3: Video Output +----------------------- + +The video output device can be configured by using the module options +num_outputs, output_types and ccs_out_mode (see section 1 for more detailed +information), but by default two outputs are configured: an S-Video and an +HDMI input, one output for each output type. Those are described in more detail +below. + +Like with video capture the framerate is also exact in the long term. + + +Section 3.1: S-Video Output +--------------------------- + +This output supports audio outputs as well: "Line-Out 1" and "Line-Out 2". +The S-Video output supports all TV standards. + +This output supports all combinations of the field setting. + +The initially selected colorspace when you switch to the TV or S-Video input +will be SMPTE-170M. + + +Section 3.2: HDMI Output +------------------------ + +The HDMI output supports all CEA-861 and DMT timings, both progressive and +interlaced, for pixelclock frequencies between 25 and 600 MHz. The field +mode for interlaced formats is always V4L2_FIELD_ALTERNATE. + +The initially selected colorspace when you switch to the HDMI output or +select an HDMI timing is based on the format resolution: for resolutions +less than or equal to 720x576 the colorspace is set to SMPTE-170M, for +others it is set to REC-709 (CEA-861 timings) or sRGB (VESA DMT timings). + +The pixel aspect ratio will depend on the HDMI timing: for 720x480 is it +set as for the NTSC TV standard, for 720x576 it is set as for the PAL TV +standard, and for all others a 1:1 pixel aspect ratio is returned. + +An HDMI output has a valid EDID which can be obtained through VIDIOC_G_EDID. + + +Section 4: VBI Capture +---------------------- + +There are three types of VBI capture devices: those that only support raw +(undecoded) VBI, those that only support sliced (decoded) VBI and those that +support both. This is determined by the node_types module option. In all +cases the driver will generate valid VBI data: for 60 Hz standards it will +generate Closed Caption and XDS data. The closed caption stream will +alternate between "Hello world!" and "Closed captions test" every second. +The XDS stream will give the current time once a minute. For 50 Hz standards +it will generate the Wide Screen Signal which is based on the actual Video +Aspect Ratio control setting and teletext pages 100-159, one page per frame. + +The VBI device will only work for the S-Video and TV inputs, it will give +back an error if the current input is a webcam or HDMI. + + +Section 5: VBI Output +--------------------- + +There are three types of VBI output devices: those that only support raw +(undecoded) VBI, those that only support sliced (decoded) VBI and those that +support both. This is determined by the node_types module option. + +The sliced VBI output supports the Wide Screen Signal and the teletext signal +for 50 Hz standards and Closed Captioning + XDS for 60 Hz standards. + +The VBI device will only work for the S-Video output, it will give +back an error if the current output is HDMI. + + +Section 6: Radio Receiver +------------------------- + +The radio receiver emulates an FM/AM/SW receiver. The FM band also supports RDS. +The frequency ranges are: + + FM: 64 MHz - 108 MHz + AM: 520 kHz - 1710 kHz + SW: 2300 kHz - 26.1 MHz + +Valid channels are emulated every 1 MHz for FM and every 100 kHz for AM and SW. +The signal strength decreases the further the frequency is from the valid +frequency until it becomes 0% at +/- 50 kHz (FM) or 5 kHz (AM/SW) from the +ideal frequency. The initial frequency when the driver is loaded is set to +95 MHz. + +The FM receiver supports RDS as well, both using 'Block I/O' and 'Controls' +modes. In the 'Controls' mode the RDS information is stored in read-only +controls. These controls are updated every time the frequency is changed, +or when the tuner status is requested. The Block I/O method uses the read() +interface to pass the RDS blocks on to the application for decoding. + +The RDS signal is 'detected' for +/- 12.5 kHz around the channel frequency, +and the further the frequency is away from the valid frequency the more RDS +errors are randomly introduced into the block I/O stream, up to 50% of all +blocks if you are +/- 12.5 kHz from the channel frequency. All four errors +can occur in equal proportions: blocks marked 'CORRECTED', blocks marked +'ERROR', blocks marked 'INVALID' and dropped blocks. + +The generated RDS stream contains all the standard fields contained in a +0B group, and also radio text and the current time. + +The receiver supports HW frequency seek, either in Bounded mode, Wrap Around +mode or both, which is configurable with the "Radio HW Seek Mode" control. + + +Section 7: Radio Transmitter +---------------------------- + +The radio transmitter emulates an FM/AM/SW transmitter. The FM band also supports RDS. +The frequency ranges are: + + FM: 64 MHz - 108 MHz + AM: 520 kHz - 1710 kHz + SW: 2300 kHz - 26.1 MHz + +The initial frequency when the driver is loaded is 95.5 MHz. + +The FM transmitter supports RDS as well, both using 'Block I/O' and 'Controls' +modes. In the 'Controls' mode the transmitted RDS information is configured +using controls, and in 'Block I/O' mode the blocks are passed to the driver +using write(). + + +Section 8: Software Defined Radio Receiver +------------------------------------------ + +The SDR receiver has three frequency bands for the ADC tuner: + + - 300 kHz + - 900 kHz - 2800 kHz + - 3200 kHz + +The RF tuner supports 50 MHz - 2000 MHz. + +The generated data contains the In-phase and Quadrature components of a +1 kHz tone that has an amplitude of sqrt(2). + + +Section 9: Controls +------------------- + +Different devices support different controls. The sections below will describe +each control and which devices support them. + + +Section 9.1: User Controls - Test Controls +------------------------------------------ + +The Button, Boolean, Integer 32 Bits, Integer 64 Bits, Menu, String, Bitmask and +Integer Menu are controls that represent all possible control types. The Menu +control and the Integer Menu control both have 'holes' in their menu list, +meaning that one or more menu items return EINVAL when VIDIOC_QUERYMENU is called. +Both menu controls also have a non-zero minimum control value. These features +allow you to check if your application can handle such things correctly. +These controls are supported for every device type. + + +Section 9.2: User Controls - Video Capture +------------------------------------------ + +The following controls are specific to video capture. + +The Brightness, Contrast, Saturation and Hue controls actually work and are +standard. There is one special feature with the Brightness control: each +video input has its own brightness value, so changing input will restore +the brightness for that input. In addition, each video input uses a different +brightness range (minimum and maximum control values). Switching inputs will +cause a control event to be sent with the V4L2_EVENT_CTRL_CH_RANGE flag set. +This allows you to test controls that can change their range. + +The 'Gain, Automatic' and Gain controls can be used to test volatile controls: +if 'Gain, Automatic' is set, then the Gain control is volatile and changes +constantly. If 'Gain, Automatic' is cleared, then the Gain control is a normal +control. + +The 'Horizontal Flip' and 'Vertical Flip' controls can be used to flip the +image. These combine with the 'Sensor Flipped Horizontally/Vertically' Vivid +controls. + +The 'Alpha Component' control can be used to set the alpha component for +formats containing an alpha channel. + + +Section 9.3: User Controls - Audio +---------------------------------- + +The following controls are specific to video capture and output and radio +receivers and transmitters. + +The 'Volume' and 'Mute' audio controls are typical for such devices to +control the volume and mute the audio. They don't actually do anything in +the vivid driver. + + +Section 9.4: Vivid Controls +--------------------------- + +These vivid custom controls control the image generation, error injection, etc. + + +Section 9.4.1: Test Pattern Controls +------------------------------------ + +The Test Pattern Controls are all specific to video capture. + +Test Pattern: selects which test pattern to use. Use the CSC Colorbar for + testing colorspace conversions: the colors used in that test pattern + map to valid colors in all colorspaces. The colorspace conversion + is disabled for the other test patterns. + +OSD Text Mode: selects whether the text superimposed on the + test pattern should be shown, and if so, whether only counters should + be displayed or the full text. + +Horizontal Movement: selects whether the test pattern should + move to the left or right and at what speed. + +Vertical Movement: does the same for the vertical direction. + +Show Border: show a two-pixel wide border at the edge of the actual image, + excluding letter or pillarboxing. + +Show Square: show a square in the middle of the image. If the image is + displayed with the correct pixel and image aspect ratio corrections, + then the width and height of the square on the monitor should be + the same. + +Insert SAV Code in Image: adds a SAV (Start of Active Video) code to the image. + This can be used to check if such codes in the image are inadvertently + interpreted instead of being ignored. + +Insert EAV Code in Image: does the same for the EAV (End of Active Video) code. + + +Section 9.4.2: Capture Feature Selection Controls +------------------------------------------------- + +These controls are all specific to video capture. + +Sensor Flipped Horizontally: the image is flipped horizontally and the + V4L2_IN_ST_HFLIP input status flag is set. This emulates the case where + a sensor is for example mounted upside down. + +Sensor Flipped Vertically: the image is flipped vertically and the + V4L2_IN_ST_VFLIP input status flag is set. This emulates the case where + a sensor is for example mounted upside down. + +Standard Aspect Ratio: selects if the image aspect ratio as used for the TV or + S-Video input should be 4x3, 16x9 or anamorphic widescreen. This may + introduce letterboxing. + +DV Timings Aspect Ratio: selects if the image aspect ratio as used for the HDMI + input should be the same as the source width and height ratio, or if + it should be 4x3 or 16x9. This may introduce letter or pillarboxing. + +Timestamp Source: selects when the timestamp for each buffer is taken. + +Colorspace: selects which colorspace should be used when generating the image. + This only applies if the CSC Colorbar test pattern is selected, + otherwise the test pattern will go through unconverted (except for + the so-called 'Transfer Function' corrections and the R'G'B' to Y'CbCr + conversion). This behavior is also what you want, since a 75% Colorbar + should really have 75% signal intensity and should not be affected + by colorspace conversions. + + Changing the colorspace will result in the V4L2_EVENT_SOURCE_CHANGE + to be sent since it emulates a detected colorspace change. + +Y'CbCr Encoding: selects which Y'CbCr encoding should be used when generating + a Y'CbCr image. This only applies if the CSC Colorbar test pattern is + selected, and if the format is set to a Y'CbCr format as opposed to an + RGB format. + + Changing the Y'CbCr encoding will result in the V4L2_EVENT_SOURCE_CHANGE + to be sent since it emulates a detected colorspace change. + +Quantization: selects which quantization should be used for the RGB or Y'CbCr + encoding when generating the test pattern. This only applies if the CSC + Colorbar test pattern is selected. + + Changing the quantization will result in the V4L2_EVENT_SOURCE_CHANGE + to be sent since it emulates a detected colorspace change. + +Limited RGB Range (16-235): selects if the RGB range of the HDMI source should + be limited or full range. This combines with the Digital Video 'Rx RGB + Quantization Range' control and can be used to test what happens if + a source provides you with the wrong quantization range information. + See the description of that control for more details. + +Apply Alpha To Red Only: apply the alpha channel as set by the 'Alpha Component' + user control to the red color of the test pattern only. + +Enable Capture Cropping: enables crop support. This control is only present if + the ccs_cap_mode module option is set to the default value of -1 and if + the no_error_inj module option is set to 0 (the default). + +Enable Capture Composing: enables composing support. This control is only + present if the ccs_cap_mode module option is set to the default value of + -1 and if the no_error_inj module option is set to 0 (the default). + +Enable Capture Scaler: enables support for a scaler (maximum 4 times upscaling + and downscaling). This control is only present if the ccs_cap_mode + module option is set to the default value of -1 and if the no_error_inj + module option is set to 0 (the default). + +Maximum EDID Blocks: determines how many EDID blocks the driver supports. + Note that the vivid driver does not actually interpret new EDID + data, it just stores it. It allows for up to 256 EDID blocks + which is the maximum supported by the standard. + +Fill Percentage of Frame: can be used to draw only the top X percent + of the image. Since each frame has to be drawn by the driver, this + demands a lot of the CPU. For large resolutions this becomes + problematic. By drawing only part of the image this CPU load can + be reduced. + + +Section 9.4.3: Output Feature Selection Controls +------------------------------------------------ + +These controls are all specific to video output. + +Enable Output Cropping: enables crop support. This control is only present if + the ccs_out_mode module option is set to the default value of -1 and if + the no_error_inj module option is set to 0 (the default). + +Enable Output Composing: enables composing support. This control is only + present if the ccs_out_mode module option is set to the default value of + -1 and if the no_error_inj module option is set to 0 (the default). + +Enable Output Scaler: enables support for a scaler (maximum 4 times upscaling + and downscaling). This control is only present if the ccs_out_mode + module option is set to the default value of -1 and if the no_error_inj + module option is set to 0 (the default). + + +Section 9.4.4: Error Injection Controls +--------------------------------------- + +The following two controls are only valid for video and vbi capture. + +Standard Signal Mode: selects the behavior of VIDIOC_QUERYSTD: what should + it return? + + Changing this control will result in the V4L2_EVENT_SOURCE_CHANGE + to be sent since it emulates a changed input condition (e.g. a cable + was plugged in or out). + +Standard: selects the standard that VIDIOC_QUERYSTD should return if the + previous control is set to "Selected Standard". + + Changing this control will result in the V4L2_EVENT_SOURCE_CHANGE + to be sent since it emulates a changed input standard. + + +The following two controls are only valid for video capture. + +DV Timings Signal Mode: selects the behavior of VIDIOC_QUERY_DV_TIMINGS: what + should it return? + + Changing this control will result in the V4L2_EVENT_SOURCE_CHANGE + to be sent since it emulates a changed input condition (e.g. a cable + was plugged in or out). + +DV Timings: selects the timings the VIDIOC_QUERY_DV_TIMINGS should return + if the previous control is set to "Selected DV Timings". + + Changing this control will result in the V4L2_EVENT_SOURCE_CHANGE + to be sent since it emulates changed input timings. + + +The following controls are only present if the no_error_inj module option +is set to 0 (the default). These controls are valid for video and vbi +capture and output streams and for the SDR capture device except for the +Disconnect control which is valid for all devices. + +Wrap Sequence Number: test what happens when you wrap the sequence number in + struct v4l2_buffer around. + +Wrap Timestamp: test what happens when you wrap the timestamp in struct + v4l2_buffer around. + +Percentage of Dropped Buffers: sets the percentage of buffers that + are never returned by the driver (i.e., they are dropped). + +Disconnect: emulates a USB disconnect. The device will act as if it has + been disconnected. Only after all open filehandles to the device + node have been closed will the device become 'connected' again. + +Inject V4L2_BUF_FLAG_ERROR: when pressed, the next frame returned by + the driver will have the error flag set (i.e. the frame is marked + corrupt). + +Inject VIDIOC_REQBUFS Error: when pressed, the next REQBUFS or CREATE_BUFS + ioctl call will fail with an error. To be precise: the videobuf2 + queue_setup() op will return -EINVAL. + +Inject VIDIOC_QBUF Error: when pressed, the next VIDIOC_QBUF or + VIDIOC_PREPARE_BUFFER ioctl call will fail with an error. To be + precise: the videobuf2 buf_prepare() op will return -EINVAL. + +Inject VIDIOC_STREAMON Error: when pressed, the next VIDIOC_STREAMON ioctl + call will fail with an error. To be precise: the videobuf2 + start_streaming() op will return -EINVAL. + +Inject Fatal Streaming Error: when pressed, the streaming core will be + marked as having suffered a fatal error, the only way to recover + from that is to stop streaming. To be precise: the videobuf2 + vb2_queue_error() function is called. + + +Section 9.4.5: VBI Raw Capture Controls +--------------------------------------- + +Interlaced VBI Format: if set, then the raw VBI data will be interlaced instead + of providing it grouped by field. + + +Section 9.5: Digital Video Controls +----------------------------------- + +Rx RGB Quantization Range: sets the RGB quantization detection of the HDMI + input. This combines with the Vivid 'Limited RGB Range (16-235)' + control and can be used to test what happens if a source provides + you with the wrong quantization range information. This can be tested + by selecting an HDMI input, setting this control to Full or Limited + range and selecting the opposite in the 'Limited RGB Range (16-235)' + control. The effect is easy to see if the 'Gray Ramp' test pattern + is selected. + +Tx RGB Quantization Range: sets the RGB quantization detection of the HDMI + output. It is currently not used for anything in vivid, but most HDMI + transmitters would typically have this control. + +Transmit Mode: sets the transmit mode of the HDMI output to HDMI or DVI-D. This + affects the reported colorspace since DVI_D outputs will always use + sRGB. + + +Section 9.6: FM Radio Receiver Controls +--------------------------------------- + +RDS Reception: set if the RDS receiver should be enabled. + +RDS Program Type: +RDS PS Name: +RDS Radio Text: +RDS Traffic Announcement: +RDS Traffic Program: +RDS Music: these are all read-only controls. If RDS Rx I/O Mode is set to + "Block I/O", then they are inactive as well. If RDS Rx I/O Mode is set + to "Controls", then these controls report the received RDS data. Note + that the vivid implementation of this is pretty basic: they are only + updated when you set a new frequency or when you get the tuner status + (VIDIOC_G_TUNER). + +Radio HW Seek Mode: can be one of "Bounded", "Wrap Around" or "Both". This + determines if VIDIOC_S_HW_FREQ_SEEK will be bounded by the frequency + range or wrap-around or if it is selectable by the user. + +Radio Programmable HW Seek: if set, then the user can provide the lower and + upper bound of the HW Seek. Otherwise the frequency range boundaries + will be used. + +Generate RBDS Instead of RDS: if set, then generate RBDS (the US variant of + RDS) data instead of RDS (European-style RDS). This affects only the + PICODE and PTY codes. + +RDS Rx I/O Mode: this can be "Block I/O" where the RDS blocks have to be read() + by the application, or "Controls" where the RDS data is provided by + the RDS controls mentioned above. + + +Section 9.7: FM Radio Modulator Controls +---------------------------------------- + +RDS Program ID: +RDS Program Type: +RDS PS Name: +RDS Radio Text: +RDS Stereo: +RDS Artificial Head: +RDS Compressed: +RDS Dymanic PTY: +RDS Traffic Announcement: +RDS Traffic Program: +RDS Music: these are all controls that set the RDS data that is transmitted by + the FM modulator. + +RDS Tx I/O Mode: this can be "Block I/O" where the application has to use write() + to pass the RDS blocks to the driver, or "Controls" where the RDS data is + provided by the RDS controls mentioned above. + + +Section 10: Video, VBI and RDS Looping +-------------------------------------- + +The vivid driver supports looping of video output to video input, VBI output +to VBI input and RDS output to RDS input. For video/VBI looping this emulates +as if a cable was hooked up between the output and input connector. So video +and VBI looping is only supported between S-Video and HDMI inputs and outputs. +VBI is only valid for S-Video as it makes no sense for HDMI. + +Since radio is wireless this looping always happens if the radio receiver +frequency is close to the radio transmitter frequency. In that case the radio +transmitter will 'override' the emulated radio stations. + +Looping is currently supported only between devices created by the same +vivid driver instance. + + +Section 10.1: Video and Sliced VBI looping +------------------------------------------ + +The way to enable video/VBI looping is currently fairly crude. A 'Loop Video' +control is available in the "Vivid" control class of the video +output and VBI output devices. When checked the video looping will be enabled. +Once enabled any video S-Video or HDMI input will show a static test pattern +until the video output has started. At that time the video output will be +looped to the video input provided that: + +- the input type matches the output type. So the HDMI input cannot receive + video from the S-Video output. + +- the video resolution of the video input must match that of the video output. + So it is not possible to loop a 50 Hz (720x576) S-Video output to a 60 Hz + (720x480) S-Video input, or a 720p60 HDMI output to a 1080p30 input. + +- the pixel formats must be identical on both sides. Otherwise the driver would + have to do pixel format conversion as well, and that's taking things too far. + +- the field settings must be identical on both sides. Same reason as above: + requiring the driver to convert from one field format to another complicated + matters too much. This also prohibits capturing with 'Field Top' or 'Field + Bottom' when the output video is set to 'Field Alternate'. This combination, + while legal, became too complicated to support. Both sides have to be 'Field + Alternate' for this to work. Also note that for this specific case the + sequence and field counting in struct v4l2_buffer on the capture side may not + be 100% accurate. + +- field settings V4L2_FIELD_SEQ_TB/BT are not supported. While it is possible to + implement this, it would mean a lot of work to get this right. Since these + field values are rarely used the decision was made not to implement this for + now. + +- on the input side the "Standard Signal Mode" for the S-Video input or the + "DV Timings Signal Mode" for the HDMI input should be configured so that a + valid signal is passed to the video input. + +The framerates do not have to match, although this might change in the future. + +By default you will see the OSD text superimposed on top of the looped video. +This can be turned off by changing the "OSD Text Mode" control of the video +capture device. + +For VBI looping to work all of the above must be valid and in addition the vbi +output must be configured for sliced VBI. The VBI capture side can be configured +for either raw or sliced VBI. Note that at the moment only CC/XDS (60 Hz formats) +and WSS (50 Hz formats) VBI data is looped. Teletext VBI data is not looped. + + +Section 10.2: Radio & RDS Looping +--------------------------------- + +As mentioned in section 6 the radio receiver emulates stations are regular +frequency intervals. Depending on the frequency of the radio receiver a +signal strength value is calculated (this is returned by VIDIOC_G_TUNER). +However, it will also look at the frequency set by the radio transmitter and +if that results in a higher signal strength than the settings of the radio +transmitter will be used as if it was a valid station. This also includes +the RDS data (if any) that the transmitter 'transmits'. This is received +faithfully on the receiver side. Note that when the driver is loaded the +frequencies of the radio receiver and transmitter are not identical, so +initially no looping takes place. + + +Section 11: Cropping, Composing, Scaling +---------------------------------------- + +This driver supports cropping, composing and scaling in any combination. Normally +which features are supported can be selected through the Vivid controls, +but it is also possible to hardcode it when the module is loaded through the +ccs_cap_mode and ccs_out_mode module options. See section 1 on the details of +these module options. + +This allows you to test your application for all these variations. + +Note that the webcam input never supports cropping, composing or scaling. That +only applies to the TV/S-Video/HDMI inputs and outputs. The reason is that +webcams, including this virtual implementation, normally use +VIDIOC_ENUM_FRAMESIZES to list a set of discrete framesizes that it supports. +And that does not combine with cropping, composing or scaling. This is +primarily a limitation of the V4L2 API which is carefully reproduced here. + +The minimum and maximum resolutions that the scaler can achieve are 16x16 and +(4096 * 4) x (2160 x 4), but it can only scale up or down by a factor of 4 or +less. So for a source resolution of 1280x720 the minimum the scaler can do is +320x180 and the maximum is 5120x2880. You can play around with this using the +qv4l2 test tool and you will see these dependencies. + +This driver also supports larger 'bytesperline' settings, something that +VIDIOC_S_FMT allows but that few drivers implement. + +The scaler is a simple scaler that uses the Coarse Bresenham algorithm. It's +designed for speed and simplicity, not quality. + +If the combination of crop, compose and scaling allows it, then it is possible +to change crop and compose rectangles on the fly. + + +Section 12: Formats +------------------- + +The driver supports all the regular packed YUYV formats, 16, 24 and 32 RGB +packed formats and two multiplanar formats (one luma and one chroma plane). + +The alpha component can be set through the 'Alpha Component' User control +for those formats that support it. If the 'Apply Alpha To Red Only' control +is set, then the alpha component is only used for the color red and set to +0 otherwise. + +The driver has to be configured to support the multiplanar formats. By default +the driver instances are single-planar. This can be changed by setting the +multiplanar module option, see section 1 for more details on that option. + +If the driver instance is using the multiplanar formats/API, then the first +single planar format (YUYV) and the multiplanar NV16M and NV61M formats the +will have a plane that has a non-zero data_offset of 128 bytes. It is rare for +data_offset to be non-zero, so this is a useful feature for testing applications. + +Video output will also honor any data_offset that the application set. + + +Section 13: Capture Overlay +--------------------------- + +Note: capture overlay support is implemented primarily to test the existing +V4L2 capture overlay API. In practice few if any GPUs support such overlays +anymore, and neither are they generally needed anymore since modern hardware +is so much more capable. By setting flag 0x10000 in the node_types module +option the vivid driver will create a simple framebuffer device that can be +used for testing this API. Whether this API should be used for new drivers is +questionable. + +This driver has support for a destructive capture overlay with bitmap clipping +and list clipping (up to 16 rectangles) capabilities. Overlays are not +supported for multiplanar formats. It also honors the struct v4l2_window field +setting: if it is set to FIELD_TOP or FIELD_BOTTOM and the capture setting is +FIELD_ALTERNATE, then only the top or bottom fields will be copied to the overlay. + +The overlay only works if you are also capturing at that same time. This is a +vivid limitation since it copies from a buffer to the overlay instead of +filling the overlay directly. And if you are not capturing, then no buffers +are available to fill. + +In addition, the pixelformat of the capture format and that of the framebuffer +must be the same for the overlay to work. Otherwise VIDIOC_OVERLAY will return +an error. + +In order to really see what it going on you will need to create two vivid +instances: the first with a framebuffer enabled. You configure the capture +overlay of the second instance to use the framebuffer of the first, then +you start capturing in the second instance. For the first instance you setup +the output overlay for the video output, turn on video looping and capture +to see the blended framebuffer overlay that's being written to by the second +instance. This setup would require the following commands: + + $ sudo modprobe vivid n_devs=2 node_types=0x10101,0x1 + $ v4l2-ctl -d1 --find-fb + /dev/fb1 is the framebuffer associated with base address 0x12800000 + $ sudo v4l2-ctl -d2 --set-fbuf fb=1 + $ v4l2-ctl -d1 --set-fbuf fb=1 + $ v4l2-ctl -d0 --set-fmt-video=pixelformat='AR15' + $ v4l2-ctl -d1 --set-fmt-video-out=pixelformat='AR15' + $ v4l2-ctl -d2 --set-fmt-video=pixelformat='AR15' + $ v4l2-ctl -d0 -i2 + $ v4l2-ctl -d2 -i2 + $ v4l2-ctl -d2 -c horizontal_movement=4 + $ v4l2-ctl -d1 --overlay=1 + $ v4l2-ctl -d1 -c loop_video=1 + $ v4l2-ctl -d2 --stream-mmap --overlay=1 + +And from another console: + + $ v4l2-ctl -d1 --stream-out-mmap + +And yet another console: + + $ qv4l2 + +and start streaming. + +As you can see, this is not for the faint of heart... + + +Section 14: Output Overlay +-------------------------- + +Note: output overlays are primarily implemented in order to test the existing +V4L2 output overlay API. Whether this API should be used for new drivers is +questionable. + +This driver has support for an output overlay and is capable of: + + - bitmap clipping, + - list clipping (up to 16 rectangles) + - chromakey + - source chromakey + - global alpha + - local alpha + - local inverse alpha + +Output overlays are not supported for multiplanar formats. In addition, the +pixelformat of the capture format and that of the framebuffer must be the +same for the overlay to work. Otherwise VIDIOC_OVERLAY will return an error. + +Output overlays only work if the driver has been configured to create a +framebuffer by setting flag 0x10000 in the node_types module option. The +created framebuffer has a size of 720x576 and supports ARGB 1:5:5:5 and +RGB 5:6:5. + +In order to see the effects of the various clipping, chromakeying or alpha +processing capabilities you need to turn on video looping and see the results +on the capture side. The use of the clipping, chromakeying or alpha processing +capabilities will slow down the video loop considerably as a lot of checks have +to be done per pixel. + + +Section 15: Some Future Improvements +------------------------------------ + +Just as a reminder and in no particular order: + +- Add a virtual alsa driver to test audio +- Add virtual sub-devices and media controller support +- Some support for testing compressed video +- Add support to loop raw VBI output to raw VBI input +- Add support to loop teletext sliced VBI output to VBI input +- Fix sequence/field numbering when looping of video with alternate fields +- Add support for V4L2_CID_BG_COLOR for video outputs +- Add ARGB888 overlay support: better testing of the alpha channel +- Add custom DV timings support +- Add support for V4L2_DV_FL_REDUCED_FPS +- Improve pixel aspect support in the tpg code by passing a real v4l2_fract +- Use per-queue locks and/or per-device locks to improve throughput +- Add support to loop from a specific output to a specific input across + vivid instances +- Add support for VIDIOC_EXPBUF once support for that has been added to vb2 +- The SDR radio should use the same 'frequencies' for stations as the normal + radio receiver, and give back noise if the frequency doesn't match up with + a station frequency +- Improve the sine generation of the SDR radio. +- Make a thread for the RDS generation, that would help in particular for the + "Controls" RDS Rx I/O Mode as the read-only RDS controls could be updated + in real-time. diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/zr364xx.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/zr364xx.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d98e4d302 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/zr364xx.txt @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +Zoran 364xx based USB webcam module version 0.72 +site: http://royale.zerezo.com/zr364xx/ +mail: royale@zerezo.com + +introduction: +This brings support under Linux for the Aiptek PocketDV 3300 in webcam mode. +If you just want to get on your PC the pictures and movies on the camera, you should use the usb-storage module instead. +The driver works with several other cameras in webcam mode (see the list below). +Maybe this code can work for other JPEG/USB cams based on the Coach chips from Zoran? +Possible chipsets are : ZR36430 (ZR36430BGC) and maybe ZR36431, ZR36440, ZR36442... +You can try the experience changing the vendor/product ID values (look at the source code). +You can get these values by looking at /var/log/messages when you plug your camera, or by typing : cat /proc/bus/usb/devices. +If you manage to use your cam with this code, you can send me a mail (royale@zerezo.com) with the name of your cam and a patch if needed. +This is a beta release of the driver. +Since version 0.70, this driver is only compatible with V4L2 API and 2.6.x kernels. +If you need V4L1 or 2.4x kernels support, please use an older version, but the code is not maintained anymore. +Good luck! + +install: +In order to use this driver, you must compile it with your kernel. +Location: Device Drivers -> Multimedia devices -> Video For Linux -> Video Capture Adapters -> V4L USB devices + +usage: +modprobe zr364xx debug=X mode=Y + - debug : set to 1 to enable verbose debug messages + - mode : 0 = 320x240, 1 = 160x120, 2 = 640x480 +You can then use the camera with V4L2 compatible applications, for example Ekiga. +To capture a single image, try this: dd if=/dev/video0 of=test.jpg bs=1M count=1 + +links : +http://mxhaard.free.fr/ (support for many others cams including some Aiptek PocketDV) +http://www.harmwal.nl/pccam880/ (this project also supports cameras based on this chipset) + +supported devices: +------ ------- ----------- ----- +Vendor Product Distributor Model +------ ------- ----------- ----- +0x08ca 0x0109 Aiptek PocketDV 3300 +0x08ca 0x0109 Maxell Maxcam PRO DV3 +0x041e 0x4024 Creative PC-CAM 880 +0x0d64 0x0108 Aiptek Fidelity 3200 +0x0d64 0x0108 Praktica DCZ 1.3 S +0x0d64 0x0108 Genius Digital Camera (?) +0x0d64 0x0108 DXG Technology Fashion Cam +0x0546 0x3187 Polaroid iON 230 +0x0d64 0x3108 Praktica Exakta DC 2200 +0x0d64 0x3108 Genius G-Shot D211 +0x0595 0x4343 Concord Eye-Q Duo 1300 +0x0595 0x4343 Concord Eye-Q Duo 2000 +0x0595 0x4343 Fujifilm EX-10 +0x0595 0x4343 Ricoh RDC-6000 +0x0595 0x4343 Digitrex DSC 1300 +0x0595 0x4343 Firstline FDC 2000 +0x0bb0 0x500d Concord EyeQ Go Wireless +0x0feb 0x2004 CRS Electronic 3.3 Digital Camera +0x0feb 0x2004 Packard Bell DSC-300 +0x055f 0xb500 Mustek MDC 3000 +0x08ca 0x2062 Aiptek PocketDV 5700 +0x052b 0x1a18 Chiphead Megapix V12 +0x04c8 0x0729 Konica Revio 2 +0x04f2 0xa208 Creative PC-CAM 850 +0x0784 0x0040 Traveler Slimline X5 +0x06d6 0x0034 Trust Powerc@m 750 +0x0a17 0x0062 Pentax Optio 50L +0x06d6 0x003b Trust Powerc@m 970Z +0x0a17 0x004e Pentax Optio 50 +0x041e 0x405d Creative DiVi CAM 516 +0x08ca 0x2102 Aiptek DV T300 +0x06d6 0x003d Trust Powerc@m 910Z |